Ecoterra

Ecoterra Press Release 268 – The Somalia Chronicle June – December 2009, no 81b

Ecoterra Press Release 268 – The Somalia Chronicle June – December 2009, no 81b

Yemen and Somalia New Extremist Threats
By Gerald F. Seib (WSJ)

As U.S. Debates Afghan Strategy, the Two Nations Emerge as al Qaeda Breeding Grounds.

While Washington obsessed Monday over President Barack Obama’s plans in Afghanistan, as well as over a new burst of violence next door in Pakistan, some unsettling news arrived to remind everyone that the extremist threat isn’t limited to those troubled countries.

Reports from Yemen said government forces had killed 59 Shiite rebels in the country’s north.

The death toll is a sign of the intensity of the government’s current fight against a Shiite revolt that has forced tens of thousands of Yemenis out of their homes.

Combine that revolt in the north with separatist unrest in the south and a growing al Qaeda movement, all in the Arab world’s poorest country bordering Saudi Arabia, and you have a recipe for the kind of incubator for trouble that Afghanistan became before the 9/11 attacks. Lest we forget, barely a year has passed since al Qaeda forces struck the U.S. Embassy in the Yemeni capital of Sanaa.

Meanwhile, a second nation, this one in Africa, is moving much further down the track toward failed-state status and becoming a haven for Islamic extremists. It’s Somalia, where Islamist militias are not only battling a virtually powerless central government, but over the weekend threatened to advance across the border to hit targets in Kenya as well.

Somali President Sheik Sharif Sheik Ahmed visited the U.S. in recent days and warned that “a foreign idea” is taking hold in his country; he didn’t mention foreign terrorists, but that’s what he meant. The State Department’s most recent terrorism report says that al Qaeda “elements” are benefiting “from safe haven in the regions of southern Somalia.”

Taken together, the reports from Yemen and Somalia present a vivid reminder that al Qaeda became a direct threat during the 1990s precisely because it was able to fill the power vacuum that Afghanistan had become. That could happen again in Afghanistan or Pakistan, of course—but not only there.

Happily, the other threats aren’t going wholly unnoticed. In Somalia, U.S. military commandos just last month launched a daring helicopter assault in which they took out the most-wanted al Qaeda operative in that land, a man named Saleh Ali Saleh Nabhan, along with his bodyguards. Mr. Nabhan, long on the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s most-wanted list, was suspected of building the truck bomb that killed 15 people in a Kenya hotel in 2002, and of choreographing a failed missile launch at an Israeli airliner.

Meanwhile, Mr. Obama a few weeks ago sent a letter of support to Yemeni President Ali Abdullah Saleh, U.S. officials said. According to Yemen’s state news agency, the letter pledged help in “the fight against terrorism” and said the U.S. will “stand beside Yemen, its unity, security and stability.”

Those are signs that the national-security apparatus isn’t asleep at the switch as these problems grow. The question is whether the broader U.S. political system is too overloaded with the Afghanistan debate to act against dangers elsewhere. Fighting extremism, after all, is like squeezing a balloon; when flattened in one place, it tends to bulge somewhere else.

That’s particularly important to keep in mind because, despite the turmoil in Afghanistan and Pakistan, U.S. analysts think the fight against al Qaeda in those countries has diminished the terror group’s ability to operate. The most recent State Department report on terrorism says that, over the past year or so, al Qaeda and “associated networks continued to lose ground, both structurally and in the court of world public opinion.”

Yet like-minded Islamic extremists in places such as Yemen and Somalia can pick up the cause, with or without guidance from al Qaeda’s home office.

The danger is most acute in Somalia, where lawlessness is rampant. The central government controls little outside the capital of Mogadishu, and not all of that city, international reports indicate. Meanwhile, the Islamist movement al Shabaab is led by men affiliated with al Qaeda, some of whom fought with it in Afghanistan, the State Department reports. The only good news in Somalia is that the Islamists have spent some of their time and energy in recent weeks fighting among themselves.

In the long run, Yemen may be the more worrisome spot. It is, after all, the ancestral homeland of al Qaeda leader Osama bin Laden, and it has a close relationship with oil-rich Saudi Arabia, whose monarchy is a perpetual bin Laden target. Al Qaeda-affiliated groups already have claimed responsibility for a list of small-scale attacks in Yemen over the past two years; Yemenis’ broader role is underscored by the fact that 92 of the 221 remaining terror detainees at the Guantanamo Bay prison are Yemenis.

The good news is that Mr. Saleh retains a good measure of control and wants help dealing with the threat, meaning it may be easier to help. Juan Zarate, a terrorism adviser to George W. Bush, says the best bet in Somalia may be a policy aimed at simply containing extremists there. But in Yemen, he says, hopes are brighter because of “a government that has some resources and some willingness to work with us,” as well as neighbors who are at least as concerned as is the U.S..

Criminalising Muslim Somalis counter-productive (ittefaq.com)

Recently, we have seen international media coverage of the alleged terror plot in Australia involving Australian citizens from Somalia and Lebanon. It was further stated that “the arrested men have links with a Somalia-based radical group called Al Shabaab.” According to the Australian-based newspaper the Herald Sun, “more than 1400 online reports have covered the arrests by 400 police officers and raids on 19 homes in Melbourne and county Victoria.” Some UK newspapers were quick to draw parallels with the UK using headlines such as “Somalis plot suicide blitz on UK target”; emanating reports that security chiefs fear British-based Somalis are now plotting terrorist activities in the UK. Some reports suggest that there is increasing concern about the number of young Somalis who have gone to fight in Somalia and now returned to life in the UK. We must address the problem.

The vast majority of Somalis in the UK do not support the actions of any terrorist group – the violent and criminal actions of these radicals divides communities and misrepresents our faith. Islam is built on values of peace and civic society. Here in the UK the young people that we work with are motivated and committed to making a positive contribution.

The UK has welcomed many Somalis and other immigrants during times of turmoil in our home nations. The search for safety is what brought our communities to the UK and we will do our best to sustain that at every level.

We are however, concerned about how the approach adopted by certain media outlets complicates and undermines the important work that organisations like the London Somali Youth Forum (LSYF) are undertaking in relation to community cohesion. It only serves to alienate people, something we would all seek to avoid. Muslim communities have been wrongly held accountable for the alleged actions of the four young men in Australia. Terrorism, or radical activity of any kind, is not a reflection of beliefs or values within communities – terrorism does not help communities, it hurts them. Suggesting otherwise gives more credence to terrorists than they deserve.

Undoubtedly, many Britons, and British Muslims in particular, have grievances with British foreign policy and UK involvement in addressing terrorism. However civic engagement is producing real change.

Engaging in civic society through practices such as voting, dialogue, debate and ‘change from within’ is encouraged under Islam. LSYF feel it is paramount that British Somalis and Muslims as individuals recognise the powerful role that they can play in shaping British society, and in influencing Government and civic structures to make a real difference. Some may use the recent events in Australia and employ scare-mongering tactics in order to undermine integration and multiculturalism, and attack UK immigration laws. It is imperative that we challenge Islamophobia and articulate responses to all mis-information on the ideologies of Islam.

Disadvantaged and marginalised young Somalis that are allegedly involved in radical activities have been the centre of attention recently. Violent extremists often prey on vulnerable young people in order to propagate their radical views; therefore it is in all of our interests to understand why these young people are disengaged. While it is important to discuss these factors, attention must be given to the fundamental question of what remains to be done, if those who are currently disenfranchised are to be truly integrated.

Practical issues such as education and employment must continue to be addressed; there are about 2 million Muslims in the UK today so it is imperative that our values are accurately represented.

Investigations into foreign correspondents’ deaths ‘essential’

Tony Loughran says it is never too late to investigate someone’s death.

A fresh investigation into the deaths of the Balibo Five has sparked questions as to why no investigation has been held into the murder of ABC cameraman Paul Moran, who died in a car-bomb attack in northern Iraq in 2003.

The Australian Federal Police announced on September 9 it would look into the deaths of Australian-based journalists Greg Shackleton and Malcolm Rennie, along with sound recordist Tony Stewart and cameramen Gary Cunningham and Brian Peters, who were killed during the Indonesian invasion of East Timor in 1975.

Tony Loughran, the former head of international security at the BBC, has spent many years investigating the deaths of journalists, and has told Elizabeth Jackson on Correspondents Report that every investigation is vital.

He says he was stunned to hear there would be no investigation into Mr Moran’s death, when major investigations were held into the deaths of British media workers in Iraq around the same time.

“I was quite shocked because when I was coming over to Australia from the UK, I remember stopping off at Hawaii on a halfway kind of jaunt and hearing the actual bombs coming in on top of my contacts in the north at exactly the same time as Paul Moran’s death, or more or less the same time,” Mr Loughran said.

“There was a big investigation about that … Kate Preston as well, another journalist who was actually killed or executed – I would put my cards on the table about that, within Somalia, also had the right investigation.”

He says it is necessary to investigate all foreign correspondents’ deaths in order to learn from past mistakes and change protocols if necessary.

“In 1995, there was a correspondent, John Schofield, who was killed in Croatia, and we investigated his death then,” Mr Loughran said.

“We reinvestigated it in 2001, at the actual behest his wife Suzie, and we found some amazing things, which really helped us out as far as the training course was concerned for hostile environments.

“We looked at ambushes, we looked at vehicle check points, we looked at weapons that were being used, as we were able to put some reals good safety measures into the training courses.”

Mr Loughran says valuable lessons can always be learnt from such investigations.

“Normally with the BBC … managers and the individual specialists like myself were always involved in getting through to the facts and making sure at the end of the day that we actually learn from the facts, learn the lessons and make sure individuals themselves can’t go through that particular process again,” he said.

“For instance, if you look at one of the things that came out obviously with John Schofield’s death as well, was the misfitting of body armour.

“What we’re talking about now is the journalists themselves, so it came do individual pieces of equipment that we needed to look at as well – it would be exactly the same as with Paul’s death.

“But looking at the vehicle, looking at just exactly what was issues that day, looking at procedures, protocols, everything really, and training as well – what training did the actual individual have?”

‘Never too late’

Mr Loughran says it is not difficult to investigate someone’s death so long after the event.

“What tends to happen is that where it was very difficult before, because it was a war zone or because the local kind of political movement were actually in fear of their lives – were they going to be lynched or whatever – that tends to have subsided,” he said.

“Then an investigator like myself can come in and actually talk to people who may have closed up before, [who] may not have been able to give the information about what had gone on or whatever.”

Once on the ground, Mr Loughran says it is a matter of piecing things together.

“Once we’ve actually got the leads – whether they’re political, whether they’re military, whether they’re kind of humanitarian – if they’re on the ground, we then start to look at statements from individuals,” he said.

“That’s one of the things that I think that is missing in organisations failing to investigate, because they don’t take statements.

“You don’t get the true account of what went on, and as everyone knows, once you start taking statements from individuals, you can see it’s true or false – you can all of sudden start to see the big picture occurring in front of your eyes.”

‘Morally important’

Mr Loughran says it is a huge but worthwhile task for a news network to carry out an investigation into the death of one of its members.

“It sends the right message that when someone is injured or killed overseas, that somebody within the news networks, the management themselves, have taken the effort, taken the time, to look at the conclusions that could be drawn from the investigation,” he said.

“There’s a moral kind of commitment, that it’s saying to the individual’s family that when someone actually dies, we’re not just going to simply forget about them and say ‘well, you know, that’s the way it was – it was one of these heat of the moment things in war’.”

Mr Loughran says it is not only battle deaths which should be investigated.

“There are always some very interesting circumstances surrounding the deaths of individuals, and we’re not just talking about people dying in battle fields; the thing I talk about on our training courses is that a lot of the journalists die as the result of road traffic accidents overseas,” he said.

“Some of these in my particular role as the head of BBC’s security were very suspicious circumstances – wheels were loosened on vehicles, brake hoses were cut, a few other bits and pieces like that.

“These are the things that need to be investigated every single time – don’t leave anything to chance.”

Mr Loughran says if an investigation was carried out into Mr Moran’s death, there would be lessons the ABC would learn, which could potentially save lives in the future.

“The problem you’ve got is if at the end of the day, networks like the ABC, like the BBC or CNN or whomever, don’t actually go after the governments and say ‘Let’s hold you accountable for what’s gone on here’, then it will happen time and time and time again,” he said.

“Journalists will not be able to actually operate with any particular sense of security or safety.”

(*) Elizabeth Jackson spoke with Tony Loughran for Correspondents Report

Obama And Nobel Prize: When War Becomes Peace, Lies Become The Truth

Obama and the Nobel Prize: When War becomes Peace, When the Lie becomes the Truth by Michel Chossudovsky

When war becomes peace,

When concepts and realities are turned upside down,

When fiction becomes truth and truth becomes fiction.

When a global military agenda is heralded as a humanitarian endeavor,

When the killing of civilians is upheld as “collateral damage”,

When those who resist the US-NATO led invasion of their homeland are categorized as “insurgents” or “terrorists” .

When preemptive nuclear war is upheld as self defense.

When advanced torture and “interrogation” techniques are routinely used to “protect peacekeeping operations”,

When tactical nuclear weapons are heralded by the Pentagon as “harmless to the surrounding civilian population”

When three quarters of US personal federal income tax revenues are allocated to financing what is euphemistically referred to as “national defense”

When the Commander in Chief of the largest military force on planet earth is presented as a global peace-maker,

When the Lie becomes the Truth.

Obama’s “War Without Borders”

We are the crossroads of the most serious crisis in modern history. The US in partnership with NATO and Israel has launched a global military adventure which, in a very real sense, threatens the future of humanity.

At this critical juncture in our history, the Norwegian Nobel Committee’s decision to award the Nobel Peace Prize to President and Commander in Chief Barack Obama constitutes an unmitigated tool of propaganda and distortion, which unreservedly supports the Pentagon’s “Long War”: “A War without Borders” in the true sense of the word, characterised by the Worlwide deployment of US military might.

Apart from the diplomatic rhetoric, there has been no meaningful reversal of US foreign policy in relation to the George W. Bush presidency, which might have remotely justified the granting of the Nobel Prize to Obama. In fact quite the opposite. The Obama military agenda has sought to extend the war into new frontiers. With a new team of military and foreign policy advisers, the Obama war agenda has been far more effective in fostering military escalation than that formulated by the NeoCons.

Since the very outset of the Obama presidency, this global military project has become increasingly pervasive, with the reinforcement of US military presence in all major regions of the World and the development of new advanced weapons systems on an unprecedented scale.

Granting the Nobel Peace Prize to Barack Obama provides legitimacy to the illegal practices of war, to the military occupation of foreign lands, to the relentless killings of civilians in the name of “democracy”.

Both the Obama administration and NATO are directly threatening Russia, China and Iran. The US under Obama is developing “a First Strike Global Missile Shield System”:

“Along with space-based weapons, the Airborne Laser is the next defense frontier. … Never has Ronald Reagan’s dream of layered missile defenses – Star Wars, for short – been as….close, at least technologically, to becoming realized.”

Reacting to this consolidation, streamlining and upgrading of American global nuclear strike potential, on August 11 the Commander-in- Chief of the Russian Air Force, the same Alexander Zelin cited earlier on the threat of U.S. strikes from space on all of his nation, said that the “Russian Air Force is preparing to meet the threats resulting from the creation of the Global Strike Command in the U.S. Air Force” and that Russia is developing “appropriate systems to meet the threats that may arise.”

(Rick Rozoff, Showdown with Russia and China: U.S. Advances First Strike Global Missile Shield System, Global Research, August 19, 2009)

At no time since the Cuban missile crisis has the World been closer to the unthinkable: a World War III scenario, a global military conflict involving the use of nuclear weapons.

1. The so-called missile defense shield or Star Wars initiative involving the first strike use of nuclear weapons is now to be developed globally in different regions of the World. The missile shield is largely directed against Russia, China, Iran and North Korea.

2. New US military bases have been set up with a view to establishing Us spheres of influence in every region of the World as well as surrounding and confronting Russia and China.

3. There has been an escalation in the Central Asian Middle East war. The “defense budget” under Obama has spiraled with increased allocations to both Afghanistan and Iraq.

4. Under orders of president Obama, acting as Commander in Chief, Pakistan is now the object of routine US aerial bombardments in violation of its territorial sovereignty, using the “Global War on Terrorism” as a justification.

5. The construction of new military bases is envisaged in Latin America including Colombia on the immediate border of Venezuela.

6. Military aid to Israel has increased. The Obama presidency has expressed its unbending support for Israel and the Israeli military. Obama has remained mum on the atrocities committed by Israel in Gaza. there has not even been a semblance of renewed Israeli-Palestinian negotiations.

7. There has been a reinforcement of the new regional commands including AFRICOM and SOUTHCOM.

8. A new round of threats has been directed against Iran.

9. The US is intent upon fostering further divisions between Pakistan and India, which could lead to a regional war, as well as using India’s nuclear arsenal as an indirect means to threaten China.

The diabolical nature of this military project was outlined in the 2000 Project for a New American Century (PNAC). The PNAC’s declared objectives are:

- defend the American homeland;

- fight and decisively win multiple, simultaneous major theater wars;

- perform the “constabulary” duties associated with shaping the security environment in critical regions;

-transform U.S. forces to exploit the “revolution in military affairs;” (Project for a New American Century, Rebuilding Americas Defenses.pdf, September 2000)

The “Revolution in Military Affairs” refers to the development of new advanced weapons systems. These include inter alia the militarization of space, advanced chemical and biological weapons, sophisticated laser guided missiles, bunker buster bombs, not to mention the US Air Force’s climatic warfare program (HAARP) based in Alaska, are part of Obama’s “humanitarian arsenal”.

War against the Truth

This is a war against the truth. When war becomes peace, the world is turned upside down. Conceptualization is no longer possible. An inquisitorial social system emerges.

An understanding of fundamental social and political events is replaced by a World of sheer fantasy, where “evil folks” are lurking. The objective of the “Global War on Terrorism” which has been fully endorsed by Obama administration has been to galvanize public support for a Worldwide campaign against heresy.

In the eyes of public opinion, possessing a “just cause” for waging war is central. A war is said to be Just if it is waged on moral, religious or ethical grounds. The consensus is to wage war.

People can longer think for themselves. They accept the authority and wisdom of the established social order.

The Nobel Committee says that President Obama has given the world “hope for a better future.” The prize is awarded for Obama’s

“extraordinary efforts to strengthen international diplomacy and cooperation between peoples. The Committee has attached special importance to Obama’s vision of and work for a world without nuclear weapons.”

…His diplomacy is founded in the concept that those who are to lead the world must do so on the basis of values and attitudes that are shared by the majority of the world’s population. (Nobel Press Release, October 9, 2009).

The granting of the Nobel “peace prize” to president Barack Obama has become an integral part of the Pentagon’s propaganda machine. It provides a human face to the invaders, it upholds the demonization of those who oppose US military intervention.

The decision to grant Obama the Nobel Peace Prize was no doubt carefully negotiated with the Norwegian Committee at the highest levels of the US government. It has far reaching implications.

It unequivocally upholds the US led war as a “Just Cause”. It erases the war crimes committed both by the Bush and Obama administrations.

War Propaganda: Jus ad Bellum

The “Just war” theory serves to camouflage the nature of US foreign policy, while providing a human face to the invaders.

In both its classical and contemporary versions, the Just war theory upholds war as a “humanitarian operation”. It calls for military intervention on ethical and moral grounds against “insurgents” , “terrorists” , “failed” or “rogue states”.

The Just War has been heralded by the Nobel Committee as an instrument of Peace. Obama personifies the “Just War”.

Taught in US military academies, a modern-day version of the “Just War” theory has been embodied into US military doctrine. The “war on terrorism” and the notion of “preemption” are predicated on the right to “self defense.” They define “when it is permissible to wage war”: jus ad bellum.

Jus ad bellum has served to build a consensus within the Armed Forces command structures. It has also served to convince the troops that they are fighting for a “just cause”. More generally, the Just War theory in its modern day version is an integral part of war propaganda and media disinformation, applied to gain public support for a war agenda. Under Obama as Nobel Peace Laureate, the Just War becomes universally accepted, upheld by the so-called international community.

The ultimate objective is to subdue the citizens, totally depoliticize social life in America, prevent people from thinking and conceptualizing, from analyzing facts and challenging the legitimacy of the US NATO led war.

War becomes peace, a worthwhile “humanitarian undertaking” , Peaceful dissent becomes heresy.

Military Escalation with a Human Face. Nobel Committee grants the “Green Light”

More significantly, the Nobel peace prize grants legitimacy to an unprecedented “escalation” of US-NATO led military operations under the banner of peacemaking.

It contributes to falsifying the nature of the US-NATO military agenda.

Between 40,000 to 60,000 more US and allied troops are to be sent to Afghanistan under a peacemaking banner. On the 8th of October, a day prior to the Nobel Committee’s decision, the US congress granted Obama a 680-billion- dollar defense authorization bill, which is slated to finance the process of military escalation:

“Washington and its NATO allies are planning an unprecedented increase of troops for the war in Afghanistan, even in addition to the 17,000 new American and several thousand NATO forces that have been committed to the war so far this year”.

The number, based on as yet unsubstantiated reports of what U.S. and NATO commander Stanley McChrystal and the chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Michael Mullen have demanded of the White House, range from 10,000 to 45,000.

Fox News has cited figures as high as 45,000 more American soldiers and ABC News as many as 40,000. On September 15 the Christian Science Monitor wrote of “perhaps as many as 45,000.”

The similarity of the estimates indicate that a number has been agreed upon and America’s obedient media is preparing domestic audiences for the possibility of the largest escalation of foreign armed forces in Afghanistan’ s history. Only seven years ago the United States had 5,000 troops in the country, but was scheduled to have 68,000 by December even before the reports of new deployments surfaced. (Rick Rozoff, U.S., NATO Poised For Most Massive War In Afghanistan’ s History, Global Research, September 24, 2009)

Within hours of the decision of the Norwegian Nobel committee, Obama met with the War Council, or should we call it the “Peace Council”. This meeting had been carefully scheduled to coincide with that of the Norwegian Nobel committee.

This key meeting behind closed doors in the Situation Room of the White House included Vice President Joe Biden, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, Secretary of Defense Robert Gates, and key political and military advisers. General Stanley McChrystal participated in the meeting via video link from Kabul.

General Stanley McChrystal ias said to have offered the Commander in Chief “several alternative options” “including a maximum injection of 60,000 extra troops”. The 60,000 figure was quoted following a leak of the Wall Street Journal (AFP: After Nobel nod, Obama convenes Afghan war council, October 9, 2009)

“The president had a robust conversation about the security and political challenges in Afghanistan and the options for building a strategic approach going forward,” according to an administration official (quoted in AFP: After Nobel nod, Obama convenes Afghan war council October 9, 2009)

The Nobel committee had in a sense given Obama a green light. The October 9 meeting in the Situation Room was to set the groundwork for a further escalation of the conflict under the banner of counterinsurgency and democracy building.

Meanwhile, in the course of the last few months, US forces have stepped up their aerial bombardments of village communities in the northern tribal areas of Pakistan, under the banner of combating Al Qaeda.

Nobel Peace Prize Warrior
By Keith Pavlischek

Back in the Reagan era the slogan was “Peace through Strength.” In the military ranks this was modified, with typical military humor as decidedly unofficial, politically incorrect, slogans such as “Peace through Fire-Superiority” or “Peace through Marksmanship” or “Peace through Close Combat,” and the like.

Hold that thought.

Last month the New York Times reported “U.S. Kills Top Qaeda Leader in Southern Somalia.” The target was Saleh Ali Saleh Nabhan, who was killed by American commandos in a daring daylight raid in southern Somalia. Here’s how the Times summarized the operation.

On Monday, around 1 p.m., villagers near the town of Baraawe said four military helicopters suddenly materialized over the horizon and shot at two trucks rumbling through the desert. . . .

The helicopters, with commandos firing .50-caliber machine guns and other automatic weapons, quickly disabled the trucks, according to villagers in the area, and several of the Shabab fighters tried to fire back. Shabab leaders said that six foreign fighters, including Mr. Nabhan, were quickly killed, along with three Somali Shabab. The helicopters landed, and the commandos inspected the wreckage and carried away the bodies of Mr. Nabhan and the other fighters for identification, a senior American military official said.

You won’t find it in the Times story, but Fox News made it a point to report that ten days prior to the raid President Obama signed the Execute Order that gave the go-ahead to assassinate Nabhan. President Obama was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize a month later.

So, who says President Obama hasn’t done anything to earn the award?

“Peace through Targeted-Assassinations” anyone?

West’s “Highways Of The Sea” Span Former Soviet Sphere

Baku to host TRACECA seminar “Marine highways of Black Sea and Caspian Sea”

[TRACECA: Transport Corridor Europe-Caucasus- Asia.]

-The “Motorways of the Sea for the Black Sea and the Caspian Sea” project will develop trade and transport in Europe-Black Sea region and the Caucasus-Central Asia region….The project covers Azerbaijan, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan and Ukraine.

In mid-November 2009, Baku will host a seminar on “Marine Highways of the Sea (MoS) of the Black Sea and the Caspian Sea” as part of the TRACECA transport corridor, said Akif Mustafayev, TRACECA National coordinator from Azerbaijan.

He said at present the construction of the Baku-Tbilisi- Kars railway is underway and so the Black and Caspian Seas are now of great importance in terms of the functioning of the entire TRACECA transport corridor.

At present, the transport corridor is implementing three projects, including “Marine highways of the Black Sea and the Caspian Sea,” “Logistics Centers for Western CIS and Caucasus” and “TRACECA Civil aviation safety and security”.

The “Motorways of the Sea for the Black Sea and the Caspian Sea” project will develop trade and transport in Europe-Black Sea region and the Caucasus-Central Asia region through improving interaction of networks and multi-modal transport in the Black and Caspian Seas.

Egis BCEOM (France) is a consultant of the project. The project covers two years.

The project covers Azerbaijan, Georgia, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan and Ukraine.

The aim of the project is to promote and support effective intermodal freight transport in line with the concept of “Highways of the Sea” linking the neighboring countries of the Black and Caspian seas with the territory of the enlarged European Union.

NGOs Hold Arms Exporters to Account for Abuses
By Suzanne Hoeksema (IPS)

With 2,000 people dying daily in armed violence fuelled by irresponsible arms transfers, talks to create an international treaty regulating these weapons can no longer be delayed, says a coalition of NGOs in a new report “Dying for Action” published Wednesday.

While nuclear disarmament is high on the U.N. agenda these days, 90 percent of casualties in conflict areas are caused by small arms such as submachine guns, mortars and hand grenades, according to the Red Cross.

The main contributors to the report, Amnesty International and Oxfam argue that governments should be prevented from exporting arms to countries where there is a substantial risk that those arms will be used for serious human rights violations.

France, one of the main exporters of arms to Guinea, recently ceased all military trade with the West African country after the Guinean army broke up a civilian demonstration on Sep. 28 with extraordinary use of violence, including incidents of rape by soldiers.

A release by Amnesty Thursday said that Guinean police officers had been photographed in the capital Conakry on Oct. 1 carrying 56mm ‘Cougar’ tear gas grenade launchers, made in France, as well as kinetic impact grenades produced by the same French manufacturer.

France’s decision to suspend trade comes too late for the people who have died and suffered from violence, charged Brian Woods of the Military, Security and Police Team at Amnesty International.

Woods urged that the essence of an Arms Trade Treaty (ATT), to be discussed by governments at the United Nations in New York this month, should be preventive rather than punitive in order to avert humanitarian crises.

The NGO report shows that around 2.1 million people have died directly or indirectly as a result of armed violence since 153 governments agreed in a 2006 vote on the need to control illegal and illicit small arms trafficking.

The largest producer, supplier and importer of small arms, the United States, voted against the proposal, while 24 countries abstained, including major arms exporters like China and Russia, and major importers like Pakistan and Egypt.

Armed conflicts, most notably in Afghanistan, Somalia, Sudan and Sri Lanka, and the world’s deadliest war in the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC), caused more than 700,000 deaths.

While the proliferation of small illicit arms is not a direct cause of war, the abundance of these weapons in fragile states seriously exacerbates armed conflicts and pushes up the number of casualties.

However, not only conflict or post-conflict states suffer from irresponsible arms trafficking.

In her address to the “Dying for Action” conference held at the U.N. headquarters on Wednesday, Novelle Grant, a senior official representing the Jamaica Police Force, said that since the 1960s, when guns became prevalent on the island, criminal violence has become far more deadly, with murder rates now among the highest in the world.

Another panelist, Frances Mutuku Nguli from PeaceNet Kenya, said that traditional conflicts over land between cattle herders and farmers have escalated and left many Kenyans dead and wounded, with the trafficking of arms proliferating beyond state control.

The uncontrolled arms trade also indirectly hinders development efforts and exacerbates poverty, said the ambassador of Norway to the U.N., Mona Juul. Jamaica, for example, has suffered an estimated cumulative loss of 57 percent of its GDP because of crime.

One of the biggest problems in controlling illegal arms trade is state complicity, said Brigadier-General Mujahid Alam, head of the Pretoria Office of the U.N. Mission to the Democratic Republic of Congo (MONUC).

“It is not about so-called diversion of arms into the hands or armed groups which goes unseen. Most arms enter the country legally and are purposefully made illegal by complicity of national and regional authorities, with DRC as the most devastating example”, he said.

So what could a new treaty to control arms trade really achieve? Are states, and the arms companies that work within them, likely to stick to the ATT – and what happens when they do not?

Paul van den IJssel, the Dutch ambassador to the Conference on Disarmament, told IPS that some governments like that of the United States may fear that the ATT will interfere with sovereignty and national security, but that fear is unfounded since governments will keep their right to legally sell and buy weapons for the purpose of “national self-defence and law enforcement”.

Van den Ijssel and Debbie Hillier, a policy adviser with Oxfam, stressed that it is the responsibility of exporter states, in dialogue with arms companies, to follow a case-by-case risk assessment based on the foreseeable likelihood the weapons would be misused to harm civilians. However, it remains unclear what the consequences of non-compliance would be.

While there are examples of arms suppliers being brought justice û the most prominent being the Russian dealer Viktor Bout, who was arrested in 2008 and inspired the Hollywood film “Lord of War” û an international treaty would make it much harder “for any warlord to obtain new arms and ammunition”, said Jeremy Hobbs, head of Oxfam International.

While governments are often complicit in shady arms deals, the actual transactions are usually conducted by intermediaries which operate on the border of legality and illegality, such as Aerocom, a Moldovan air cargo firm; Henrich Thomet, a Swiss arms broker; and Bao Ping Ma/Poly Technologies, a Chinese arms manufacturing firm, some of which were allegedly involved in violating U.N. arms embargos on Angola, Liberia and DRC, as reported by Amnesty last month.

Hobbs said that “eight out of every 10 governments want to get an Arms Trade Treaty agreed and ordinary citizens are calling for one too. This month we need the majority of enlightened countries at the U.N. to make it happen. An intransigent few cannot be allowed to keep their foot on the brakes forever.”

Plot to bomb US buildings, disrupt World Cup
By Makhudu Sefara and Peter Fabricius

Tired of fighting, and largely losing, against the US in Afghanistan, Pakistan and Somalia, a group of Somali terrorists devised a strategy to take on the superpower in South Africa.

The Sunday Tribune can reveal that the US’s closure of its offices in the country was because of intercepted cellphone communication detailing planned attacks on American interests here. It is unclear whether American interests necessarily include a possible visit by US President Barack Obama for the official opening of the World Cup.

Intelligence officers, according to two sources, intercepted a call made in Khayelitsha, Cape Town, to a group based in Somalia, and the conversation confirmed a plot to blow up American interests in South Africa last month.

A source said US intelligence agents, South Africa’s National Intelligence Agency and SAPS Crime Intelligence operatives launched a surveillance operation on the Cape-based group, gathering crucial information before the operation was thrown into disarray.

NIA spokeswoman Lorna Daniels refused to comment yesterday, threatening legal action.

As the embassies were closed just before Heritage Day, National Police Commissioner Bheki Cele went on TV to say the country’s intelligence structures were on top of the situation.

This, it was established, led to the group discarding the SIM cards and the phones they had used, to cover their tracks.

The source said: “What has been established is that the Cape guys are linked to al-Qaeda cells in Somalia, who are connected to the group in Afghanistan. We have established that most al-Qaeda operatives are relocating from Afghanistan to Pakistan, attracted by increased lawlessness in Pakistan.

“Our information is that there is a trail that links Afghanistan, Pakistan, Somalia and, most interestingly, Mozambique, where Somalis have formed an anti-US cell already.

“The interception revealed that these people plan to move en masse from Mozambique to here (South Africa) in 2010 to attack American interests. Their point is that South Africa is not a target, but if South Africans are caught in the crossfire, then that would be unfortunate.”.

US embassy spokeswoman Sharon Hudson-Dean said: “We don’t comment on intelligence matters.”

An NIA official said yesterday: “This is classified information. If you publish it, this will jeopardise an operation already under way”.

The source said this was untrue because Cele had already said publicly that intelligence officers were on the trail of the extremists – which is why they changed phones and went underground without arrests.

“The US was right to take these people seriously because we now know that these people have links with shady characters who have access to old military hardware in Eastern Europe,” said the source.

Rich Mkhondo, the chief communications officer for the Fifa 2010 World Cup Organising Committee South Africa, said security for the event was provided by the state.

The Mozambican embassy could not be reached yesterday.

Hundreds of war crimes lawsuits filed against Israelis
By David Sapsted

Almost 1,000 lawsuits alleging war crimes by Israeli ministers and military personnel have now been filed around the world, Israel has admitted.

And the situation could become immeasurably worse for Israel’s politicians and soldiers as efforts continue to have the Goldstone report, which accuses Israel and Hamas of crimes against humanity during last winter’s Gaza Strip invasion, raised at the United Nations.

Last week, Moshe Yaalon, one of four deputies to Benjamin Netanyahu, the prime minister, cancelled a planned fundraising trip to Britain because he feared arrest on war-crimes warrants issued by human rights and pro-Palestinian groups.

The week before, the defence minister, Ehud Barak, only avoided arrest on a visit to the British Labour Party conference in Brighton after a court ruled that he had diplomatic immunity.

Israelis travelling without such diplomatic protection now face the possibility of arrest in many countries across the globe, including Norway, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, Holland and Canada.

Human rights lawyers are using the principle of universal jurisdiction in international law to file suits worldwide for war crimes, genocide, torture and crimes against humanity.

According to Avigdor Lieberman, Israel’s foreign minister and a hardline nationalist, the estimated 964 international lawsuits now outstanding represent “a campaign to delegitimise Israel”.

But Sarit Michaeli, a spokesman for B’Tselem, an Israeli human rights group, describes the problem as one of Israel’s own making.

“Israel has only itself to blame for possible legal proceedings that might be taken against leading politicians and officers abroad because of its lack of internal investigations into wrongdoing by its security forces,” she said.

“The first line of defence against external prosecutions is independent, credible internal investigations conducted outside of the army.”

And that, according to the Goldstone report, is exactly what has not happened since the atrocities and civilian deaths in Gaza.

Although many of the existing warrants have been issued in countries that Israeli officials are scarcely likely to visit in the near future – Iran, for example – the situation has become serious enough for Mr Netanyahu to order his justice, defence and foreign ministers to hatch a plan to confront the problem.

There have even been attempts in the United States to bring lawsuits against senior Israeli officials and the future of such legal action now appears to rest on the outcome of a wholly unrelated case.

The US Supreme Court is to review a lower court’s ruling that the Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act does not apply to individuals but only to foreign states and their agencies. This review follows the go-ahead for a case to be brought against Mohamed Ali Samantar, the former prime minister and defence minister of Somalia, who is accused of overseeing a string of killings, tortures and rapes in the 1980s and early 1990s.

Marc Stern, acting co-executive director of the American Jewish Congress, wrote in a memo: “Given the effort to pursue legal action against Israel, its officials and soldiers in foreign courts in the wake of the Goldstone Report, Israel has much riding on the outcome of the case, though saying so means aligning oneself with a rather disreputable Somali official in this case, and many serial human rights violators in others.”

In fact, attempts to bring legal action against Israelis in foreign countries has been going on for more than 25 years, with a marked lack of success.

The first was launched in 1982 in Belgium against Ariel Sharon, then defence minister, for his role in the Sabra and Shatila massacres in Lebanon. A court dismissed the charges, which included crimes against humanity, and Belgium later changed the universal jurisdiction principle – after the United States threatened to move Nato headquarters out of Brussels – and will now pursue cases only where there is a distinct Belgian interest.

Spain’s legislature has recently followed suit, limiting international jurisdiction to cases where their own nationals are involved, and the United States and Israel are expected to put pressure on other European countries to do the same.

One upshot of the Spanish move has been the shelving this year of a long-running case alleging crimes against humanity by Israelis after the 2002 air raid in Gaza, which killed Salah Shehadeh, a Hamas leader, along with 14 civilians, nine of them children.

Other European countries, notably Britain and the Nordic nations, where human rights lawyers are particularly aggresive, steadfastly refuse to give up the principle of universal jurisdiction.

In 2005, Gen Doron Almog, a former head of Israeli forces in the Gaza Strip, refused to leave an El Al airliner when it landed in London after being tipped off by Israeli diplomats that British police were about to arrest him on war crimes charges.

According to pro-Palestinian sources in London, Mr Barak only avoided arrest on his recent visit to the Labour Party after the UK foreign office upgraded his visit from a private one to an official one to give him diplomatic immunity.

The cancellation of this month’s visit by Mr Yaalon to Britain was hailed by Palestinian groups as showing that Israeli ministers now have “a real fear” of travelling abroad.

Sarah Colborne, the director of campaigns and operations at the Palestine Solidarity Campaign in London, said this was a victory for the determination of campaigners seeking to bring suspected Israeli war criminals to justice.

“Israeli war criminals must not be allowed to come into Britain, walk freely and remain unpunished,” she said. “We are committed to bringing those responsible for war crimes against Palestinians to justice.”

But Gerald Steinberg, a professor of political science at Bar-Ilan University in Israel, said he does not believe that successful prosecutions will result, however uncomfortable the lawsuits might make prominent Israelis travelling abroad.

“There have been at least a dozen such cases around the world involving Israelis. All of the cases were dismissed,” he told Jewish Week.

“The whole purpose of this is to present Israelis as war criminals. Nobody expects that Israelis will actually be brought to trial, but what they want is to have that label. The Goldstone report is just another aspect of this.”

Controversial DNA testing suspended by UK Border Agency
By Helen Young

In a move that was deliberately low-key the UK Border Agency has decided to halt the controversial and roundly denounced DNA testing system for identifying nationality.

The UKBA had been under considerable fire from academics and human rights groups following their announcement to implement the testing system which involved isotope analysis of hair and fingerprint DNA analysis.

The scheme, labelled the ‘Human Provenance Pilot’, was decried as both naive and scientifically flawed by the founder of fingerprint analysis Sir Alec Jeffreys. British authorities have announced that the scheme has been suspended with no indication of future plans, claiming simply that staff would be notified of the resumption at the time.

The hotly debated scheme was designed to test the validity of claims from asylum seekers from Africa who attempted to cite a war ravaged country as home in order to remain in the UK. The Home Office had argued that the technology was employed to stop fraudulent nationality swapping which they said was rife throughout Africa. The bloodshed in Somalia in particular has frequently been used as reasoning for seeking asylum.

The program has been condemned by almost every section of society. Opponents have labelled it useless, biased and fundamentally flawed. Scientists have pointed out that cross-border genetic mixing is commonplace and that DNA does not recognise borders.

Most criticism was reserved for the UK Border Agency’s lack of creditable sourcing for its information and exactly who had recommended they use such methods.

We do not send pictures with these reports, because of the volume, but picture this emetic scene with your inner eye:

A dying Somali child in the macerated arms of her mother besides their bombed shelter with Islamic graffiti looks at a fat trader, who discusses with a local militia chief and a UN representative at a harbour while USAID provided GM food from subsidised production is off-loaded by WFP into the hands of local “distributors” and dealers – and in the background a western warship and a foreign fishing trawler ply the waters of a once sovereign, prosper and proud nation, which was a role model for honesty and development in the Horn of Africa. (If you feel that this is overdrawn – come with us into Somalia and see the even more cruel reality yourself!) – and if you need lively stills or video material on Somalia, please do contact us.

There is no limit to what a person can do or how far one can go to help
- if one doesn’t mind who gets the credit !

ECOTERRA Intl. maintains a register for persons missing or abducted in the Somali seas (Foreign seafarers as well as Somalis). Inquiries by family member can be sent by e-mail to office[at]ecoterra-international.org

For families of presently captive seafarers – in order to advise and console their worries – ECOTERRA Intl. can establish contacts with professional seafarers, who had been abducted in Somalia, and their wives as well as of a Captain of a sea-jacked and released ship, who agreed to be addressed “with questions, and we will answer truthfully”.

ECOTERRA – ALERTS and pending issues:

PIRATE ATTACK GULF OF ADEN: Advice on Who to Contact and What to Do http://www.noonsite.com/Members/sue/R2008-09-08-2

NATURAL RESOURCES & ARMED FISH POACHERS: Foreign navies entering the 200nm EEZ of Somalia and foreign helicopters and troops must respect the fact that especially all wildlife is protected by Somali national as well as by international laws and that the protection of the marine resources of Somalia from illegally fishing foreign vessels should be an integral part of the anti-piracy operations. Likewise the navies must adhere to international standards and not pollute the coastal waters with oil, ballast water or waste from their own ships but help Somalia to fight against any dumping of any waste (incl. diluted, toxic or nuclear waste). So far and though the AU as well as the UN has called since long on other nations to respect the 200 nm EEZ, only now the two countries (Spain and France) to which the most notorious vessels and fleets are linked have come up with a declaration that they will respect the 200 nm EEZ of Somalia but so far not any of the navies operating in the area pledged to stand against illegal fishing. So far not a single illegal fishing vessel has been detained by the naval forces, though they had been even informed about several actual cases, where an intervention would have been possible. Illegally operating Tuna fishing vessels (many from South Korea, some from Greece and China) carry now armed personnel and force their way into the Somali fishing grounds – uncontrolled or even protected by the naval forces mandated to guard the Somali waters against any criminal activity, which included arms carried by foreign fishing vessels in Somali waters.

LLWs / NLWs: According to recently leaked information the anti-piracy operations in the Gulf of Aden are also used as a cover-up for the live testing of recently developed arsenals of so called non-lethal as well as sub-lethal weapons systems. (Pls request details) Neither the Navies nor the UN has come up with any code of conduct in this respect, while the Joint Non-Lethal Weapons Program (JNLWP) is sponsoring several service-led acquisition programs, including the VLAD, Joint Integration Program, and Improved Flash Bang Grenade. Alredy in use in Somalia are so called Non-lethal optical distractors, which are visible laser devices that have reversible optical effects. These types of non-blinding laser devices use highly directional optical energy. Somalia is also a testing ground for the further developments of the Active Denial System (ADS) Advanced Concept Technology Demonstration (ACTD). If new developments using millimeter wave sources that will help minimize the size, weight, and system cost of an effective Active Denial System which provides “ADS-ACTD-like” repel effects, are used has not yet been revealed. Obviously not only the US is developing and using these kind of weapons as the case of MV MARATHON showed, where a Spanish naval vessel was using optical lasers – the stand-off was then broken by the killing of one of the hostage seafarers. Local observers also claim that HEMI devices, producing Human Electro-Muscular Incapacitation (HEMI) Bioeffects, have been used in the Gulf of Aden against Somalis. Exposure to HEMI devices, which can be understood as a stun-gun shot at an individual over a larger distance, causes muscle contractions that temporarily disable an individual. Research efforts are under way to develop a longer-duration of this effect than is currently available. The live tests are apparently done without that science understands yet the effects of HEMI electrical waveforms on a human body.

WARBOTS, UAVs etc.: Peter Singer says: “By cutting the already tenuous link between the public and its nation’s foreign policy, pain-free war would pervert the whole idea of the democratic process and citizenship as they relate to war. When a citizenry has no sense of sacrifice or even the prospect of sacrifice, the decision to go to war becomes just like any other policy decision, weighed by the same calculus used to determine whether to raise bridge tolls. Instead of widespread engagement and debate over the most important decision a government can make, you get popular indifference. When technology turns war into something merely to be watched, and not weighed with great seriousness, the checks and balances that undergird democracy go by the wayside. This could well mean the end of any idea of democratic peace that supposedly sets our foreign-policy decision making apart. Such wars without costs could even undermine the morality of “good” wars. When a nation decides to go to war, it is not just deciding to break stuff in some foreign land. As one philosopher put it, the very decision is “a reflection of the moral character of the community who decides.” Without public debate and support and without risking troops, the decision to go to war becomes the act of a nation that doesn’t give a damn.”

ECOTERRA Intl., whose work does focus on nature- and human-rights-protection and – as the last international environmental organization still working in Somalia – had alerted ship-owners since 1992, many of whom were fishing illegally in the 200 nm Exclusive Economic Zone, to stay away from Somali waters. The non-governmental organization had requested the international community many times for help to protect the coastal waters of the war-torn state, but now lawlessness has seriously increased and gone out of hand.

ECOTERRA members with marine and maritime expertise, joined by it’s ECOP-marine group, are closely and continuously monitoring and advising on the Somali situation. (for previous information concerning the topics please google keywords ECOTERRA (and) SOMALIA)

The network of the SEAFARERS ASSISTANCE PROGRAMME helped significantly in most sea-jack cases. ECOTERRA Intl. is working in Somalia since 1986 on human-rights and nature protection, while ECOP-marine concentrates on illegal fishing and the protection of the marine ecosystems. Your support counts too.

Please consider to contribute to the work of SAP, ECOP-marine and ECOTERRA Intl. Please donate to the defence fund.

Contact us for details concerning project-sponsorship or donations via e-mail: ecotrust[at]ecoterra.net

Kindly note that all the information above is distributed under and is subject to a license under the Creative Commons Attribution. ECOTERRA, however, reserves the right to editorial changes. To view a copy of this licence, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.0/uk/

Send your genuine articles, networked or confidential information please to: mailhub[at]ecoterra.net (anti-spam-verifier equipped)

Pls cite ECOTERRA Intl. – www.ecoterra-international.org as source for onward publications, where no other source is quoted.

Press Contacts:

ECOP-marine
East-Africa
+254-714-747090
marine[at]ecop.info
www.ecop.info

ECOTERRA Intl.
Nairobi Node
africanode[at]ecoterra.net
+254-733-633-733

EA Seafarers Assistance Programme
SAP Media Officers
+254-722-613858
+254-733-385868
sap[at]ecoterra.net

N.B.: If you are missing certain editions of our updates, this can have two reasons: Either you have not white-listed our sender address office[at}ecoterra-international.org for your inbox and your server provides for censorship (beware of yahoo and barracudacentral as filter - it shows only that you want to remain dumb folded) or you do not belong [yet] to our trusted friends and supporters, who receive all updates including those with classified content. Join the network or become a funding supporter to get them all. Look up earlier updates on the internet – e.g. at: http://www.australia.to/index.php?option=com_content&view=category&id=136&Itemid=229

To subscribe to or unsubscribe from this listserve – just send a mail with reference SMCM to office[at]ecoterra-international.org

We welcome the submission of articles for publication through the SMCM.

Note: ECOTERRA is not responsible for the spam that sometimes appears to come from our domains. This is spoofed mail, is part of a systematic, ongoing harassment of independent groups and websites, and is under FBI investigation.

For more information see this article in The Nation or this article in Wired News.

One tree makes approx. 16.67 reams of copy/printing paper or 8,333.3 A4 sheets.
Kindly print this email only if strictly necessary.

Tags: , , , , , , ,

Friday, January 21st, 2011 Grants No Comments

Global Conference on Piracy – Nairobi, Ecoterra Press Release 75th Update

Global Conference on Piracy – Nairobi, Ecoterra Press Release 75th UpdateEnlarge Image

A two-day international conference on piracy around the Horn of Africa was kicked off earlier today in Nairobi. Placed under the auspices of the UN and the Kenyan Government, the event is a venue for many to discuss the rampant piracy off the Somali cost. A statement from the UN Political Office for Somalia said that the UN-backed December 10th-11th meeting is significant as piracy is linked to the need for peace and stability in the war torn nation.

The 75th Press Release Update released by Ecoterra a few hours ago sheds light on the event, as well as on several other cases of Horn of Africa piracy and their worldwide repercussions. I therefore re-publish it integrally.

75th Update 2008-12-10 23:51:12 UTC

Ecoterra Intl. – Stay Calm & Solve it Peaceful & Fast !

Ecoterra International – Update & Media Release on the stand-off concerning the Ukrainian weapons-ship hi-jacked by Somali pirates.

We also can make sea-piracy in Somalia an issue of the past – with empathy and strength and through coastal and marine development as well as protection!

New EA Seafarers Assistance Programme Emergency Helpline: +254-738-497979
East African Seafarers Assistance Programme – Media Officer: +254-733-385868

Day 77 – 1833 hours into the FAINA Crisis – Update Summary

Efforts for a peaceful release continued, but the now over two months long stand-off concerning Ukrainian MV FAINA is not yet solved finally, though intensive negotiations have continued.

While sources close to the seized vessel confirmed today only that the crew is apparently all right, though an earlier skirmish had been reported, critical voices urged both sides in the negotiations to finally come to terms.

A Russian frigate currently protecting civilian ships from Somali pirate attacks near the Horn of Africa is escorting another convoy of four vessels in the area, a Navy spokesman said. Capt. 1st Rank Igor Dygalo said the Northern Fleet’s Neustrashimy (Fearless) is currently escorting the Russian Nadezhda (Hope), the Fesco Yenisey flying a Marshall Islands flag, along with the Panamanian Symphony, and the Cayman Islands-flagged Nanami. The Neustrashimy will continue to escort commercial vessels through the dangerous waters off the Somali coast until the end of the year when it will be replaced by the Pacific Fleet’s destroyer Admiral Vinogradov, which left a naval base near Vladivostok on Tuesday on course for the Indian Ocean.

Ecoterra Intl. renewed it’s call to solve the FAINA and the SIRIUS STAR cases with first priority and peaceful in order to avert a human and environmental disasters at the Somali coast. Anybody encouraging hot-headed and concerning such difficult situations inexperienced and untrained gunmen to try an attempt of a military solution must be held responsible for the surely resulting disaster.

Clearing-house:

News from other abducted ships ———-

Security sources said that two Yemeni fishing ships with 22 fishermen on board were hijacked on Wednesday by Somali pirates in the Gulf of Aden, Yemen’s Interior Ministry said. The pirates attacked the ships as they sailed off the Mait area near the southern port city of Aden, the ministry said in a statement posted on its website.The ministry affirmed that the 22 fishermen taken as hostages by the pirates were Yemenis, but sources of Yemen’s Coastguards Authority said that seven fishermen escaped on a small boat and had claimed the pirates attacked the two ships as they sailed in the Gulf of Aden. A total of 17 crew members on board in coastal waters in the Gulf of Aden were hijacked, a state-run website then reported late Wednesday. “Before the pirates took control of the two ships, seven Yemeni fishermen escaped on a small boat to report the attacks to the authorities in Aden”, independent sources confirmed.

Philippines’s Foreign Undersecretary Esteban Conejos reconfirmed to the media on Wednesday that the pirates had released the Greek-owned MV Captain Stefanos and its 19-man crew, as reported. The ship was hijacked in the Gulf of Aden on 21 September, and it had 19 crewmembers, including 17 Filipinos, one Chinese and one Ukrainian, on board when it was hijacked. Conejos said all the crewmembers were safe and added that the ship was currently on its way to Italy, and then to Greece. The department also said that Somali pirates are still holding 91 Filipino seamen, on board six international ships, hostage. There has always been an element of risk in the seafaring life, but these days, with piracy resurgent off the Horn of Africa, the dangers have seldom been more glaring. Nevertheless, in the Philippines, whose citizens make up nearly a third of the world’s commercial sailors, economic considerations trump concerns for personal safety. Recruiters say they’ve seen little falloff in demand for jobs on even the most dangerous routes.

According to reports of some Filipino sailors who were freed late last month by Somali pirates, it could even be fun. The all-Filipino crew of the Greek-owned tanker Centauri, which was hijacked in September, told news agencies that the pirates treated them well, even playing cards with them and sharing meals. While some legislators in the Philippines have called for restrictions on the maritime recruiting market, Salvador Santos, assistant general manager of the Luneta Seafarer’s Center, a private organization that offers counseling and other assistance to sailors, said he did not think the men were being exploited. “It’s up to the sailor whether to accept the offer,” Santos said. “The important thing is he knows what he’s getting into.” News reports of pirate attacks in the Gulf of Aden apparently had not deterred sailors from seeking jobs on oil tankers and other commercial ships. “We haven’t seen any change in the number of people who come here,” Santos said. “On the contrary, perhaps because of what is happening in Somalia, we’ve heard that more sailors are seeking to be deployed there because the money is good.” A sailor who boards a ship bound for Somali waters gets double pay plus hazard pay, Santos said. That could mean more than $3,000 a month for a cook, more than a minimum wage-earner in the Philippines would make in a year. The Philippine Overseas Employment Administration says that 30 percent of the world’s merchant sailors, about 270,000, are Filipinos. They are likely to continue to find themselves in pirate-threatened waters for some time to come. “The Philippine government is doing its best to protect its sailors, whom we consider heroes,” said Crescente Relacion, executive director of the Office of Migrant Workers Affairs at the Department of Foreign Affairs.

“We are in constant communication with the ship owners, with foreign authorities and with the families of the sailors who remain in captivity.” Santos, of the Luneta Seafarer’s Center, said it should not surprise anyone that Filipino sailors are enthusiastic about sailing despite the dangers. “Given how hard it is to find a job in the Philippines that pays as much as a sailor would get abroad, I think it’s not surprising that sailors would take some risks,” he said. Santos noted that Filipino workers have even smuggled themselves into war-torn Iraq because of the high pay offered there. “About the only thing we can do,” Santos added, “is make sure that the sailor’s needs are met and he is equipped with all the knowledge and information he must know before he embarks on a dangerous assignment”.

With the latest captures and releases still at least 15 foreign vessels with a total of around 335 crew members (of which 91 are Filipinos) are held and are monitored on our actual case-list, while several other cases of ships, which are observed off the coast of Somalia, have been reported or reportedly disappeared without trace or information, are still being followed. Over 123 incidences (including attempted attacks, averted attacks and successful sea-jackings) have been recorded to far for 2008 with until today 51 factual sea-jacking cases (incl. the presently held 15). Several other vessels with unclear fate (not in the actual count), who were reported missing over the last ten years in this area, are still kept on our watch-list, though in some cases it is presumed that they sunk due to bad weather or being unfit to sail.

Other related news ——-

A two-day conference, sponsored by the United Nations and hosted by the Kenyan Government, opened today in Nairobi and brought together officials from more than 40 countries, as well as representatives from regional and international organizations. During the first day technical experts elaborated recommendations and the ministerial-level meetings are scheduled for Thursday. The conference is seeking to also develop an improved approach to pursuing, arresting, and charging pirates. The U.N. Office on Drugs and Crime is reported to have proposed a $1.3 million program to enhance justice and law enforcement efforts in Djibouti, Kenya, Tanzania, and Yemen. Plans to cut ransom supply routes and money laundering opportunities for Somali pirates are some of actions being considered to stem the rising tide of piracy. Estimates show that at least three billion shillings may have been paid to Somali pirates since January.

The pirates have attacked about 100 ships this year. Ahmedou Ould-Abdallah, United Nations Special Representative for Somalia stated that the international community must work harder to block access to finances for pirates. “What is important is to freeze the money. We need to go after the pirate’s associates, the brokers. We know the names and they should be arrested,” he said, on the sidelines of a two day anti piracy conference in Nairobi. He said the United Nations will work with partners to block avenues where pirates invest their money. But he said the ultimate solution will be to have a functioning government in Somalia. In this all experts agreed and also that law enforcement supported by foreign navies must include the fight against illegal fishing, toxic waste dumping as well as against trafficking in arms, drug or humans. The experts had to elaborate recommendations concerning four key sectors. While recommendations were elaborated on enforcement actions, capacity building as well as on the commercial and financial implications, the rapporteur of the working group on the legal implications and a legal framework had to state that no agreement was achieved, citing time constrains. Deliberations concerning the finalized recommendations will continue tomorrow on ministerial level. An official with the East African Seafarers’ Association, Andrew Mwangura, said that international efforts would have little lasting impact without involving the local population in Somalia. “If you are not going to involve the local community, it cannot achieve anything,” he said. Mwangura said a strategy to combat piracy needs to be part of a coordinated effort against other illicit activities in the region.

Meanwhile the U.S.-American Bush administration announced today that it will push for international action–a last ditch attempt to stabilize the East African nation, but as Lt. Gen. Paul Van Riper told FP, it will take weeks–maybe months–even to get coastal surveillance under control. The chairman of the US joint chiefs of staff Admiral Michael Mullen said Wednesday he was “extremely worried” about potential safe havens for terrorists in Somalia and Yemen. “A significant objective in Afghanistan and Pakistan is to not have a safe haven, and I am concerned about the potential for a safe haven in Somalia as I am in Yemen,” Mullen said at a Pentagon press conference. “I try to pay a lot of attention to the evolution of potential safe havens, these two in particular,” said Mullen, the highest-ranking US military officer and the top military adviser to the president.

“So I’m extremely concerned about that,” adding that he believes the United States and the international community needs “to do all we can to impede the arrival of more safe havens out of which we can be threatened”. Mullen however ruled out US intervention in Somalia if the Islamists take over the country. “It wouldn’t be the US military,” he said according to an AFP report. The U.S. plan outlined by State Department officials who requested anonymity would encourage shipping and cruise operators to do more to fight attacks, bolstering navigation strategy with non-lethal technology such as alarm and surveillance systems, anti-boarding devices such as water cannons and electric fences, and long-range acoustic devices that generate painful noise. Under the plan, an international naval presence would continue, and countries would improve sharing of intelligence about threats of piracy. Nations would coordinate an international effort to disrupt pirates’ financial resources, and attempt to reach consensus on how to deal with pirates after they are captured. The U.S. does not plan to increase the number of Navy vessels now patrolling the sea lanes around the Horn of Africa, but the administration wants to utilize growing support in Europe for coordinated action against attacks at sea on shipping and cruise vessels.

The United States is seeking international authorization to hunt Somali pirates on land with the cooperation of Somalia’s weak U.N.-backed government. A U.S. draft resolution circulating among council members and obtained by The Associated Press proposes that all nations and regional groups cooperating with Somalia’s government in the fight against piracy and armed robbery also “may take all necessary measures ashore in Somalia” including its airspace. Presumably that could involve the U.S. military, which withdrew from Somalia after the killing of 18 U.S. troops in 1993. The resolution is to be presented at a session on Somalia with Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice. Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice and senior officials from a number of countries will attend an anti-piracy meeting at the UN in New York on Dec. 16, according to reports. The U.S. intends to back efforts to deploy an international peacekeeping force in Somalia to replace a contingent led by Ethiopia scheduled to leave the country by the end of this month. The U.S. says pirates based in coastal camps have links to an Islamic extremist group that has taken control of much of the country. Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov and British Foreign Secretary David Miliband, who will both be in New York on Monday, may also attend the Somalia talks, which are scheduled for Tuesday, diplomats said. U.S. Deputy Ambassador to the United Nations Alejandro Wolff confirmed that Washington hoped to see a resolution adopted. “There is complete council solidarity and consensus on the importance of dealing with the piracy problem and thwarting it, and dealing with it with every tool at our disposal,” he said. “Clearly this implies both at sea and, if needed, with the consent of the Somalis, on land,” Wolff told reporters.

It was not clear what form that Somali consent would take. The country has been in virtual anarchy since the collapse of a dictatorship 17 years ago. Islamists now control most of the south. Feuding, heavily armed clan militias hold sway in many other areas and a weak, Western-backed interim government has little authority outside the capital of Mogadishu. Diplomats familiar with the text said it was not clear what kind of force would be permitted for countries in “hot pursuit” of pirates who decide to bring the chase onto dry land. It was also unclear if the U.S. military would participate. The latest US initiative may be seen as a further response to a crisis that has “clearly escalated,” according to a senior UN diplomat. President-Elect Barack Obama, who did not make piracy a high-profile issue during the presidential campaign, did not comment on the issue, which represents one of the final foreign-policy initiatives for the Bush administration.

German Chancellor Angela Merkel’s cabinet on Wednesday asked parliament to approve the use of a German warship in a European Union anti-piracy mission off Somalia, spokesman Ulrich Wilhelm said. The naval mission, code-named Atalanta, was formally constituted on Monday. Participation by the Germans must wait until the German parliament grants authorization. That is scheduled for December 19. The authorization is expected to then run through to December 15, 2009. Germany has offered a naval frigate, the Karlsruhe, and up to 1,400 sailors, airmen and other military personnel. The German Foreign Ministry meanwhile issued an “urgent” warning against visiting Somali coastal waters. “There is a very high risk of pirate attacks in the entire Gulf of Aden, including Yemeni coastal waters and adjoining waters,” it posted on its web page for travelers and stated there is “no effective protection” against the raiders.

The German government has agreed that the sailors on the Karlsruhe should have a “robust mandate” to shoot at pirates and liberate prisoners by force if other deterrence fails. The vessel normally has a crew of 220. They will only be allowed to capture pirates and send them to Germany for trial if they have harmed German citizens or ships. Wilhelm said the primary aim of Operation Atalanta was to protect relief shipments into Somali ports from pirate attack. Armed soldiers – so called riders – would be put on board the chartered UN World Food Programme cargo vessels. The German government said the anti-piracy operation did not relieve shipping companies of their responsibility to keep their own ships safe. The EU expects to operate a flotilla of six warships and three reconnaissance planes in the area, with seven EU nations involved in the operation. According to German news agency DPA, the modern German Navy has no experience fighting pirates. Europe’s most recent experience with rampant piracy dates back to the early 19th century. For hundreds of years, German states paid ransoms annually to pirate lords on North Africa’s Barbary Coast. Germany’s military ombudsman, Reinhold Robbe, warned on N24 television that “the resources currently being deployed” would not solve the piracy problem. He said the West had to ask itself about the causes and promote the authority of the Somali government so that the people of Somali could earn an honest livelihood. “Otherwise, I fear, this deployment won’t make a lot of sense,” he said.

The Hapag-Lloyd company said it decided to allow the passengers to leave the vessel after the German government turned down a request for a naval escort through the Gulf. Officials in Berlin said this was because the Columbus does not sail under the German flag. Hapag-Lloyd’s website says the 15,000-gross-ton vessel is registered in the Bahamas. Hapag-Lloyd disembarked 370 passengers and crew from its cruise vessel MS Columbus in a Yemeni port Wednesday so the vessel could cross the pirate-infested waters without them.

Shippers based in the Emirates are being approached by independent security firms with offers of gangs of “tough guys” to join the crews of vulnerable vessels. Smaller Dubai-based dhow operators, who cannot afford to stop sailing to Somalia, are taking expensive detours of up to a week to minimise the danger of seizure. Amid widespread concern at the failure to mount a concerted international response, owners are under pressure to find their own means of protecting their vessels and cargoes in the Gulf of Aden. Despite rising concern in the industry, a UAE seafarers’ charity is urging companies against hiring private security, warning that this would put seamen’s lives at risk. “These companies are offering business in the UAE – they are doing so anywhere here where there are ports,” said the Rev Stephen Miller, the director and port chaplain for the Mission to Seafarers. “But so far there has been no take up. It would not be a good thing. When pirates come aboard and meet no resistance then generally no one gets hurt. “If someone is firing down at them then they will respond. A pirate’s bullet does not discriminate between an armed security man and a crew member”.

Mr Miller could not identify any of those offering protection to the UAE maritime industry. Daren Dickson, from the security firm Drum-Cussac, based in the English Channel island of Jersey but with an office in Dubai, said: “Basically everyone is trying to cash in. Piracy is high profile now and there are firms offering maritime security and tough guys walking the dockyards touting for business.” Mr Miller said UAE-based shipowners had so far resisted such offers of protection partly because they would then be legally liable for any violent deaths that might occur on board. “The owner is responsible for whatever happens on the ship so if someone dies then the owner is liable for that death,” he said. Meanwhile the lack of a legal framework for dealing with pirates if they are captured is hindering navies from taking stronger action against maritime pirates and encouraging the use of private muscle, a shipping body warned. “We have been pushing for more robust action by navies. If they were stopping and searching mother ships and confiscating vessels then the number of attacks would go down,” said Cyrus Mody, a manager at the International Maritime Bureau in London. “The UN is debating what would happen to pirates if they are caught. We don’t have a framework for that and it is a big hindrance for the entire deterrent process.” The IMO advises strongly against the use of private security companies and seeks solutions from regional agreements on maritime safety.

Military and counter-terror sources report that the pirates have set up a land-based intelligence-financial-logistic logistic network in the Persian Gulf, East Africa and… northern Europe. Information turned up by the US Bahrain-based Fifth Fleet intelligence were reported by DEBKAfile to have revealed that the Somali pirates had organized their traffic on business lines by establishing a sort of “back office” in Abu Dhabi. It is allegedly run by money changers earning a rake-off on ransom payments as the pirates’ agents. They have since established similar “agencies” in Mombasa, Kenya; Piraeus, Greece; Naples, Italy; and Rotterdam, Netherlands, which work through spies at shipping and marine insurance firms. The pirates’ undercover agents obviously gather information from their shipping contacts in the Gulf, in East African and European ports on the merchant vessels heading for the Gulf of Aden, the Red Sea and the Indian Ocean as well as their cargoes. They brief the pirates on the presence of security guards and weapons available for the crew aboard the vessel. The pirates are always on the lookout for “special cargoes”, meaning smuggled goods or merchandise exported illegally or contrary to international law, such as clandestine weapons shipments. Such consignments, like that of the Ukrainian MV Faina, which carried a large unregistered cargo of 33 T-72 tanks and other armaments – and is still held – increase the ransom value of the vessel and pay more than routine freights. The pirates also use their proxies to negotiate ransoms and terms for releasing the hijacked vessels, rather than exposing themselves and their locations. DEBKAfile’s counter-terror sources report that the pirates’ logistics and intelligence are far superior to that of the European counter-terror operation. This gap seriously detracts from the international patrol fleet’s prospects of getting to grips with the pirates.

All warring parties in Somalia have committed war crimes against civilians including rape, murder and the use of people as human shields, a human rights’ body said in its latest report. “The combatants in Somalia have inflicted more harm on civilians than on each other,” said Georgette Gagnon, Africa director at Human Rights Watch. A bloody insurgency began in the Horn of Africa nation early 2007 after Ethiopian forces helped kick out the Islamic Courts’ Union (ICU) – a Islamist regime that was in power for six months. The Horn of Africa nation has been plagued by chaos and civil war since the ouster of dictator Mohamed Siad Barre in 1991, but the last two years have been particularly miserable for civilians. Aid agencies say around 10,000 civilians have died and over a million have fled to avoid the crossfire since the insurgency began. A report released by HRW – “So Much to Fear: War Crimes and the Devastation of Somalia” – details how government forces, Ethiopian soldiers and insurgents have indiscriminately opened fire on civilian areas. Drawing on the testimony of 80 witnesses, HRW accuses government forces and allied militia of torturing detainees, killing and raping civilians and looting their homes. The report includes testimony from teenage girls raped by government forces, parents whose children were shredded by Ethiopian rockets and people shot by insurgents for working as messengers for the government. Around 200,000 civilians have fled to neighbouring Kenya, even more are internally displaced and hundreds have died already this year as they attempted to cross the Gulf of Aden to Yemen, usually after being forced overboard or abandoned at sea by smugglers. According to the UN, 3.2 million Somalis, 40 per cent of the total population, are dependent on humanitarian aid as a result of the conflict, drought and high food prices. Western governments have backed the transitional federal government in the hope that it will halt the march of Islamist insurgent group al- Shabaab, which has made huge gains in recent months. HRW said that blindly supporting a regime that targets it own civilians is not the solution. “There are no quick fixes in Somalia, but foreign governments need to stop adding fuel to the fire with misguided policies that empower human rights abusers,” Gagnon said. HRW called for a policy review and said that the incoming Obama administration would have the opportunity to “break with the failed policies of its predecessor”. Ethiopia announced in late November that it will pull it troops out by the end of the year, leaving behind only a small African Union peacekeeping force to help the government keep the insurgents at bay.

Tags: , , , , , , , ,

Friday, January 14th, 2011 Grants No Comments

Somalia, Piracy, and Civil War – Ecoterra Intl. Somali Marine & Coastal Monitor No. 181

Somalia, Piracy, and Civil War - Ecoterra Intl. Somali Marine & Coastal Monitor No. 181

Key details about the latest developments around the Horn of Africa, along with related documents, comments and analyses, are made available in the Ecoterra Press Release Issue No. 181 that I herewith republish.

Ecoterra Intl. – SMCM (Somali Marine & Coastal Monitor) – 2009-05-25 / 23h57:28 UTC

Issue No. 181

Ecoterra International – Updates & Statements, Review & Clearing-house

A Voice from the Truth- & Justice-Seekers, who sit between all chairs, because they are not part of organized white-collar or no-collar-crime in Somalia or overseas, and who neither benefit from global naval militarization, from the illegal fishing and dumping in Somali waters or the piracy of merchant vessels, nor from the booming insurance business or the exorbitant ransom-, risk-management- or security industry, while neither the protection of the sea, the development of fishing communities nor the humanitarian assistance to abducted seafarers and their families is receiving the required adequate attention, care and funding.

“During times of universal deceit, telling the truth becomes a revolutionary act”. George Orwell

EA Illegal Fishing and Dumping Hotline: +254-714-747090 (confidentiality guaranteed) – email: somalia@ecoterra.net

EA Seafarers Assistance Programme Emergency Helpline: SMS to +254-738-497979 or call +254-733-633-733

“The pirates must not be allowed to destroy our dream!”

Capt. Florent Lemaçon – F/Y TANIT – killed by attack of French commandos – 10. April 2009

Non A La Guerre – Yes To Peace

(Inscription on the sail of F/Y TANIT shot down on day one of the French assault)

Clearing-house

Breaking:

A Canadian reporter and an Australian photographer held hostage in Somalia for nine months said they are in poor health and want more help from their governments to secure their release.

Freelance journalist Amanda Lindhout and photographer Nigel Brennan spoke to an AFP correspondent in Mogadishu by phone for five minutes on Sunday from an undisclosed location.

The call was obtained after weeks of efforts to establish contact with the hostages, who appeared to be reading or reciting a statement, possibly under duress. There was no independent confirmation of their identities.

“I have been sick for months. Unless my government, the people of Canada, all my family and friends can get one million dollars, I will die here, OK that is certain”, Lindhout said, sounding very distressed.

She urged the Canadian government to give more help to her family’s attempts to secure her release after 274 days in detention with Brennan. The pair were abducted while on a freelance assignment.

The call was made through an intermediary, who claimed to be speaking on behalf of the kidnappers.

A Somali journalist and two drivers who were captured with Lindhout and Brennan were released on January 16.

“The situation here is very dire and very serious. I’ve been a hostage for nine months, the conditions are very bad, I don’t drink clean water, I am fed at most once a day”, Lindhout said.

“I’m being kept… in a dark windowless room, completely alone”, she added. “I love my country and I want to return so I beg my government to come to my aid. Likewise, I ask all my fellow Canadian citizens and my family to contribute in any way possible in order to help me finally be released from Somalia and be able to return home”, said Lindhout.

No official comment from the authorities of Canada and Australia were immediately available.

The pair’s kidnapping has been one of the longest in recent cases of abductions in Somalia, which is one of the world’s most dangerous countries for journalists and aid workers.

All previous kidnappings of journalists have ended with the release of the hostages amid claims that ransoms were paid.

The kidnappers have made no political claims since the kidnapping but negotiations for their release have reportedly collapsed several times.
Australian photographer Nigel Brennan also said that the nine months of detention had taken a heavy toll.

“I’ve been shackled for the last four months… My health is extremely poor and deteriorating rapidly due to extreme fever”, he said.

“I implore that my government help me as a citizen of Australia (inaudible)… I ask for the help of my family in every way possible so that the ransom can be paid for my release”, Brennan said.

“I love my country very much, I love my family, my girlfriend”, he added. When the AFP reporter asked Lindhout further details on her health situation, she said she was not able to take further questions.

“I cannot answer any question that you have. What I just said, that’s all I can say”, she said.

News from sea-jackings, abductions or newly attacked ships

Humanitarian interventions and local efforts achieved that all crew members are back again on board of MV HANSA STAVANGER. The abducted vessel is still held near Harardheere, an area at the central coast of Somalia, where in the moment the majority of hostage-ships are moored.

Malaysian motor-tug MASINDRA 7 with attached Indonesian barge ADM1 was transferred again to Bandar-Bayla after a forth promised attempt by the Malaysian owner to solve the case – this time from Yemen – obviously had failed. The vessel and barge was now held around 8nm off Bandar-Bayla. While the captain reported via satellite phone during the last days that the crew was all right, given the circumstances and though they have very little food forcing them to eat only ever other day, the communication with the ship was not possible today after local monitors reported an attack on the vessel. Allegedly one of the pirate-leaders was seriously injured by an attack from a hired vessel, which operates sometimes as coastguard. It has not yet independently confirmed if the crew and the tug have been freed.

Also today a Tuna fishing vessel was attacked on the North-East coast. The vessel operated by a Somali businessman from the United Arab Emirates is in the moment under attack. The businessman of the Ali Salban clan had equipped the vessel with Somali armed guards and a serious crossfire ensued. The vessel then switched off all lights and tried to escape in the night, but is still pursued. The vessel is allegedly a Korean vessel but Somali sources often speak also of “Korean vessels” when the crew are Korean, like it first was the case with the recently arrested two Greek fishing vessels GRECO 1 and GRECO 2.

The two warships from the Netherlands and Spain covering MV MARATHON had driven the vessel further away from the Gulf of Aden shore and it was over the weekend reported to float around 80nm from the Somali coast. Today the vessel reportedly came again closer and is said to be now around 34nm from land. While the Dutch warship is around 40 miles away from the vessel, the second warship is still very close, marine observers reported. The situation on board is apparently extremely tense. A locally reported incident allegedly causing the death of the 2nd engineer of the vessel at the hands of the pirates several days ago was also reported now by other local sources, but is still not yet independently confirmed.

We’re not pirates says group holding the Egyptian fishing vessels MFV MOMTAZ 1 and MFV SAMARA AHMED and insist that the 34 crew shall be prosecuted for illegal fishing. see: http://en.rian.ru/video/20090416/121154924.html The owners of the rusty ships with little value meanwhile had to face the brunt and even public demonstrations by the families of the seafarers in Cairo. The Egyptian Government actually had instructed all vessel owners to stay out of Somali waters and warned especially fishing companies not to fish around Somalia. But the multi-million dollar industry of illegal fishing around the Horn of Africa attracts fish-poachers not only from nations like Egypt, France, Greece and Spain but specifically from rogue states like Korea, Taiwan which obviously even support IUU fishing.

Reference to the ownership of infamous Greek owned small tanker MT AGIA BARABARA whose 6 Indian and 6 Syrian crew is still wanted for murder in Mogadishu has been deleted from major shipping lists. The vessel was renamed AGIA BARBARA in February 2008 when it was sold by Delta International to Meadowlark Shipping & Trading Co., Piraeus and re-flagged from Greece to Panama.

No hint, however, is found in the ship registers for an alleged sale in September 2008 to so far unknown WORLD CHAMPION MARINE. Reference is now made only to the Hellenic Register of Shipping, but there neither AGIA BARBARA nor the company Meadowlark nor the company World Champion Marine appear – neither in the main register nor the declassified nor the newly classified list.

And even the future of the Hellenic Register of Shipping itself appears grim, after the EU’s official decision to implement a 17-month ban of the classification society. Under this decision, the Register won’t be able to class new ships, at least until it successfully remedies serious quality issues.

According to the EU’s decision, “Given its extreme complexity and the high number of ships potentially concerned, this process could only be completed over a significant length of time, spanning several months, during which the ships concerned might remain uninspected and eventually be forced to suspend their trade. This situation would entail the risk of a collapse of a vital public service and constitute an immediate and serious threat to both the safety and the economic viability of the fleet concerned”. The Hellenic Register is the leading class certificate provided towards the public domestic passenger transport industry, therefore raising serious problems of security standards applied.

Until those security holes are addressed, the EU will retain limited recognition of the Hellenic Register. It’s clear that the management of the Register must swiftly take action and conduct serious improvements on the training and monitoring of its surveyors and employment of non-exclusive surveyors, its adherence to requirements and the quality of the certificates it awards. HRS-classed ships under the Hellenic flag will face three-month snap inspections during the company’s probation period, and all HRS surveys will have to be conducted either by local surveyors, or jointly with local surveyors or surveyors from another recognized class society.

It has emerged that HRS managing director Costas Chiou has resigned, in a move believed to have stemmed from the society’s suspension. Dimitrios Gousis, who retired earlier this year as Chief of the Hellenic Navy, has been appointed to head the troubled society. It is understood that an appeal has been launched by HRS.

One point must be very well taken from all this: As long as there is such a mess in the shipping industry, as long there are so many possibilities to fly also unregistered aircraft and drive clandestine lorries across often unguarded and even disputed borders in African, any kind of boycott to stop the flow of illegal weapons, to hinder insurgents to reach hot-spots and hide-outs or to curb piracy related activities will be not only futile but to the opposite it will only strengthen the boycott-breaking criminal networks and corrupt government officials in the region. A land-, sea- and air-boycott of Somalia therefore will actually achieve the opposite to what it officially shall achieve. It will support the crooks and will hinder humanitarian access and thereby radicalize the situation even more.

A NATO warship in the Gulf of Aden has intercepted two boats carrying suspected pirates and has disarmed them, AP news agency reports. A Canadian frigate chased the two boats and eventually boarded them. NATO says it found a large amount of firearms and rocket-propelled grenades, as well as equipment such as hook ladders. The suspected pirates were released after the equipment was confiscated.

With the latest captures and releases now still at least 15 foreign vessels (16 with an unnamed sole Barge which drifted ashore) with a total of not less than 210 crew members accounted for (of which 44 are confirmed to be Filipinos) are held in Somali waters and are monitored on our actual case-list, while several other cases of ships, which were observed off the coast of Somalia and have been reported or had reportedly disappeared without trace or information, are still being followed. Over 134 incidences (including attempted attacks, averted attacks and successful sea-jackings) have been recorded for 2008 with 49 fully documented, factual sea-jacking cases (for Somalia, incl. presently held ones) and the mistaken sinking of one vessel by a naval force. For 2009 the account stands at 116 attacks (incl. averted or abandoned attacks) with 36 sea-jackings on the Somali/Yemeni pirate side as well as at least two wrongful attacks (incl. friendly fire) on the side of the naval forces.

Mystery pirate mother-vessels Athena/Arena and Burum Ocean as well as not fully documented cases of absconded vessels are not listed in the sea-jack count until clarification. Several other vessels with unclear fate (also not in the actual count), who were reported missing over the last ten years in this area, are still kept on our watch-list, though in some cases it is presumed that they sunk due to bad weather or being unfit to sail. In the last four years, 22 missing ships have been traced back with different names, flags and superstructures. Piracy incidents usually degrade during the monsoon season in winter and rise gradually by the end of the monsoon season starting from mid February and early April every year. Present multi-factorial risk assessment code: Yellow (Red = Very much likely, high season; Orange = Reduced risk, but likely, Yellow = significantly reduced risk, but still likely, Blue = possible, Green = unlikely). Allegedly four groups from Puntland alone are still out hunting on the Gulf of Aden and the Indian Ocean.
Directly piracy related reports

What many monitors and groups in Puntland and Mudug call a hoax, the BBC reported as: Somali gunmen ‘renounce piracy’

Around 200 Somali pirates are reported to have renounced piracy at a meeting in northern Somalia. Members of the group met local leaders and Somali expatriates in Eyl, in the autonomous region of Puntland, and promised to halt their activities. Pirate representative Abshir Abdullah told the BBC he urged other groups to free ships in return for amnesty. Pirates have been coming under pressure from local leaders, who have accused them of corrupting their communities. Somalia has been without a stable government since 1991, allowing piracy to flourish. The problem worsened in the first months of 2009 despite patrols by foreign navies.

Last week, Somalia’s interim government asked for international help to set up a national coastguard to help tackle piracy, and protect fishermen from illegal foreign fishing boats and to prevent dumping of toxic materials.

Mr. Abshir Abdullah, a well-known pirate chief in Puntland, says his group is not holding any ships at present and the authorities have agreed to give them amnesty for previous hijackings. “I see myself as someone who has been saved from bad deeds”, he told the BBC’s Somali Service. “I understand the wrong things that I was involved in and I’m aware now these acts are wrong in Islamic teachings. Mr. Abdullah says he has agreed to work with local leaders to get other pirates to give up what can be a lucrative life on the high seas. I will advice those who want to go to sea, they must not do it and I hope they will stop it as we have agreed. The ones who are holding ships now, I would call them to release them and they ought not to do it again”.

Correct is that many local people who suffer at the hands of pirates, because e.g. their boats are stolen, or because certain governmental quarters from the administration of Puntland indiscriminately harass the population for their alleged support to those pirate gangs, who do not pay a share to the authorities, are fed up

Marine ecosystem and IUU fishing

Stop illegal fishing In Somaliland by Amiin Dahir

The primarily detrimental issue in the failing development of the sea fisheries sector in Somaliland is the irresponsible fishing practices known internationally as illegal, unreported and unregulated (IUU) fishing. These have become a direct threat to the efforts to responsibly manage Somaliland’s fish resources and are an impediment to achieve sustainable fishing.

Illegal fishing in Somaliland is generally done by fishing boats that operate without a fishing operations permit (SFP) or fishing permit document. These boats are surely not going to report their catch, nor pay the taxes they owe to the government. There are also boats that hold the right permits but do not abide by the stated regulations, which include provisions for using permitted fishing equipment, for designated fishing trails and areas and for approved gross tonnage measurements and boats, while the use of illegal equipment and even dangerous substances is common.

Then there is unreported fishing, that is when fishermen do not report their catch or production appropriately, or not at all. The unreported selling of fish in mid-sea falls under this category too. In Somaliland the term unregulated fishing still does not have a legal definition. There should be a set of references and supporting tools that can quickly and properly help to determine whether there is any violation in certain suspicious fishing activities. Practitioners need references that can be understood in the same way the law enforcement units understand them.

A lot of fishing areas in Somaliland are considered “open access”, which means anybody can freely and easily exploit the resources without an obligation to follow or comply with certain regulations. The open exploitation of fish gives a chance to local and foreign fishermen to exploit resources without having to consider sustainability. Managing the utilization of fish resources at the international and national level, including provincial and district regulations, have not been elaborated by law makers and therefore are not appropriately implemented by law enforcement or business practitioners.

For this reason, a fish resource management policy that is appropriate for Somaliland needs to be established urgently and then enforced by the relevant institutions. Moreover, greater effort is needed to overcome irresponsible fishing. Any one who checks our sea activity can find several weaknesses in the handling of SFP fishing activities, including the following:

A very limited amount of government employees are investigating the fishing industry. The Berbera sea area, for example, has not even one fisheries investigators with the regional sea office. Given the size of the surrounding Somaliland Sea such allows for many problems and this is especially true in several Somaliland regions where there are no fisheries officers at all.

Larger boats for the officials are largely unavailable. There is a serious lack of larger boats for monitoring and they are urgently needed to support and improve the monitoring activities of fish resources. This is urgent because of the frequency of fishing related crimes that take place at our seas. Most fisheries and regional sea offices only have small skiffs to monitor the surrounding coastal waters and thus are unable to go to the high seas and control the EEZ.

Coordination systems are weak. Institutions that coordinate with one another include the fishery and sea regional offices, the Somaliland Navy, the immigration officials, customs and the Sea Police. Unfortunately joint meetings are not routinely held and only happen incidentally when problems arise, meaning a lot of crimes at sea go unnoticed.

Anti-piracy measures

Germany Doubtful of French Plan to Train Somali Troops, reports Der Spiegel
As pirates off Somalia continue to hijack ships, take hostages and collect massive ransoms, governments are scrambling to find a way to fight back. France has proposed training Somali troops, but Germany doubts that the soldiers’ loyalty can be guaranteed.

As Somali pirates continue to hamper seaborne trade off the Horn of Africa, France is calling on its EU partners to provide the funding, expertise and logistical assistance needed to train Somali forces to fight pirates based along the country’s coastline. But Germany has its doubts as to whether such soldiers can be kept from joining the pirates or the numerous warlords ruling over the fractured country.

France broached the idea at a meeting of EU foreign and defense ministers in Brussels last week. According to the French plan, French soldiers would train around 500 Somali security forces in Djibouti, where France has its largest foreign military base. These soldiers would then go on to train 5,500 of their compatriots.

The call comes not long after a donors’ conference organized by the European Union and UN in late April in Brussels, where international donors pledged more than $250 million (€178 million) to help strengthen Somali security forces in their fight against both pirates and militant Islamic forces.

Although German representatives backed the French plan in theory, they first want the EU to check on the plan’s feasibility. Somalia has had no stable government since 1991, when warlords overthrew the country’s long-time dictatorship, and the current government is threatened by Islamic militants and only has a firm grip over certain parts of Mogadishu, the capital city.

In particular, the German government is worried that the Somali government would be unable to pay its own security forces — or even keep them under control. Likewise, German military forces worry that Somali forces trained and armed with EU-supplied weapons might cross over and join the pirates — and further complicate the fight. They point to instances in Afghanistan where police officers trained by German forces have crossed over to enemy lines and to the fact that Somali soldiers already trained by EU forces have been accused of major crimes and human rights offenses.

Increasing Worries

As of Friday, pirates had attacked more than 80 ships in the Gulf of Aden in 2009 alone and hijacked 29 of them. In 2008, the International Maritime Bureau recorded 111 pirate attacks off the Horn of Africa, a dramatic increase over the previous year.

Pirates based mainly in the Puntland region of Somalia continue to hold more than a dozen vessels and several hundred crew members. Such hijackings are, as a rule, leveraged into sizable ransoms with pirates bringing in an estimated $30 million in 2008 alone.

Over a dozen countries have dispatched ships to the waters off the Horn of Africa to help combat the pirates. The EU mission is also considering whether it should expand its naval anti-piracy operations to cover the Seychelles Islands in the Indian Ocean, where pirate activities have increased recently.

French President Nicolas Sarkozy has been particularly vocal about fighting piracy. On Tuesday, he will be in United Arab Emirates to inaugurate a new French naval base in Abu Dhabi, which is expected to help international efforts to combat piracy and safeguard key shipping lanes in the Persian Gulf.

Is A Coast Guard Enough?

What is being done with the ransom money the pirates collect is also of much concern to foreign governments. At an international piracy conference held last week in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, Abdul Wahid Mohamad, the director of Puntland’s fisheries ministry, warned that the number of Somali pirates — which he put at more than 1,000 — was increasing in size and power. “There are growing indications that wealthier pirates … may become new warlords and create extremist organizations”, Mohamad said, according to the AP. He went on to urge the creation of a Somali coast guard “to prevent pirate boats before they go into deep sea”.

Others have suggested that another way to combat piracy is to revive the country’s fishing industry, which has been decimated by civil war and foreign trawlers illegally fishing Somali waters. “The answer is neither at sea or military but on land”, Capt. Christophe Pipolo, a security adviser for France’s Foreign Ministry, told conference attendees.

Yet another suggestion involves the ships targeted by the pirates themselves. Last Thursday, the head of Liberty Maritime Corp., a New York-based company whose ship was recently attacked by pirates while transporting humanitarian aid to Africa, urged the US Congress to either place armed personnel on US ships or loosen restrictions that prevent them from arming themselves. “In our view, small embarked security teams are a more effective deterrent than patrolling the entire million square miles of ocean that are affected”, Philip Shapiro told the House of Representative’s Transportation subcommittee, the AP reported.

Iran has dispatched six warships to the Gulf of Aden. The news was released by the Iranian press agency ISNA, reporting a declaration by Admiral Habibollah Sayyari. The ships’ presence, the Admiral said, is a signal to anyone who would want to militarily face the Ayatollah regime. On May 14, the Admiral had announced the dispatch of two further warships to the Gulf of Aden to protect Iranian oil tankers from pirate attacks.

Somali pirates hone their tactics reports Christopher Torchia for AP

The Somali pirates who hijacked the Danish tug Svitzer Korsakov telephoned Yemen, Djibouti and Dubai in a futile search for someone to collect a ransom and forward it to them for a fee. To the captive captain, they seemed like amateurs with no backup on shore.

That was in early 2008, before the explosive growth in piracy around the Horn of Africa. Late that year, the gang that seized the Karagol, a Turkish tanker, was more polished, used a negotiator who spoke good English and brought in other pirates to relieve them while awaiting the payoff.

The contrast between the two incidents seems to point to an increasing level of organization and more involvement of shadowy contacts in Europe and the Middle East.

The gang that seized the Karagol was run by a former Somali army general and the pirates were in constant contact with suspected accomplices in London, Dubai and Yemen, said Haldun Dincel, general manager of Ayder Tankers, which manages the Karagol.

“They were taking orders or receiving advice”, said Dincel, who was involved in ransom negotiations and spoke to crew members after they were released in January.

Since last year, a rash of ship seizures and ransom payments in the crowded waters of the Gulf of Aden has coincided with reports that well-funded syndicates, rather than small-time operators, control piracy from Somalia, a failed state with virtually no law enforcement.

A shipping expert who has negotiated ransom payments describes “a corporate-style” system in which the loot is split 50-50 between the pirates and the organizers on shore.

The negotiator, citing the sensitivity of his work and concerns about his security, spoke on condition neither he nor the country he works from be identified.

An Associated Press reporter listened to recordings of talks in which the negotiator and a pirates’ representative haggle over the ransom.

“Yesterday, I told you very clearly that you have to tell me a reasonable price. Now, $4 million is not a reasonable price”, says the negotiator, who initially offers $200,000. He says it’s difficult to raise money because of the global economic meltdown.
The discussions are halting, repetitive and mostly cordial, although in one conversation, the pirates’ negotiator indicates he is under pressure from the gang he represents and warns that a ransom must be agreed upon and delivered. Otherwise “It will be a problem, my friend”.

The AP was allowed to view cell phone photographs and video surreptitiously taken by captive crew members, on condition no identifying details of the ship be revealed. The images show a close-up of a sleeping pirate, an armed man guarding the crew in the ship’s control room, and a pirate in a sarong slicing meat in the galley.

Photographs taken from an airplane that delivered the ransom show the crew standing on deck with arms raised, indicating they are all present and unharmed, and a cash-packed tube, attached to a parachute, that floats toward a waiting pirate skiff.

The negotiator would not say how long the ship was held and how much ransom was paid, but the case he handled seems to have been markedly different from the experience of the Svitzer Korsakov’s British captain, Irish engineer and four Russian crew, who spent 47 days in captivity.

“The incompetent pirates just didn’t have a system”, Colin Darch, the captain, said in an e-mail to the AP. “When the younger elements suggested running the ship ashore, shooting the Russians and taking me and Fred (the engineer) into the desert, I took a more active role, and suggested the cash be delivered by sea, and thus it was eventually done”.

The ransom negotiator said money delivered by sea or air to Eyl, a Somali coastal town and pirate haven, used to move through the Kenyan port city of Mombassa. After Kenya curbed the deliveries late last year, Dubai became a major collection point for air drops, he said. Some air drops are also made from Congo.

Four main pirate groups operate in Somalia, one of which includes former Somali navy sailors who have used an old patrol boat as their mother ship, said the negotiator, whose sources include a counterpart who negotiated ransoms on behalf of pirates.

This month, the European Union’s naval task force said mother ships, which re-supply pirate speedboats in the Indian Ocean, were sharing information about potential targets.

The identity of pirate contacts in Europe and the Middle East is a mystery, but some suspect Somali émigrés play a role.

Also unclear is how the pirates pinpoint their targets. Some maritime authorities advise ships to turn off their Automatic Identification System while off the east coast of Somalia, but keep it activated in the more heavily policed Gulf of Aden. The system can transmit ship details, including speed and location, and pirates with the same technology, possibly aboard a seized vessel, could theoretically use it to their advantage.

Cmdr. Jane Campbell, of the U.S. 5th Fleet in Bahrain, said pirate tactics have clearly evolved, but they still remain basic, with pirates scouting slow-moving, vulnerable targets.

“They operate from small skiffs and mother ships, use cell phones, grappling hooks and a variety of small arms”, Campbell said.

“Most negotiations take place ashore, but the way the ransoms are paid is rudimentary. They don’t work with offshore banks or sophisticated wiring systems. What we see are aircraft being used to drop cash into the water or on the deck of the ships”.

Russia’s foreign minister has met with his Somali counterpart to discuss international efforts to protect shipping routes in the Gulf of Aden from Somali pirate attacks, the Russian ministry said. Lavrov met with Muhammad Abdullahi Omar on Saturday on the sidelines of the Organization of the Islamic Conference foreign ministers’ meeting in the Syrian capital, Damascus. “The sides agreed on the need to achieve a strong national reconciliation in this country, in the interests of strengthening security and stability in the region. Problems of tackling piracy off the Horn of Africa coastline were discussed in detail”, the Foreign Ministry said in a statement. Somalia has been without an effective government since the Revolutionary Socialist Party was overthrown in 1991. The internationally recognized federal government controls only the capital city of Mogadishu and part of central Somalia. Around 20 warships from the navies of at least a dozen countries, including Russia, are involved in anti-piracy operations off Somalia. According to the United Nations, Somali pirates carried out at least 120 attacks on ships in 2008, resulting in combined ransom payouts of around $150 million.

No real peace in sight yet

Aid work in Mogadishu grinding to a halt

Local NGOs in the Somali capital, Mogadishu, have set up a task force in a bid to mobilise urgent help for thousands of displaced civilians.

“The situation is so bad that if nothing is done many will die”, Asha Sha’ur, a civil society activist, told IRIN on 25 May. “We are appealing to the international aid agencies to help these desperate people before it is too late”.

Aid work in Mogadishu has virtually ground to a halt because of increasing violence. An estimated 57,000-60,000 people have fled their homes since the latest fighting flared on 8 May, according to the UN Refugee Agency, UNHCR.

According to Ali Sheikh Yassin, deputy chairman of the Mogadishu-based Elman Human Rights Organisation (EHRO), 207 people have been killed since the latest clashes began on 8 May. He said that on 22 May alone some 59 people were killed in the city but the figure reflected only the deaths the group could verify.

“Many people have been buried where they died”.

Yassin said the death toll included seven policemen killed by a suicide bomber on 24 May.

The violence has forced Médecins Sans Frontières to close its outpatient clinic in Yaaqshid district. The health facility would re-open once there was minimum security, it said.

“Even local NGOs are afraid to respond because of the uncertain security situation”, a local humanitarian worker said.

Last week, the UN Children’s Agency (UNICEF) reported the looting of its compound in Jowhar, 90km south of Mogadishu, when Al-Shabab militia captured the town.

More than 50,000 severely malnourished children and at least 85,000 moderately malnourished children in south-central Somalia have been affected by the interruption in nutritional and medical supplies.

The 17 May looting resulted in the destruction of humanitarian supplies, assets and equipment. “The cold chain [vaccine storage] equipment was affected, destroying thousands of doses of measles, polio and other vaccines meant for Somali children”, UNICEF said.

Sha’ur and other civil society leaders urged the international community and Somalis in the diaspora to help the thousands of desperate people displaced by the violence that has pitted government forces against insurgents.

“The reason we set up this task force is to make sure that we accompany [aid agencies] wherever they want to go”, Sha’ur said. “We were at some of these camps [on the outskirts of the city] and found the conditions heart-wrenching”.

The newly displaced were living in dire conditions. “Many of them have no shelter and so are sharing small spaces with others and have very little food, if any”, Sha’ur said. “They need help in all areas but shelter is most urgent”.

Nasteho Osman, a 29-year-old single mother of four, returned last week to the camps for the displaced which she left only a month ago.

“I was in Bakara market when the fighting began [on 8 May]; I had to rush back to my house to make sure my children were safe”, Osman said. “I got out six days ago with only what we could carry”.

The situation deteriorates whenever it rains. “We only have one small shack that we use for shelter and when it rains, no one can sleep”, Osman added.

Ogaden liberation front rebels (ONLF) accused Monday Ethiopia of being killing more than 50 Somali civilians in eastern Ethiopia. Hussein Nur, the information secretary of ONLF denounced the Ethiopian troops of killing more than 50 Somali people in Somali administration in the eastern Ethiopia in over the past days. The information secretary of ONLF who is Doha city said that the Ethiopian troops killed more people in the region and arrested many others adding that the troops had also raped at least 5 girls in the Somali region in Ethiopia. He said it was too complicated to get information from the region quickly due to lack of telecommunication. The Ethiopian troops are often accused of committing brutal actions against the Somali people who live in eastern regions in Ethiopian. ONLF rebels are fighting for the independence of the Somali inhabited regions in eastern Ethiopia.

Ethiopia never left Somalia – It was a deceptive charade
by Sophia Tesfamariam

The BBC and other media are reporting the “return of Ethiopian troops to Somalia”. How can they “return” when they never left? My sources, who served as advisors to Abdulahi Yusuf, leader of the Eldoret formed Transitional National Government of Somalia (TNG), tell me that Meles Zenawi’s forces never left Somalia. They may have left Mogadishu but they certainly did not leave Somalia. The Ethiopian regime has lied abut its presence in Somalia from day one. After denying its presence in Somalia in 2006, it was forced to admit that it had forces all over Somalia. Then it came up with a convenient lie and claimed that it was there at the invitation of Abdulahi Yusuf’s TNG. The media reported about the presence of 8000 Ethiopian troops. That too was a lie. There were over 25,000 Ethiopian troops in Somalia.

It was on Christmas Eve 24 December 2006 that the US-backed minority regime in Ethiopia invaded Somalia to oust the Union of Islamic Courts (UIC) which was expanding its influence throughout Somalia. Sheikh Sharif, who now heads the TNG, was “hunted down” by Meles Zenawi’s forces. Vicki Huddleston and Jendayi E. Frazier called the UIC a threat to Ethiopia’s security and accused them of harboring Al Qaeda operatives, including those who bombed the US Embassies in Kenya and Tanzania, and for “introducing strict Islamic laws” and “banning khat”. The invasion brought chaos and destruction to Somalia. Over a million people were displaced, tens of thousands massacred in cold blood and Somali’s infrastructures destroyed. The UN led international community created another TNG in Djibouti, forced the resignation of Abdulahi Yusuf, and Sheikh Sharif Ahmed was chosen as the new President of Somalia.

Just as the Bush Administration was leaving Washington, in January 2009, after two years of pillage and destruction, Meles Zenawi claiming “victory”, announced that his marauding forces would leave Somalia. Only the gullible believed that unlikely story. If the Ethiopian troops were to leave Somalia, who then was going to “prop up” the new TNG formed in Djibouti? After all, it was not chosen by the people of Somalia. The west may have labeled the new TNG “moderate”, but that is not going to bring it legitimacy in the eyes of the Somali people. The people of Somalia must be given the chance to choose their own leaders and set the criteria for themselves.

The people of Somalia had accepted Sheikh Sharif and the UIC in 2006 in spite of the labels placed on them by Jendayi Frazier and Meles Zenawi. They had accepted Sheikh Sharif Ahmed then because he was borne out of their struggle against the Alliance for the Restoration of Peace and Anti Terrorism-CIA sponsored warlords who had prevented the Eldoret formed TNG from establishing itself in Somalia, forcing it to remain in Kenya for over two years. Jendayi Frazer and Meles Zenawi planned and carried out the ouster of the UIC and Sheikh Sharif Ahmed from Somalia in order to establish the puppet regime of Abdulahi Yusuf and Ali Mohammed Ghedi, a regime that would be amenable to Meles Zenawi and the West.

Sheikh Sharif was forced into exile and so were his comrades. He took refuge in Eritrea where the Alliance for the Re-liberation and Reconstitution of Somalia (ARS) was formed by about 450 Somalis representing a cross section of the Somali people. They called for the unconditional removal of Ethiopian and other foreign forces from Somalia. Jendayi Frazer and Meles Zenawi blacklisted Eritrea for not supporting the puppet TNG led by Abdulahi Yusuf and Ali Mohammed Ghedi. The UN Security Council decided that the TNG led by Abdulahi Yusuf was the only legitimate government of Somalia.

Today, the UN is once again telling us that the only legitimate government of Somalia is the one led by Sheikh Sharif Ahmed, the same person that was “hunted down” by Meles Zenawi’s forces in 2006 and 2007. The US led international community is once again insisting that all nations accept the newly formed TNG. Sheikh Sharif Ahmed was brought to Mogadishu, but the violence and destructions continue. Today, we hear that Ethiopia is once again in Somalia. I contend that they never left. How many forces did the Djibouti TNG have when it came to Mogadishu? Who took over when the Ethiopians supposedly left in January? Did the African Union forces have the capacity to take over?

How many troops were trained by Ethiopia and UNDP? Did they remain to support the new TNG or did they leave with Abdulahi Yusuf?

I doubt that even the UN has answers to these questions. With all the lies being reported and repeated, it can be very hard to discern the facts about Somalia, but you do not need to be a rocket scientist to figure out this hoax.

Let us take a look at the UN Monitoring Group’s Report of December 2008 to get a better understanding of the forces in Somalia. This is what the Report says about the TNG forces trained by Ethiopia:

- “…The Transitional Federal Government possesses a security establishment of fewer than 20,000 personnel, including military, police and intelligence services. Many of these, however, are believed to be “phantoms”, whose pay — when disbursed — is diverted by senior commanders. Payment is irregular. Over the course of the past six months, effective force levels have been further depleted by attrition and defection…”

- “…The Government of Ethiopia informed the Monitoring Group in October 2008 that it had trained 17,000 Somali security personnel, but did not specify how many were police and how many military. Of that total, Ethiopia believes less than 3,000 may still be effective, suggesting an attrition rate of over 80 per cent. Since most soldiers who desert or defect take their weapons and uniforms with them, this represents some 14,000 new weapons entering Somali territory…”

- “…In 2008, Ethiopia began to withdraw its forces from Somalia and gradually transfer authority to the Transitional Federal Government. During the course of this process, as many as 14,000 Ethiopian-trained troops are believed to have deserted or defected, usually with their uniforms and weapons…”

- “…On a smaller scale, UNDP reported in January 2008 that 225 police officers whom it had trained could not be traced, and estimated that 40 per cent of trainees had deserted by November 2008. According to media reports and a senior Transitional Federal Government source, at least several hundred such trainees have joined armed opposition groups, often taking their arms, uniforms and vehicles with them…”

Here are some news reports about the defection of TNG forces:

- “…A group of soldiers formerly loyal to the allied governments of Somalia and Ethiopia have reportedly switched sides and “surrendered” over to militants leading the insurgency…Abdirahim Isse Addow, a spokesman for the Islamic Courts movement, said seven Somali soldiers and one Ethiopian military officer said the Islamists would welcome the defecting soldiers…A soldier who spoke for the defecting Somali troops said they were all trained in Ethiopia and deployed at the ex-pasta factory, in north Mogadishu…” (Garowe online 7 September 2008)

- “…During this week’s fighting, some government troops have defected to the insurgents, although the government denies it. The local television station HornAfrik has run video of Islamist fighters displaying 17 military vehicles with government plates they said were brought over by defecting soldiers…” (Associated Press 15 May 2009)

According to my sources, the minority regime in Ethiopia, master of gimmicks and deceptions, is at it again. In an elaborate scheme designed to hoodwink the international community and fleece donors of more funds, it seems the shameless regime in Ethiopia is passing off “Ethiopian Somalis” as Somalis. It is the same gimmick it has used to present Tigrayans as Eritreans. Farfetched you say? Well, considering the deceptive nature of the regime and its past activities…

In December 2008, the UN Monitoring Group on Somalia reported the following:

“…At the end of February 2008, the Ethiopian Ministry of Foreign Affairs sent a project document and funding request to the British Government. The project envisaged a six-month training course for 10,000 Somali police, but did not address their subsequent integration into the Somali police force. The description of the training curriculum is vague…Subsequent requests by donors and UNDP to inspect the training course on location were rejected by the Ethiopian Government. They were, however, invited to attend the graduation ceremony that took place on 5 July 2008…The Ethiopian Government provided all trainees with uniforms and individual weapons in preparation for their deployment to Somalia. The military and police contingents traveled in joint convoys from the Ethiopian border to Baidoa. The Ethiopian-trained military contingent remained under Ethiopian Command…”

Why was the TPLF regime being so secretive about its training program if it was on the up and up? According to my sources, all the remaining TNG forces and the “Somali Ethiopians” are under the command of a certain Ethiopia General “Gere”. If they are Somalis, why are they not under TNG control? If that is not bad enough, turns out, the African Union Mission to Somalia (AMISOM) is also under Ethiopian command. It should be recalled that Meles Zenawi heads the African Union’s Peace and Security Council (AU-PSC) which created AMISOM in 2007. Leave it to the bigoted regime to come up with such a deceptive charade.

There is also news about the Sheikh Sharif TNG “downplaying” Ethiopia’s presence in Somalia. That comes as no surprise. When the minority regime’s forces were hunting him down in 2006 and when he took refuge in Eritrea, he was singing a different tune. The UIC was calling for the unconditional removal of Ethiopian forces. Today, he imagines that with the blessing of the UN and AU, he is now part of the “bloc”. In a shameful and reckless display of political immaturity, pandering to Meles Zenawi, he has also taken to denouncing Ginbot 7 (Ethiopian opposition), he knows nothing about. He ought to worry about the people of Somalia’s opposition to his illegitimate TNG, then worry about Ginbot 7.

Instead of engaging in senseless propaganda on behalf of Meles Zenawi and the “bloc”, Sheikh Sharif Ahmed ought to be calling for the unconditional removal of all Ethiopia, Burundi and Ugandan troops from Somalia, for that is what the Somali people want. He should also be calling on the international community to stop exploiting the instability in Somalia and stop the illegal fishing off the coast of Somalia; stop the dumping of nuclear and other waste etc. The UN special envoy to Somalia ought to be defending the rights of the Somali people. Johann Hari in an Independent article posted on the 5 January 2009 wrote:

“…Ahmedou Ould-Abdallah, the UN envoy to Somalia, tells me: “Somebody is dumping nuclear material here. There is also lead, and heavy metals such as cadmium and mercury – you name it”. Much of it can be traced back to European hospitals and factories, who seem to be passing it on to the Italian mafia to “dispose” of cheaply. When I asked Mr Ould-Abdallah what European governments were doing about it, he said with a sigh: “Nothing. There has been no clean-up, no compensation, and no prevention”. …At the same time, other European ships have been looting Somalia’s seas of their greatest resource: seafood. We have destroyed our own fish stocks by overexploitation – and now we have moved on to theirs. More than $300m-worth of tuna, shrimp, and lobster are being stolen every year by illegal trawlers. The local fishermen are now starving…”

The sad thing about this whole sordid criminal, almost mafia-like state of affairs in Somalia is the silence and the acquiescence of the US led international community and the duplicity of the UN Envoy as Somalia disintegrates further. Instead of pointing their blood soaked fingers at Eritrea, they ought to take a good look at the destruction and mayhem they have caused in Somalia as they advance their own interests at the expense (lives) of the Somali people.

It was on 24 May 2007 that I saw Sheikh Sharif Ahmed and his delegation at the Asmara stadium, sitting in a place reserved for guests who come to participate in the Independence Day celebrations. The Government and people of Eritrea treated him with dignity and respect and as one of Eritrea’s friends. Today, as Eritrea celebrates the 18th Independence Anniversary, he finds himself neither a friend of Eritrea, nor wanted or accepted by the Somali people he purports to lead. Forgetting the magnanimity of the Government and people of Eritrea, and has joined in the anti-Eritrea chorus led by the very regimes that hunted him down in 2006. Today, while other invited guests and dignitaries experience the hospitality and friendship of the Eritrean people, Sheikh Sharif Ahmed and the “bloc” led by Meles Zenawi will watch from a distance as Eritrea and her people celebrate their hard earned independence.

Somalia
Question Asked By Lord Avebury

To ask Her Majesty’s Government what assessment they have made of the political and humanitarian consequences of the conflict in Somalia.

The Minister of State, Foreign and Commonwealth Office (Lord Malloch-Brown): My Lords, the Djibouti process led to the expansion of the Somali Parliament and its selection of a new President. The formation of a more broadly based Government provides the best opportunity to create a lasting peace and reconciliation necessary for tackling the ongoing humanitarian crisis. Although that Government are battling an assault by the armed insurgency, they must continue to strive for further reconciliation with those outside the political process.

Lord Avebury: My Lords, if we are really determined to prevent the terrorists affiliated to Al-Shabaab taking over the whole country, is it not necessary to provide greater support in terms of logistics and training, both for the Government’s armed forces and for the AMISOM troops? With regard to the humanitarian crisis, is the noble Lord aware of any steps being taken through the Security Council or otherwise to meet the gap of two-thirds in the funding to meet the needs of the 400,000 people displaced internally, and a similar number in refugee camps in neighbouring countries, particularly Kenya?

Lord Malloch-Brown: My Lords, the noble Lord has repeatedly brought the question of Somalia to this House’s attention, and correctly so, because it is often one of those forgotten crises.

About 40 per cent of the country’s population are displaced, completely dependent on international aid, and it has been very difficult to get it there. Despite the current upsurge of fighting, the distribution continues in key places such as Mogadishu, and the World Food Programme delivered something like 35,000 metric tonnes of food last month. On the noble Lord’s other point, we are also seeking to make sure that AMISOM, to which we have contributed generously, is properly supported during this crisis; and there was a move in the Security Council last week to make sure that the transitional Government’s armed forces be supported with the resources they need and to deal with this critical issue of salaries to solders and police.

Lord Howell of Guildford: My Lords, is it true that the Eritrean army is yet again invading Somalia and helping the Al-Shabaab rebels? I do not know whether the Minister has any news on that. One area where we in this country have a direct interest is the offshore piracy. Is it correct that the Iranians now want to contribute through their naval resources to the anti-piracy movement? Might this not be at least one area where, despite all our disagreements with Iran on everything else, we could co-operate with it?

Lord Malloch-Brown: My Lords, on the noble Lord’s first point, there is pretty strong evidence of Eritrean collusion in the upsurge of violence against the Government and of possible arms re-supply to the rebels by the Eritreans. They were condemned in a Security Council presidential statement at the end of last week and have furiously denied the charges, but frankly that does not give me much confidence—it does not mean that the charges are not true. There is also a real risk of this situation escalating; there have been reports, again denied, of Ethiopian troops returning into Somalia. This is an enormously serious challenge to the Government and we all have reason to be very concerned to support and reinforce them over the coming weeks. I will have to get back to the noble Lord on his second point about Iran and piracy.

Lord Steel of Aikwood: My Lords, given the mayhem that has characterized Somalia for so long, is there not a case for reconsidering the whole question of recognizing the Government in Somaliland, the former British protectorate, which at least is stable and orderly?

Lord Malloch-Brown: My Lords, this is one of those perennial issues which, quite rightly, come up every time that Somalia lurches back into crisis. The noble Lord knows our position, which is that we try to give Somaliland support but we think that its status and potential independence must be dealt with through African forums: first, through talks between the two sides in Somalia and, subsequently, through the AU. We do not think that British recognition of Somaliland would help its goal of independence.
The Lord Bishop of Liverpool: My Lords, we have a large Somali community in Liverpool. Has there been any contact between the Government and local authorities where there are large Somali communities, to address possible tensions that might arise within those communities?

Lord Malloch-Brown: My Lords, the right reverend Prelate raises an important point. I will look into it and ensure that information is being shared. Broadly, I do not think—although he knows better than I do—that this is a situation where our Somali British community is divided, as is the case with some other conflicts with which we have been dealing. I think that among Somalis resident here there is quite broad support for the transitional Government; indeed, one very distinguished British citizen is now the Foreign Minister.

Lord Judd: My Lords, does my noble friend agree that, in the immensely difficult situation as he described it, a priority is to regain access for the free-standing non-governmental humanitarian agencies, which are perceived to have no political agenda of their own and are therefore in a particularly strong position to make a contribution in a fraught situation? Does he also accept that humanitarian assistance and the political dimensions are seldom in watertight compartments and that, in approaching lasting solutions, it is terribly important to listen very carefully to non-governmental organizations about what they are learning in the context of their work?

Lord Malloch-Brown: My Lords, my noble friend is absolutely correct about the critical role of humanitarian non-governmental organizations. DfID is in daily contact not just with the UN agencies and the International Committee of the Red Cross but also with the NGOs involved, to try to work out how we can programme an additional £3.5 million of support. The NGOs are obviously suffering from the same difficulties as the UN agencies, including the huge difficulty of deploying staff there due to the dramatic security situation.

Impacting reports from the global village

Fifteen Russian sailors arrested last year in Spain on drug trafficking charges pleaded guilty on Monday in exchange for a reduced three-year prison term, a defense lawyer said. The lawyer said the sailors will have to pay a fine, and that if they fail to do so their terms will be increased by 30 days. The court’s final verdict is expected in a month’s time, and lawyers intend to push for the sailors’ extradition to Russia. The sailors were detained on May 14, 2008 near the city of Huelva on southwest Spain’s Atlantic coast in a large-scale police operation, after around four metric tons of marijuana was seized from their two vessels, both of which belonged to a Russian company. A total of 34 people are implicated in the case, including Ukrainians, Romanians, Moroccans, Spaniards and Poles.

How MI5 blackmails British Muslims

‘Work for us or we will say you are a terrorist’

By Robert Verkaik, Law Editor – exclusive for The Independent

Five Muslim community workers have accused MI5 of waging a campaign of blackmail and harassment in an attempt to recruit them as informants.

The men claim they were given a choice of working for the Security Service or face detention and harassment in the UK and overseas.

They have made official complaints to the police, to the body which oversees the work of the Security Service and to their local MP Frank Dobson. Now they have decided to speak publicly about their experiences in the hope that publicity will stop similar tactics being used in the future.

Related articles

Home Secretary was warned of MI5′s ‘blackmailing of Muslims’

Pauline Neville-Jones: MI5 must use persuasion – not coercion

Intelligence gathered by informers is crucial to stopping further terror outrages, but the men’s allegations raise concerns about the coercion of young Muslim men by the Security Service and the damage this does to the gathering of information in the future.

Three of the men say they were detained at foreign airports on the orders of MI5 after leaving Britain on family holidays last year.

After they were sent back to the UK, they were interviewed by MI5 officers who, they say, falsely accused them of links to Islamic extremism. On each occasion the agents said they would lift the travel restrictions and threat of detention in return for their co-operation. When the men refused some of them received what they say were intimidating phone calls and threats.

Two other Muslim men say they were approached by MI5 at their homes after police officers posed as postmen. Each of the five men, aged between 19 and 25, was warned that if he did not help the security services he would be considered a terror suspect. A sixth man was held by MI5 for three hours after returning from his honeymoon in Saudi Arabia. He too claims he was threatened with travel restrictions if he tried to leave the UK.

An agent who gave her name as Katherine is alleged to have made direct threats to Adydarus Elmi, a 25-year-old cinema worker from north London. In one telephone call she rang him at 7am to congratulate him on the birth of his baby girl. His wife was still seven months’ pregnant and the couple had expressly told the hospital that they did not want to know the sex of their child.

Mr. Elmi further alleges: “Katherine tried to threaten me by saying, and it still runs through my mind now: ‘Remember, this won’t be the last time we ever meet.’ And then during our last conversation she explained: ‘If you do not want anything to happen to your family you will co-operate’”.

Madhi Hashi, a 19-year-old care worker from Camden, claims he was held for 16 hours in a cell in Djibouti airport on the orders of MI5. He alleges that when he was returned to the UK on 9 April this year he was met by an MI5 agent who told him his terror suspect status would remain until he agreed to work for the Security Service. He alleges that he was to be given the job of informing on his friends by encouraging them to talk about jihad.

Mohamed Nur, 25, a community youth worker from north London, claims he was threatened by the Security Service after an agent gained access to his home accompanied by a police officer posing as a postman.

“The MI5 agent said, ‘Mohamed if you do not work for us we will tell any foreign country you try to travel to that you are a suspected terrorist’”.

Mohamed Aden, 25, a community youth worker from Camden, was also approached by someone disguised as a postman in August last year. He alleges an agent told him: “We’re going to make your traveling harder for you if you don’t co-operate”.

None of the six men, who work with disadvantaged youths at the Kentish Town Community Organisation (KTCO), has ever been arrested for terrorism or a terrorism-related offence.

They have repeatedly complained about their treatment to the police and to the Investigatory Powers Tribunal, which oversees the work of the Security Services.

In a letter to Lord Justice Mummery, who heads the tribunal, Sharhabeel Lone, the chairman of the KTCO, said: “The only thing these young people have in common is that they studied Arabic abroad and are of Somali origin. They are not involved in any terrorist activity whatsoever, nor have they ever been, and the security services are well aware of this”.

Mr Sharhabeel added: “These incidents smack of racism, Islamophobia and all that undermines social cohesion. Threatening British citizens, harassing them in their own country, alienating young people who have committed no crime other than practicing a particular faith and being a different colour is a recipe for disaster.

These disgraceful incidents have undermined 10 years of hard work and severely impacted social cohesion in Camden. Targeting young people that are role models for all young people in our country in such a disparaging way demonstrates a total lack of understanding of on-the-ground reality and can only be counter-productive.

When people are terrorized by the very same body that is meant to protect them, sowing fear, suspicion and division, we are on a slippery slope to an Orwellian society”.

Frank Dobson said: “To identify real suspects from the Muslim communities MI5 must use informers. But it seems that from what I have seen some of their methods may be counter-productive”.

Last night MI5 and the police refused to discuss the men’s complaints with The Independent. But on its website, MI5 says it is untrue that the Security Service harasses Muslims.

The organisation says: “We do not investigate any individuals on the grounds of ethnicity or religious beliefs. Countering the threat from international terrorists, including those who claim to be acting for Islam, is the Security Service’s highest priority.

We know that attacks are being considered and planned for the UK by al-Qai’da and associated networks. International terrorists in this country threaten us directly through violence and indirectly through supporting violence overseas”.

It adds: “Muslims are often themselves the victims of this violence – the series of terrorist attacks in Casablanca in May 2003 and Riyadh in May and November 2003 illustrate this.

The service also employs staff of all religions, including Muslims. We are committed to recruiting a diverse range of staff from all backgrounds so that we can benefit from their different perspectives and experience”.

MI5 and me: Three statements

Mahdi Hashi: ‘I told him: this is blackmail’

Last month, 19-year-old Mahdi Hashi arrived at Gatwick airport to take a plane to visit his sick grandmother in Djibouti, but as he was checking in he was stopped by two plainclothes officers. One of the officers identified himself as Richard and said he was working for MI5.

Mr. Hashi said: “He warned me not to get on the flight. He said ‘Whatever happens to you outside the UK is not our responsibility’. I was absolutely shocked.” The agent handed Mr. Hashi a piece of paper with his name and telephone contact details and asked him to call him.

“The whole time he tried to make it seem like he was looking after me. And just before I left them at my boarding gate I remember ‘Richard’ telling me ‘It’s your choice, mate, to get on that flight but I advise you not to,’ and then he winked at me”.

When Mr. Hashi arrived at Djibouti airport he was stopped at passport control. He was then held in a room for 16 hours before being deported back to the UK. He claims the Somali security officers told him that their orders came from London. More than 24 hours after he first left the UK he arrived back at Heathrow and was detained again.

“I was taken to pick up my luggage and then into a very discreet room. ‘Richard’ walked in with a Costa bag with food which he said was for me, my breakfast. He said it was them who sent me back because I was a terror suspect”. Mr. Hashi, a volunteer youth leader at Kentish Town Community Organisation in north London, alleges that the officer made it clear that his “suspect” status and travel restrictions would only be lifted if he agreed to co-operate with MI5. “I told him ‘This is blatant blackmail’; he said ‘No, it’s just proving your innocence. By co-operating with us we know you’re not guilty.’

“He said I could go and that he’d like to meet me another time, preferably after [May] Monday Bank Holiday. I looked at him and said ‘I don’t ever want to see you or hear from you again. You’ve ruined my holiday, upset my family, and you nearly gave my sick grandmother in Somalia a heart attack’”.

Adydarus Elmi: ‘MI5 agent threatened my family’

When the 23-year-old cinema worker from north London arrived at Chicago’s O’Hare airport with his pregnant wife, they were separated, questioned and deported back to Britain.

Three days later Mr. Elmi was contacted on his mobile phone and asked to attend Charing Cross police station to discuss problems he was having with his travel documents. “I met a man and a woman”, he said. “She said her name was Katherine and that she worked for MI5. I didn’t know what MI5 was”.

For two-and-a-half hours Mr. Elmi faced questions. “I felt I was being lured into working for MI5″. The contact did not stop there. Over the following weeks he claims “Katherine” harassed him with dozens of phone calls.

“She would regularly call my mother’s home asking to speak to me”, he said. “And she would constantly call my mobile”.

In one disturbing call the agent telephoned his home at 7am to congratulate him on the birth of his baby girl. His wife was still seven months pregnant and the couple had expressly told the hospital that they did not want to know the sex of their child.

“Katherine tried to threaten me by saying – and it still runs through my mind now – “Remember, this won’t be the last time we ever meet”, and then during our last conversation explained: ‘If you do not want anything to happen to your family you will co-operate’”.

Mohamed Nur

Mohamed Nur, 25, first came into contact with MI5 early one morning in August 2008 when his doorbell rang. Looking through his spyhole in Camden, north London, he saw a man with a red bag who said he was a postman.

When Mr. Nur opened the door the man told him that he was in fact a policeman and that he and his colleague wanted to talk to him. When they sat down the second man produced ID and said that he worked for MI5.

The agent told Mr. Nur that they suspected him of being an Islamic extremist.

“I immediately said ‘And where did you get such an idea?’ He replied, ‘I am not permitted to discuss our sources’. I said that I have never done anything extreme”.

Mr. Nur claims he was then threatened by the officer. “The MI5 agent said, ‘Mohamed, if you do not work for us we will tell any foreign country you try to travel to that you are a suspected terrorist’”.

They asked him what travel plans he had. Mr. Nur said he might visit Sweden next year for a football tournament. The agent told him he would contact him within the next three days.

“I am not interested in meeting you ever”. Mr. Nur replied. As they left, the agent said to at least consider the approach, as it was in his best interests.

Press Contacts:

ECOP-marine
East-Africa
+254-714-747090
marine[at]ecop.info
www.ecop.info

ECOTERRA Intl.
Nairobi Node
africanode[at]ecoterra.net
+254-733-633-733

EA Seafarers Assistance Programme
SAP Media Officers
+254-722-613858
+254-733-385868
sap[at]ecoterra.net

Note
Picture: Indicative map of the Horn of Africa piracy
From: http://lanasays.blogspot.com/

Tags: , , , , , , , ,

Wednesday, January 12th, 2011 Grants No Comments

Ecoterra Press Release 300 – The Somalia Chronicle June – December 2009, no 113b

Ecoterra Press Release 300 – The Somalia Chronicle June – December 2009, no 113bEnlarge Image

What Fate of Uganda’s Troops in Somalia Reveals About Our Politics
By Charles Onyango Obbo (Monitor)

A week ago a terrorist bomb exacted a heavy toll on the struggling Somalia government, when an explosion blasted a Mogadishu graduation ceremony, killing 19 civilians, including three ministers.

A few weeks earlier, there had been another deadly attack, this time on the African Union peacekeepers, where several members of the Ugandan contingent of the AMISOM force in Somalia were killed.

That attack forced AMISOM to reveal, for the first time, that it had lost 80 of its soldiers in explosions and clashes with Somali militants since the force deployed there in March 2007.

The 5,000 AU troops are mostly from Uganda and Burundi. Of the 80 soldiers killed, 37 of them are Ugandan.

The anniversary of the Somalia mission usually passes without comment, and Ugandan casualties there get one or two days in the media, and are then quickly forgotten.

One reason for this is that the public has grown cynical of UPDF missions abroad, and the interests the army serves at home. The defining experience was the nearly 10 years that the UPDF spent in the Democratic Republic of Congo, during which time it came to be viewed as nothing less than a bandit force used by rogue officers and NRM big wigs and their cronies in Kampala to plunder minerals, timber, coffee, and even wild game.

In Somalia, many reasoned that the UPDF role in the mission was part of a scheme by President Museveni to buy favour from the West, and shield him the pressure over his push to amend the Constitution in 2005, which opened the door for him to be president for life.

Even if that were true, on close scrutiny, the UPDF peacekeeping in Somalia is different from the disastrous one to the DRC in major ways. Unlike the DRC, the group of militants who eventually take power in Somalia can have far-reaching implications for East African security. Right now, the radical Islamist group Al-Shabaab that controls most of Somalia has governments in the region and the West running scared. They believe that an Al-Shabaab take over will be the equivalent of having Osama bin Laden’s al Qaeda ruling Somalia.

My own view is that Somalis are among Africa’s most pragmatic people (which is why they succeed where they have been scattered by the crisis back home) and that the risk of an Al-Shabaab takeover is overstated, but it is understandable why others might be alarmed.

So unlike DRC, the UPDF in Somalia have nothing to loot. In fact, don’t expect them to return with local women in tow and chicken dangling from their backs, as happened with the troops in Congo.

That said, even if Museveni has his own private agenda, for once the UPDF mission in Somalia – its most dangerous and thankless such task — is part of something big.

If you look closely at the kind of officers in Somalia, you begin to see something else. Quite a few of them belong to the old National Resistance Army idealistic tradition, which believed that they would take over power and bring about a fair, law-abiding, corruption free political order in Uganda.

This school lost out years ago, and the power-hungry and blood-sucking wolves have taken over and are calling the shots. Indeed, they are growing stronger.

The UPDF in Somalia, therefore, is what the national army would have looked like if it hadn’t been turned into a fiefdom of a largely tribal officer corps, serving dishonourable interests of the NRM political elite – like stealing elections, tormenting the opposition, and serving as a palace guard. The contrast of the UPDF in Mogadishu with that at home, where it is has been deployed to guard land which influential people have bought out of the speculative calculation that they will make a killing from the oil in it, could not be more stark.

Compare again, the kind of officers who were deployed to hunt down the Lords Resistance Army and its leader Joseph Kony at their Sudan-DRC border bases earlier in the year. With the help of the US, the hopes were high that Kony would be killed, or at least captured. Therefore politically favoured, but inexperienced, officers who are part of the Museveni grand succession project were given the command, in the hope that their success against Kony would catapult them to national stardom. It didn’t happen.

By contrast, there will be national stardom for the Ugandan officers in Somalia, however successful they are, in part because they are part of a multinational effort. Secondly, success in Somalia will not come dramatically from a battlefield victory. In that sense, the UPDF mission is driven by old school but honourable values of service, not personal glory.

If you are a student of Ugandan, or more specifically NRM politics, pay attention to the mission in Mogadishu. Pay attention because it represents ideals that are dying in the army back home, and this might be the last time you will see them. The only thing the boys in Somalia have with those back home, is that they both have not been paid their salaries for some months now.

Shifta war refugees cry for justice
By Ali Abdi

Fearing for his life as the shifta war raged in the 1960s, Halake Maamo fled from his home in Isiolo to Somalia.

The shiftas, or guerrillas of Somali origin, waged a secessionist war against the Government in the harsh and dry plains of northern Kenya.

However, after Somalia’s dictator Siad Barre was overthrown and life became intolerable, Maamo returned to his homeland and settled in Garbatulla, Isiolo District.

But life has never been the same again for Maamo and thousands of other returnees. Most of them do not have Kenyan identity cards and lead poor lives, as they are yet to recover from the turmoil that disrupted their lives.

Although they are at peace unlike when they were in Somalia, their major concern is lack of national identity cards and government support to rebuild their lives.

While a few wealthy ones with political connections have obtained the crucial documents, many, especially those who stay in remote parts, are yet to be issued with IDs.

Maamo says he applied for the document on arrival in 1995 after a thorough vetting process. He is still waiting. Another vetting was done last year and he is now waiting for a response from the Government.

“The only thing new in my life is the peace otherwise I feel like a prisoner as my movement is restricted because I do not have a national identity card. I cannot travel to Isiolo town to see my relatives for fear of arrest by police who refer to me as that refugee from Somalia,’’ said Maamo in a recent interview.

Secession

Maamo, 78, left Merti in Isiolo North, one of the five epicentres of the war triggered by secessionists who wanted to cede Northern Frontier District (NFD) to Somalia, when his family was killed in 1967.

The previous year Maamo and his eldest son Dida, then only aged seven, had watched his father and relatives frog-matched from their huts and shot dead at a ‘concentration’ camp in Merti.

Today, he recalls that scores of other villagers labelled sympathisers of the rebel movement were killed.The secession campaign was spearheaded by the Northern Peoples’ Progressive Party (NPPP).

“The elders were brought from Sericho, Modogashe, Iresaboru, and here (Merti) and taken to Garbatulla. They were loaded onto two trucks to Isiolo. About five kilometres away, they were told to alight and run. But they shot them from the back,” says Maamo, a father of five.

Others who share Maamo’s story include Isiolo County Council chairman Adan Ali (Kinna ward) and his counterparts Mr Godana Tache (Garbatulla), Ali Adhi (Modogashe) and Mr Hassan Balla (Garfasa). They all lost their fathers in the incident.

Died Poor

‘‘My father Ali Wako was brought from Modogashe and was among those massacred in Garbatulla during the same incident. The elders viewed as anti-Kenyatta government were rounded up from villages across Isiolo South Constituency,” says Ali.

Ali is a grandson of the late Wako Happi, one of NPPP’s presidents who spearheaded the secessionist campaign in northern Kenya, then known as the Northern Frontier District.

Ali said his grandfather was detained in 1963 and released in 1969 after the movement was crushed.

“He fled to Somalia in 1972 and came back in October 1984. He died a poor man in Isiolo in 1996,” Ali said.

The co-ordinator of Friends of Nomads International, Mr Yusuf Dogo, says about 3,000 returnees are impoverished because they have no documents to show they are Kenyan.

They cannot get jobs or crucial government services, and many young people dare not step into the town for fear of arrest.

Most of those displaced by the Shifta war started the journey back home from Somalia refugee camps from 1984 following retired President Moi’s plea to leaders of Northern Frontier District (NFD) to come back home with their followers.

For more than 20 years now, they are still refugees in their own country.

Ali says unlike other pastoralists in the country, the returnees have experience in farming and should be helped by the Government to start and run irrigation projects.

Compensation

“The Government promised to help the returnees re-build their lives. They should be given IDs and helped start income generating projects,’’ said Ali.

The councillors want the Kenya National Commission on Human Rights and other rights bodies to help them sue the Government for compensation.

“If the internally displaced people of the post-election violence have been compensated why not us whose families were killed and property destroyed?’’ posed Tache, the Garbatulla councilor.

Isiolo District Registrar of Persons M Auma confirms that the returnees lack identity cards, with some waiting for more than a decade. He said his office in collaboration with local elders, the provincial administration and the National Security Intelligence Service have vetted hundreds of applications since 2004.

“When we took up the matter with the head office in Nairobi, we were informed that the case of the returnees would be dealt with by the Ministry of Immigration. We are still waiting,’’ says Auma.

Dogo says the returnees should be helped rebuild their lives through income generating projects. And Dogo suggests irrigation projects in areas such as Gafarsa, Muchuru, Malkadaka and Rapsu for those from Isiolo.

He also advises the Government to unconditionally issue them with identity cards, saying it is their constitutional right.

Dogo says the military employed the infamous scotch-earth tactics to round up and kill the livestock as one way to defeat the rebels.

Dogo attributes the widespread poverty in the region to the indiscriminate killing of livestock during the war.

Livestock rounded up indiscriminately from the residents were detained and slaughtered in a camp where Daawa Primary School and Orphanage stands today.

Africa’s Problems Success story of the West
By Regis Maburutse (BBD)

African Politics and economics is directly linked to its cultural diversity, from the north tip down to the south, Cape of Good Hope in South Africa, which for years cultural differences has traditionally been used as a measure of defining tribal superiority in the dispensation of national wealth and political leadership.

Political superiority in this continent is generally not defined by democratic principles rather by tribal lines. The value imposed by western Aid has vastly added to a further compounding and cementation of these old and outdated beliefs of who should be a leader of any African nation based on tribal grounds.

African problems are further compounded by the AIDS scourge as one could pick out any country in the world and talk about its problems and maybe as Africa has been so tragically ravaged by AIDS in the last 30 years or so it stands out on a world scale.

Africa is a large continent with many countries making up its bulk. They are many and varied from the Bushmen of the Kalahari Desert to the Zulus of Kwazi Natal to the wandering nomads of the Sahara.

Geographically, the continent runs from this large expanse of desert of Botswana through to equatorial jungle in the Congo and down the rift valley of Ethiopia past the mountains of the moon the source of the mightiest river, the Nile, running through Sudan and Egypt perhaps Africa’s greatest tourist draw card apart from the safaris.

So although varied and vibrant a native of Mombasa is going to experience totally different problems to one of the Kalahari Desert. Piracy has been round for many years off the coast of Somalia and many of the eastern African countries are Muslim.

Now one of the real problems in Sudan is religion for it is fueling a war between Muslims and the rest of the country. Even one of Africa’s greatest tragedies the genocide in Rwanda was ignited by old religious conversions. So yes missionary work has added in part of Africa’s problems just as it has elsewhere around the world by imposing a state of western beliefs over traditional ones and in Africa these would be many and varied, Witchdoctors still hold power today. Also bad medicine like childhood Muti practices are problem from within.

But the problems from without began to arrive with the onset of colonialism and the fay the likes of Van Rens Burg set up the Cape Colony and David Livingstone trekked through what was then Rhodesia and a steady flow of foreigners came to the continent to seek their fortune.

De Beers is known all over the world for diamonds taken out of African soil. Of course this sort of exploitation is going to cause problems especially if the assumption is the black man is inferior and can work for peanuts. The advent of slavery where people were taken from the west coast to America did not help this prejudice.

For years in the recorded history of Africa there had been tribal invasions running the entire length of the continent. In the history of Botswana it is recorded that the vultures flew constantly over the kalahari as the peaceful Bushmen were no match for the tribes from the north. So like any tribal nation as Australia was there were going to be tribal conflicts over land motivated by power and greed so these problems were her before colonization.

In Mozambique it is recorded that when the Belgians left they just up and went leaving reasonably sophisticated infra structure in the hands of the locals and the government crumbled.

South Africa is experiencing the same problems now since the hand over from President De Klek. The resignation recently of Thabo Mbeki and the controversy over the criminal background of the incumbent President Zuma show that in the wake of a colonial or foreign influence the locals are struggling.

It was reported in the early days of the handover from Mbeki to Kgalemani Motlanthe that the indigenous vineyard workers whom had now takeover the vineyards in such places as Stellenbosh in Cape province were actually wiring out workers pay cheques when there was no money in the bank.

The most publicized and tragic problem Africa has had to face is without doubt the AIDS virus and its democratic values. Speculation still exists as to how it came to be but if you believe the documentary showing how it came from the Belgian Congo then it is a direct result of western nations meddling.

It was reported that back in the 1950’s the medical researchers European were trying to find a polio vaccine that could be taken orally. Their research led them to Africa and of all places to the kidneys of a chimpanzee. They built a large compound in the Congo far up a river and housed many chimps and began experimenting.

They dissected the innards of the monkeys and used them in the manufacture of the new drugs. But one small oversight as in the kidneys lay dormant and unnoticed another virus AIDS. When they tried experimenting on the locals and it started to show deathly results the European researchers vanished. They know it to be valid as locals had been eating monkey and coming down with the same illness. So this huge problem was caused by outside interference.

Population growth without proper birth control education will be an internal problem for Africa for many years. It is very common to practice polygamy and if you are producing many children from many wives as the king of Swaziland then there will be more children to fed and treat medically.

All in all Africa’s problems were set in motion by foreign intervention and like any economic venture much of the continent was raped and not much put back for the African people. Look at the Shell Company’s involvement in Nigeria and the mess it has left with oil fires burning near villages.

As many counties are independent of foreign rule now the rest of the problems in Africa will fall on local shoulders and it is the hope of the whole world that for once in her history Africa can reach a stage of enlightenment in many countries and many areas but the war in Sudan must stop now to set the example for the rest of the country and problems of Zimbabwe must go too.

A Toilet in Somalia
By Charles G. Cogan

Intelligence professionals get it. But the general public does not. The image is out there of terrorists in djellabas negotiating fences in terrorist training camps in Afghanistan. This was in the good old days, before 9/11. Such, the pensée unique goes, is what would happen if the Taliban took over in Afghanistan again and brought al-Qaeda back.

Rolf Mowatt-Larssen was quoted in the New York Times on December 2 as saying, “There is no direct impact on stopping terrorists around the world because we are or are not in Afghanistan.” Rolf knows whereof he speaks: a graduate of West Point, a former CIA Chief in Moscow and lately chief of intelligence at the Department of Energy, he is now the reigning guru on nuclear terrorism. The article goes on to state that, “Mr. Mowatt-Larssen, now at Harvard, argued [...] that a safe haven can be moved to many different states, and the bigger threat exists in cells, including in Europe and the United States.” In other words, al-Qaeda and like-minded terrorists don’t need Afghanistan to carry out terrorist operations. These can be mounted from anywhere or anyplace, from Yemen to Somalia, to Hamburg or to … Detroit.

In carefully chosen but tortuous formulations, President Obama, almost subliminally, got across the notion that the Taliban are different from al-Qaeda, in his speech at West Point:

I am convinced that our security is at stake in Afghanistan and Pakistan. This is the epicenter of the violent extremism practiced by al Qaeda…We must keep up the pressure on al Qaeda…Our overarching goal remains the same: to disrupt, dismantle, and defeat al Qaeda in Afghanistan, and to its capacity to threaten America and our allies in the future.

We will support efforts by the Afghan government to open the door to those Taliban who abandon violence and respect the human rights of their fellow citizens.

In other words, al-Qaeda are the real bad guys, whereas there may be some good guys among the Taliban. Then, one may ask, since al-Qaeda’s terrorists, numbering in the hundreds, are now in a safe haven in Pakistan’s tribal areas, why are we sending thousands more combat troops into … Afghanistan!

In his speech at West Point, President Obama recognized the protean nature of the al Qaeda threat: “Where al Qaeda and its allies attempt to establish a foothold – whether in Somalia or Yemen or elsewhere – they must be confronted by growing pressure and strong partnerships.”

Yet the President, in ordering 30,000 more troops into Afghanistan, in addition to the 21,000 he sent last spring, aligned himself not only with his pre-campaign rhetoric about a “necessary war,” but also with the sway that the military has established within American society. At least he did allow himself an out, which is quite unaligned with military doctrine: “After 18 months, our troops will begin to come home.”

It was, indeed, a tortuous exercise for a tortured President.

(*) Dr. Charles Cogan Associate at the Belfer Center for Science and International Affairs and was the chief of the Near East South Asia Division in the Directorate of Operations of the CIA from August 1979 to August 1984. It was from this Division that the covert action operation against the Soviets in Afghanistan were run. He is currently an Associate at the Belfer Center for Science and International Affairs at Harvard’s Kennedy School.

Modern Slave Trade

Pinoy sailors send home record $2.5 billion in 9 months

The cash sent home by overseas Filipino sailors rose by $108 million or 4.51 percent to a new record of $2.501 billion in the nine months to September this year, from $2.393 billion over the same period in 2008, the Trade Union Congress of the Philippines reported Tuesday.

TUCP secretary-general and former Senator Ernesto Herrera attributed the nonstop rise in remittances from sea-based migrant Filipino workers to increased enlistment by shipowners in Europe and Asia.

“A growing number of European and Asian shipping firms are disbanding their multinational crews, and replacing them wholesale with all-Filipino personnel that are younger and more able,” said Herrera, former chairman of the Senate committee on labor, employment and human resources development.

“Foreign employers find Filipino sailors quick learners, and easier to train compared to other nationals. This may be due to their superior instruction here, apart from their ability to understand English,” Herrera said in a statement.

Herrera, meanwhile, renewed TUCP’s plea for the International Maritime Organization and shipowners to aggressively repel piracy and protect sailors. At least 71 Filipino sailors are still being held by pirates off Somalia.

According to the Department of Labor and Employment, some 229,000 Filipino sailors are on board merchant shipping vessels around the world at any given time.

>From January to September this year, remittances from Filipino sailors based in Norway soared by 110 percent to $229.551 million from $109.079 million over the same nine-month period in 2008.

Remittances from Filipino sailors based in Japan were also up 57 percent to $222.505 million from $141.886 million.

The other fast-growing sources of remittances from Filipino sailors were the United Kingdom, up 122 percent to $192.373; Germany, up 47 percent to $175.067 million; Singapore, up 60 percent to $107.945 million; Greece, up 67 percent to $93.446 million; Cyprus, up 23 percent to $46.390 million;

The Netherlands, up 114 percent to $41.281 million; Denmark, up 182 percent to $28.864 million; Oman, up 24 percent to $24.948 million; Hong Kong, up 33 percent to $24.870 million; and Sweden, up 126 percent to $24.223 million.

The double to triple-digit increases more than offset the 24 percent drop in remittances from Filipino sailors based in the U.S., to $1.216 billion from $1.595 billion.

The cash sent home by sailors accounted for 20 percent of the aggregate remittances from all migrant Filipino workers in the nine-month period.

Migrant Filipino workers wired home a total of $12.789 billion in the nine months to September this year, up $516.62 million or 4.21 percent from the $12.273 billion they remitted in the same period in 2008, according to the Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas.

[N.B.: All the foreign hard currency sent as remittance home by worker from the Philippines is channelled through the system of the Philippine government first before given to the families in local currency. Therefore the labour abroad - if maid or mercenary - from the governmental perspective needs to be pushed as hard possible, which safeguards unscrupulous manning agencies from being prosecuted for their abusive practices and abused workers hardly find any assistance or help at their foreign missions. In Syria it is specifically bad, where Filipinas after running away from their employers, because they can not stand the working conditions "under their masters" any longer then are sued and even arrested until they pay a "disengagement fee" - often several thousand dollars. The benefit of foreign currency generation for the Philippine government is also the reason why the governmental orders to not let Filipinos sail into piracy-prone areas are neglected and were never enforced.]

WE SAY: Corruption is all about perception (IslandsBusiness)
‘So do people in the islands need to take note of these rankings? Is there anything they must do about it? We think not. From the foregoing discussion, it is clear that it is all about perceptions and it is hard to change those. The Cook Islands tried to grab the world’s attention by declaring itself a recession free zone earlier this year. While it was a brilliant marketing ploy, it didn’t change people’s perception. Indices like these, like many other “perception indices” are of little value and contribute nothing to the profiles of nations and only serve as a distraction’

Transparency International’s Corruption Perceptions Index for 2009 was published last month. The index measures the perceived level of corruption in a nation’s public sector, which obviously includes government, its various departments and public enterprises. This year, New Zealand has bagged the numero uno spot. It has always been hovering at the top but this time it beat the reputedly squeaky clean Scandinavian countries like Denmark, Sweden and Finland (2nd, 3rd and 6th places respectively) and the exceptionally entrepreneurial Singapore.

New Zealand must feel lucky to have bagged the top spot this year. In fact, some people were even surprised that it did.

For, in the past couple of years, the country’s governments have been embarrassed by more than a smattering of corruption cases, not to mention the questionable financial dealings of several ministers while in office.

The most high profile one was of former Labour Party—and later independent—Member of Parliament Taito Phillip Field, who became the first New Zealand MP to be convicted on charges of corruption and awarded a six year jail sentence. Field, a long time citizen of New Zealand but of Samoan origin, was found guilty of 11 charges of bribery and corruption and 15 charges of attempting to obstruct or pervert the course of justice.

Also last year, an enquiry into the academic qualifications claim of the head of Immigration New Zealand and Deputy Secretary of Labour, Mary Anne Thompson, revealed that she did not hold a degree from the prestigious London School of Economics. She had used that claim, it was believed, to apply for a number of government positions. It was also brought to light that under her watch the performance of the Pacific Division had deteriorated and it was alleged that she helped relatives or friends from Kiribati gain residency in New Zealand.

Some commentators at the time sought to give these two high profile cases an “us and them” type of spin saying such incidents were inevitable as New Zealand’s population becomes culturally diverse and that as some immigrants rise to positions of power, whether administrative or political, they are bound to bring the social and cultural mores of their original countries along with them. Both the individuals in question having had Pacific roots, the invisible finger was pointed at Pacific islands culture.

But like love, sex, crime and politics, corruption too is a starkly human trait and cannot be blamed exclusively on culture or race by any stretch of logic. Just as these New Zealand commentators found out in the months after the Field and Thompson sagas.

Several ministers have been found to have used ingenious subterfuge to claim allowances and pecuniary gain for travel (in some cases palming off the costs of travel of partners to taxpayers), housing and other benefits, especially in an environment that was charged with public anger on the continuing fall out of not just the global financial meltdown but also of New Zealand’s own subprime crisis—the domino-like fall of dozens of finance companies gobbling up the life savings of thousands of mums and dads’ investors.

And most recently, an investigation has found that New Zealand lawyers have been fraudulently skimming off more than a hundred million dollars from tax payers annually through the legal aid system—yet another damning evidence of corruption going unchecked for years. All this in a country that the world perceives to be the most clean and green in the world.

Incidentally, the green image also has received a bit of a bruising recently with the country’s agriculture and farm sector contributing excessively to greenhouse gases when compared to its geographic size and that of its population and the more recent revelation that one in six New Zealanders may be drinking unsafe water.

In the case of the lawyers, it was not about an individual or two. It was a whole bunch of them that were rorting the system almost giving it the colour of the “institutionalised” corruption that is most commonly associated with governments in developing countries.

Clearly, therefore, as the Transparency International report calls itself, corruption is all about perception, notwithstanding the fact that there are dozens of statistical tools that are employed to compute the final rankings using the expertise of a number of professionals and researchers.

And people’s perceptions of nations are no different from their perception of brands. Some nations, like some brands, are always favoured in the public mind (no matter how many chain emails you receive about the amazing corrosive tooth dissolving and toilet cleaning powers of bottled fizzy drinks, no one really stops drinking them. In fact their sales grow every year).

The Pacific Islands score far worse than New Zealand and Australia (ranked eighth). While Fiji has not been ranked this year, Samoa leads the islands pack at 56, followed by Tonga at 99, the Solomon Islands and Kiribati sharing the number 111 spot and Papua New Guinea coming in last at 154 (the last in the list is Somalia at 180).

So do people in the islands need to take note of these rankings? Is there anything they must do about it? We think not. From the foregoing discussion, it is clear that it is all about perceptions and it is hard to change those. The Cook Islands tried to grab the world’s attention by declaring itself a recession free zone earlier this year. While that it was a brilliant marketing ploy, it didn’t change people’s perception. Indices like these, like many other “perception indices” are of little value and contribute nothing to the profiles of nations and only serve as a distraction and of course fodder for the news media.

On the other hand, indices that are based on hard research and verifiable data and not mere “perception”, which help the people of a nation to hold their governments accountable—such as those that measure human development and those that evaluate the ease of doing business in countries—are far more useful.

It will be interesting to see if, following the string of incidents of corruption that have come to light in New Zealand this past year, whether it still retains the top spot next year.

Haven’t They Always?
Nobel Committee Celebrates War As Peace
By Rick Rozoff

On Thursday December 10 U.S. President Barack Obama will receive the Nobel Peace Prize in Oslo, Norway.

The Norwegian Nobel Committee announced its selection for the prize on October 9 of this year, less than nine months after Obama assumed the mantle of the American presidency and less than a month after that announced the doubling of his nation’s troops for the world’s longest-running war in Afghanistan. The first contingent of new forces, consisting of 1,500 Marines, is to arrive next week, right before Christmas.

Ten days before the bestowal of the Nobel Peace Prize, the American president delivered a speech at the West Point Military Academy in which he pledged an additional 30,000 troops for a war now in its ninth year. His (and his predecessor George W. Bush’s) Defense Secretary Robert Gates hastened to add that 3,000 more support troops would be deployed, bringing the total to over 100,000, only 20,000 short of American soldiers in Iraq, and with as many as 50,000 more non-U.S. forces serving under the NATO-led International Security Assistance Force. In his West Point address Obama reminded his listeners that “When I took office, we had just over 32,000 Americans serving in Afghanistan….” He has ordered that number to be more than tripled.

A brief report on Obama’s peace prize appeared on the CBS News website on December 7 with the seemingly paradoxical title “A Peace Prize for a War President” by the news agency’s White House correspondent, Mark Knoller.

Neither the title nor the article it introduced was ironic. They reflected the straightforward truth.

The feature stated “There’ll be no effort by Barack Obama to disguise or obscure the fact that he’s a war president when he accepts the Nobel Peace Prize in Oslo on Thursday.

“The ceremony takes place ten days after he announced plans to escalate the U.S. military engagement in Afghanistan by deploying another 30,000 American troops there.”

The selection of Obama evoked a prompt and aptly indignant response from Michel Chossudovsky at the Centre for Research on Globalization, who on October 11 published a piece called “Obama and the Nobel Prize: When War Becomes Peace, When the Lie becomes the Truth” [1] which stated inter alia that “When the Commander in Chief of the largest military force on planet earth is presented as a global peace-maker,” then “the Lie becomes the Truth.”

Although there are no firm, codified guidelines for nominating and agreeing upon a Peace Prize recipient, Alfred Nobel’s will states that it should be conferred upon a “person who shall have done the most or the best work for fraternity between nations, for the abolition or reduction of standing armies and for the holding and promotion of peace congresses.”

Those criteria have arguably never been honored or strictly abided by since the annual prize was first awarded in 1901. Several winners have been cited for helping to end wars – often by simply prevailing in them. One of the two American presidents previously awarded the prize, Woodrow Wilson, is such a one.

The other was Theodore Roosevelt, who as Assistant Secretary of the Navy in 1897 said “I should welcome almost any war, for I think this country needs one.”

Both Roosevelt in 1906 and Wilson in 1919 were standing presidents when they received the prize. The first had fought in Cuba during the Spanish-American War (the war he demanded a year before it began) and Wilson brought the United States into the First World War.

The Spanish-American War inaugurated the expansion of the U.S. from a hemispheric to an Asia Pacific power. And an empire. World War I placed the American army on the European continent for the first time and signaled its emergence as a international military power. Theodore Roosevelt became president in 1901 when William McKinley, who launched the conflict with Spain and acquired Cuba, Guam, the Philippines and Puerto Rico as spoils of war, was assassinated; Wilson not only sent over one million soldiers to France but also deployed 13,000 troops to fight the new Russian government of Vladimir Lenin in 1918.

But neither Roosevelt nor Wilson were commanders-in-chief of a war when they were given the Nobel Prize. And they received it for, at least in theory, contributing to ending wars; the Russo-Japanese War and World War I, respectively. Granting the Nobel Peace Prize to a head of state escalating a war already in its ninth year half a world away from his own nation is a precedent that was reserved for this year.

Reuters quoted White House spokesman Robert Gibbs on December 7 stating “We’ll address directly the notion that many have wondered, which is the juxtaposition of the timing for the Nobel Peace Prize and – and his [Obama's] commitment to add more troops around – into Afghanistan.”

Juxtaposition, paradox, irony, contradiction and so forth are terms too weak and inaccurate to describe the timing of the announcement of this year’s Nobel Peace Prize recipient, coming as it did between two pledges of military reinforcements for the world’s largest-scale and longest-running war. Travesty is a better word.

Speculation was rife after October 9 regarding the Norwegian Nobel Committee’s rationale and motives for awarding Obama the prize, and press pundits were not amiss in offering explanations. But actions are more revealing than assumed or imaginary intentions and what the Nobel Committee has accomplished is to yet further tarnish its reputation and that of the prize it grants.

It is hard to think of any recipient, and surely any recent one, who personifies the qualities indicated by Alfred Nobel himself. Advocating and working for peace seem to have little if anything to do with being awarded the nominal Peace Prize. But twice in the last three years it has been conferred upon individuals far more deserving of indictment for violating the Principles of the Nuremberg Tribunal, especially that section of Principle VI, Crimes against peace, which is defined as “Planning, preparation, initiation or waging of a war of aggression or a war in violation of international treaties, agreements or assurances.”

Two years ago the prize was shared by Al Gore, who as the vice president of the U.S.’s first post-Cold War administration helped preside over deadly street battles in Somalia and bombing – incessant bombing – attacks in Iraq, Bosnia, Afghanistan, Sudan and Yugoslavia. And the launching of Plan Colombia in 1999, the latest fruit of which is the Pentagon’s acquisition of seven new military bases in the country and the resulting threat of armed conflict with its neighbors. Arranged by this year’s Peace Prize recipient. But, again, Gore received the prize years after leaving office and for work in an area unrelated to his former government posts.

Obama’s December 1 speech was larded with lines evocative of the worst rhetorical excesses of his predecessor combined with allusions to broadening the war reminiscent of Richard Nixon’s and Henry Kissinger’s expansion of what had previously been America’s longest war from Vietnam into Cambodia in 1970. “[S]hortly after taking office, I approved a long-standing request for more troops. After consultations with our allies, I then announced a strategy recognizing the fundamental connection between our war effort in Afghanistan, and the extremist safe-havens in Pakistan. I set a goal that was narrowly defined as disrupting, dismantling, and defeating al Qaeda and its extremist allies….”

The current administration has, in addition to plans to boost combined U.S. and NATO (“our allies”) military forces to 150,000 in Afghanistan, dramatically escalated drone missile attacks inside neighboring Pakistan and, as the above quote demonstrates, declared western and southern Pakistan part of the expanding war theater.

The president mentioned or alluded to the North Atlantic Treaty Organization several times in his address, in one instance with a degree of hyperbole that is as frightening as it is extravagant. “For what’s at stake is not simply a test of NATO’s credibility – what’s at stake is the security of our Allies, and the common security of the world.

“We are in Afghanistan to prevent a cancer from once again spreading through that country. But this same cancer has also taken root in the border region of Pakistan. That is why we need a strategy that works on both sides of the border.”

The entire world is threatened by a spreading cancer. This alarmist and crude phraseology was employed by a 21st century leader of the world’s superpower, a Harvard graduate, but could as well have been lifted from the lowest yellow journalism screed of the Cold War.

In attempting to deny the obvious – the inevitable – Obama continued by stating that “there are those who suggest that Afghanistan is another Vietnam. They argue that it cannot be stabilized, and we are better off cutting our losses and rapidly withdrawing. Yet this argument depends upon a false reading of history. Unlike Vietnam, we are joined by a broad coalition of 43 nations….”

Troops from America’s NATO and NATO partner vassals and tributaries in the war against barbarians – the terms are those of Zbigniew Brzezinski from his 1997 The Grand Chessboard: American Primacy and Its Geostrategic Imperatives – will not be limited to the war in Afghanistan, which in fact is a laboratory for a far broader global strategy, as “The struggle against violent extremism will not be finished quickly, and it extends well beyond Afghanistan and Pakistan….Where al Qaeda and its allies attempt to establish a foothold – whether in Somalia or Yemen or elsewhere –

they must be confronted by growing pressure and strong partnerships.”

U.S. National Security Adviser James Jones said in October that “according to the maximum estimate, al Qaeda has fewer than 100 fighters operating in Afghanistan without any bases or ability to launch attacks on the West.” Government estimates for Taliban fighters in Afghanistan are in the neighborhood of 20,000.

This is the global cancer that requires 150,000 U.S. and NATO troops and an Afghan army of a quarter million or more troops. And a war that will continue well beyond the 2011 deadline mentioned in the West Point speech and be fought with intensified vigor and as far from Afghanistan as the Horn of Africa, the Arabian Peninsula and the Southeast Asian archipelago.

With the deployment of “senior members of Mr. Obama’s war council,” as the New York Times characterized them, on the Sunday morning television news program circuit on December 7, the scope and the length of the already biggest and longest war in the world became undeniable.

The National Security Adviser, former Marine general and NATO top military commander James Jones, told CNN’s State of the Union: “We have strategic interests in South Asia that should not be measured in terms of finite times. We’re going to be in the region for a long time.”

He added that the influx of more American and NATO troops “will allow us to move our forces back towards the border regions, where really the most important struggle that we’re going to have is to make sure that on the Pakistani side of the border, that we eliminate the safe havens.”

Pentagon chief Robert Gates said on NBC’s Meet the Press that although there would still be over 100,000 American troops in Afghanistan in 2011, only “some handful, or some small number, or whatever the conditions permit, will begin to withdraw at that time.”

The Pentagon’s Central Command chief, General David Petraeus, appeared on Fox News Sunday and acknowledged that there were no plans for a “rush to the exits” and that there “could be tens of thousands of American troops in Afghanistan for several years.” [2]

Little noted with the expansion of the war is that its range is widening as its intensity is deepening.

The top U.S. Air Force commander in Europe and Eurasia, General Roger A. Brady, was in Georgia on December 7 and in the neighboring South Caucasus nation of Azerbaijan on the 8th to discuss both nations’ increased troop deployments to Afghanistan and solidifying strategic military relations.

The president of Azerbaijan, Ilham Aliyev, has recently and once again threatened war against Nagorno Karabakh and by unavoidable implication Armenia, which is a member of the Collective Security Treaty Organization with Russia. The latter is obligated to provide Armenia military assistance under terms of the treaty in the event of it becoming the victim of aggression. With the American commander listening attentively, defense minister of Azerbaijan Colonel-General Safar Abiyev said that ongoing negotiations over Nagorno Karabakh “were not fruitful and such a situation forced Azerbaijan to use other ways to liberate its lands from the occupation.” [3]

On December 4 the president of Georgia, Mikheil Saakashvili, who fought a five-day war with Russia in August of last year, spoke of his offering the U.S. and NATO 1,000 more troops for the Afghan war and ominously added: “This is a unique chance for our soldiers to receive a real combat baptism.

“We do not need the army only for showing it in military parades….While our allies – in this case the United States and Europe – are concentrating on other issues [Afghanistan and Iraq], our enemy is getting active. The sooner the Afghan situation is resolved and sooner the war is over in Iraq, [the sooner] Georgia will be more protected.” [4]

The enemy is Russia and the quid pro quo is U.S.-trained Georgian troops receiving a war zone “baptism” for a future conflict with their “numerous, dangerous and perfidious” adversary. The adjectives are also Saakashvili’s, as are these words: “We need an army that knows how to fight. And participation in the operation in Afghanistan is a unique chance to study this and receive experience….Our final aim is to free the occupied territories [Abkhazia and South Ossetia] and unite and integrate Georgia.” [5]

Other nations are obtaining combat experience in Afghanistan under NATO auspices for use in and on the borders of their homelands, including, like Azerbaijan and Georgia, nations bordering Russia – Estonia, Finland, Latvia, Lithuania, Mongolia, Norway, Poland and Ukraine – as well as future belligerents in conflicts elsewhere like Colombia, South Korea and the United Arab Emirates.

If the world’s sole superpower and its NATO entourage can employ the military necessity at will to advance their interests abroad, their “vassals” will be emboldened to do so nearer home and will receive the arms and training to execute their designs.

Far from promoting peace, even an enforced peace, a Pax Americana, the war in Afghanistan and U.S. foreign policy in general are igniting power kegs around the world.

If it can be argued that Obama inherited the war in South Asia from George W. Bush and is intent on “finishing the job,” his signing of the $106 billion Iraq and Afghanistan War Supplemental Appropriations in July and the $680 billion 2010 National Defense Authorization Act in late October belies any claim of objection to the enhanced use of the military in general and war in particular.

Next year’s Pentagon budget is the largest, in both current and real U.S. dollars, since 1945, the last year of World War II. Although it contains $130 billion for the war in Afghanistan and the occupation of Iraq that previously would have been appropriated as separate supplemental funds, immediately after the signing of the Defense Department budget the chairman of the U.S. Joint Chiefs of Staff, Admiral Michael Mullen, stated “he expected the Pentagon to ask Congress in the next few months for emergency financing to support the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan,” [6] with the first request to be approximately $50 billion.

With the announcement on December 1 of another Afghan troop surge, the Pentagon’s requests for “emergency financing” can be expected to grow in both size and frequency. As with the claim of a troop withdrawal (or “drawdown”) by 2011, the alleged ending of war supplements is a public relations ploy and sleight of hand trick employed to beguile a gullible public.

Even in a world that over the last decade has been afflicted with such logical and moral affronts as humanitarian war and preemptive retaliation, awarding a peace prize to a war president represents a new nadir of cynical realpolitik and a flagrant endorsement of militarism, however well-disposed many may have been toward its most recent recipient.

Notes:

1) http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?aid=15622&context=va

2) New York Times, December 7, 2009

3) Azeri Press Agency, December 8, 2009

4) Civil Georgia, December 5, 2009

5) Rustavi2, December 4, 2009

6) Associated Press, November 1, 2009

International Counterterrorism Policy in the Obama Administration
By Daniel Benjamin (*)

If memory serves, when I spoke to you two years ago, my view was that the United States had developed great skills at what I called tactical counterterrorism–taking individual terrorists off the street, and disrupting cells and operations. On the strategic side, I thought we were losing ground. Now, I believe the administration is redressing that gap. In my roughly six months in office, my view of our tactical capabilities in the areas of intelligence, the military, and law enforcement have more than amply been confirmed. One of the great rewards of government service is the chance to work with colleagues in all of these areas, and I must say that their level of competence and professionalism is really extraordinary. When I consider how far we have come since my days at the NSC in the late 90s, I think it is quite remarkable.

And we are now working to match their proficiency by formulating the kind of policies that seek to shape the environment that terrorists operate in so that they find their efforts more constrained. We are rebuilding and reinvigorating old partnerships to combat terror and establishing new ones with others who have been on the sidelines. As we look at the problem of transnational terror, we are putting at the core of our actions a recognition of the phenomenon of radicalization—that is, we are asking ourselves time and again: Are our actions going to result in the removal of one terrorist and the creation of ten more? What can we do to attack the drivers of radicalization, so that al- Qaida and its affiliates have a shrinking pool of recruits? And finally– and vitally–are we hewing to our values in this struggle? Because as President Obama has said from the outset, there should be no tradeoff between our security and our values. Indeed, in light of what we know about radicalization, it is clear that navigating by our values is an essential part of a successful counterterrorism effort. Thus, we have moved to rectify the excesses of the past few years by working to close the prison at Guantanamo Bay, forbidding enhanced interrogation techniques, and developing a more systematic method of dealing with detainees. We are also demonstrating our commitment to the rule of law by trying Khalid Sheikh Muhammad and other al-Qaida operatives in our court system.

Finally, we have a strategy for success in Afghanistan and Pakistan. The President has put forward a clear plan to constrain the Taliban and destroy the al-Qaida core, and the administration is putting up the resources necessary to achieve that goal. Moreover, we are working with Pakistan to establish the kind of relationship, based on trust and mutual interests, that will lead to the defeat of radicalism in that country, which has in recent months seen so much violence. We understand the trust deficit, built up over decades that created the current situation. We know that challenges in the region will not be overcome overnight. But we believe we are now firmly on the right track.

Before going any further, we need to consider the threat today: On any given day, al-Qaida remains the foremost security threat the nation faces. Yet having said that, it is clear that for al-Qaida, it has been a difficult period. The group is under severe pressure in Pakistan and Afghanistan, where the U.S. and its allies have succeeded in severely degrading its operational leadership. The coming troop increase in Afghanistan will further reduce al-Qaida’s capabilities and those of other extremist organizations. The Pakistani military has been working to eliminate militant strongholds in its territory. As a result, al-Qaida is finding it tougher to raise money, train recruits, and plan attacks outside of the region.

In addition to these operational setbacks in Afghanistan and Pakistan, al-Qaida has not been successful in carrying out the attacks that would shake governments in the Arab world, which continues to be a primary long-term focus. It has failed to mobilize the masses–and this is a key point–which they have repeatedly said is their means of establishing Islamic emirates in the region.

Finally, there has been a decline of support for al-Qaida’s political program and there are several reasons for this: indiscriminate targeting of Muslim civilians in Iraq and Pakistan alienated many who were previously sympathetic to al-Qaida’s larger aspirations. The result has been both popular disaffection and a backlash from clerics in Muslim countries who have issued fatwas against the killing of other Muslims, notably in Iraq, although I note that this has yet to happen on a large scale in Afghanistan.

Second, al-Qaida’s ideological hard line has alienated more pragmatic organizations and individuals in the wider militant community. It has also created confusion over who carries the true banner of Islamic resistance to Western imperialism.

Third, denunciations of al-Qaida by extremist clerics have damaged the religious legitimacy of the group and raised questions about the proper use of violence in countries where there is no overt military action.

Fourth, al-Qaida and similar groups are becoming increasingly vague about who the primary enemy is, creating confusion in the militant community about the fundamentals of its strategic direction.

Yet despite these setbacks, al-Qaida has proven to be adaptable and resilient in two arenas. The first is in ungoverned or under-governed areas, often where there are tribal conflicts in which it can attach itself to the different parties. Thus in Yemen, al-Qaida operatives are marrying into the local tribes, and taking up their grievances against the government. In the sparsely populated Sahel, al-Qaida operatives, sometimes operating with individual local tribesmen and nomads, kidnap foreigners. In the FATA, operatives are marrying into local Pashtun tribes and are serving the larger interests of the Taliban insurgency by providing technical know-how and disseminating propaganda. And in Somalia, al-Qaida’s allies in al-Shabaab now control significant tracts of territory. These weakly-governed or entirely ungoverned areas are a major safe haven for al-Qaida and its allies and to dismiss their significance is to misunderstand their historical importance for training, recruitment, and operational planning. Quite frankly, the problem of un- and under-governed spaces is one of the toughest ones this and future administrations will face.

The second arena where Sunni radicals continue to succeed is in persuading religious extremists to adopt their cause, even in the United States. A bus driver, Najibullah Zazi, was trained in Pakistan and now faces charges in federal court for planning to set off a series of bombs in the United States. An indictment that was unsealed Monday in Chicago portrays an American citizen–David Headley–playing a pivotal role in last year’s attack in Mumbai, which killed more than 170 people and dramatically raised tensions in South Asia. So even if this radical movement is not mobilizing the masses, it is still galvanizing enough people to take to violence and poses a continuing, powerful threat. The importance of these two cases should not be glossed over–the conspiracies these men were engaged in had roots in the FATA, and eight years after 9/11, should give us all pause. The threat to the U.S. remains substantial and enduring despite the operational constraints on al-Qaida central.

It is also multifaceted as we have seen in the movement of young men, many of them motivated by a sense of ethnic duty, who have left their communities in Minnesota, been radicalized in Somalia, and fought and died for al-Shabaab.

As the example of David Headley indicates, al-Qaida is not the only group with global ambitions that we have to worry about. Lashkar e-Taiba has made it clear that it is willing to undertake bold, mass-casualty operations with a target set that would please al-Qaida planners. The group’s more recent thwarted conspiracy to attack the US embassy in Bangladesh should only deepen concern that it could evolve into a genuinely global terrorist threat. And let me say as an aside, very few things worry me as much as the strength and ambition of LeT, a truly malign presence in South Asia. We are working closely with allies in the region and elsewhere to reduce the threat from this very dangerous group.

As you know, I worked on terrorism in the White House when al-Qaida first surfaced in the late 1990s and I can tell you now, after having access to the intelligence again, that the threat has become far more complicated due to the proliferation of groups and the cross-pollination of networks. The global radical milieu has become thicker. There is so much more that we have to keep tabs on than there was in 1999.

So what are we doing to meet this challenge? Faced with this continuing and evolving threat, President Obama has articulated a clear policy – to disrupt, dismantle, and defeat al-Qaida and its allies. That is our overriding objective, and to achieve it we are using all the tools at our disposal. In weakly-governed areas we are collaborating with the relevant local authorities to bolster their security forces to prevent al-Qaida safe havens. Moreover, our intelligence and law enforcement agencies and those of our allies continue to disrupt terrorist plots at home and abroad–as we have here in Denver and New York, in London, and in other countries around the world. We are working with the international financial community to deny resources to al-Qaida and its supporters. Now, as al-Qaida affiliates turn to kidnapping for ransom to raise funds, we are urging our partners around the world to adopt a no-concessions policy toward hostage-takers so we can diminish this alternative funding stream in regions like the Sahel, the FATA, and Yemen.

But this is not enough, as the continuing flow of recruits–and the lengthening roll call of conspiracies testifies. As President Obama succinctly put it, “A campaign against extremism will not succeed with bullets or bombs alone.” We need to look to look to what my colleague Deputy National Security John Brennan has called the upstream factors. We need to confront the political, social, and economic conditions that our enemies exploit to win over the new recruits…the funders…and those whose tacit support enables the militants to carry forward their plans.
The threat is global and our enemies latch on to grievances on behalf of the entire Muslim world, so we must work to resolve the long-standing problems that fuel those grievances. At the top of the list is the Arab-Israeli conflict, and, as you know, President Obama, Secretary Clinton, and Special Envoy George Mitchell are working very hard to resolve it.

Even with their efforts, peace in the Middle East will take time, and as we know, it will not eliminate all of the threats. But while the big policy challenges matter in radicalization, local drivers are critical as well. We are developing tailored-approaches to alter them. How do these different elements of our global counterterrorism strategy fit together?

To be sure, terrorism is a common challenge shared by nations across the globe—one that requires diplomacy—and one that the United States cannot solve alone. As Secretary Clinton has said, “Today’s security threats cannot be addressed in isolation. Smart power requires reaching out to both friends and adversaries, to bolster old alliances and to forge new ones.” The Obama administration has worked hard to reach out and, on the basis of mutual interests and mutual respect, to forge international coalitions. The administration has been working at reinvigorating alliances across the board and reengaging in the multilateral fora concerned with counterterrorism—fora that, in all honesty, were neglected for some time at the many UN entities, the G8, and the vast range of regional organizations that are eager to engage on counterterrorism issues.

Building the counterterrorism capacity of our partners at the national level is also a top priority. Consistent diplomatic engagement with counterparts and senior leaders helps build political will for common counterterrorism objectives. When the political will is there, we can address the nuts and bolts aspect of capacity building. We are working to make the counterterrorism training of police, prosecutors, border officials, and members of the judiciary more systematic, more innovative, and far-reaching, and we are doing this through such efforts as the Antiterrorism Assistance Program. In its more than 25-year old history, the ATA program has trained more than 66,000 professionals from 151 countries, providing programs tailored to the needs of each partner nation and to local conditions.

ATA is just one of many programs–on the civilian and the military sides of the house—that is increasing the ability of others to ensure their own security. With this kind of work, we are making real the President’s vision of shared security partnerships as an essential part of US foreign policy. This is both good counterterrorism and good statecraft. We are addressing the state insufficiencies that terrorism lives on, and we are helping invest our partners more effectively in confronting the threat–-rather than looking thousands of miles away for help or simply looking away altogether.

We are also addressing the local drivers of radicalization that still lead large numbers of people to adopt al-Qaida’s ideology, and as I said earlier, we understand the dangers of radicalization, and we are working both to undermine the al-Qaida narrative and to ameliorate the conditions that make it attractive. We know that violent extremism flourishes where there is marginalization, alienation, and perceived–-or real–-relative deprivation. In recognition of this, my first step has been to build a unit focusing on what we in the government call “Countering Violent Extremism” in my office to focus on local communities most prone to radicalization. There is a broad understanding across the government that we have not done nearly enough to address underlying conditions for at-risk populations–-and we have also not done enough to improve the ability of moderates to voice their views and strengthen opposition to violence.

Adopting a tailored-approach to countering violent extremism does not mean we can neglect broader structural problems. There is no denying that when children have no hope for an education, when young people have no hope for a job and feel disconnected from the modern world, when governments fail to provide for the basic needs of their people, when people despair and are aggrieved, they become more susceptible to extremist ideologies. But a tailored-approach to CVE requires identifying which of these problems are driving radicalization and are amenable to change with the help of local governments and leaders who understand the problems best.

Over time, the measures and the methods I have described above will reduce terrorists’ capacity to harm us and our partners. No element can be neglected if we are to succeed since they reinforce one another. Global engagement builds coalitions based on mutual interests and mutual respect. And these coalitions, in turn, help us partner with individual nations to enhance their capacity to counter extremism. This, finally, enables us to work with them to develop tailored-approaches to preventing extremists from becoming violent extremists.

I don’t want to leave you today with the impression that we have figured it all or that there won’t be real setbacks in the future. The contemporary terrorist threat was decades in the making and it will take many more years to unmake it. There is much we still need to learn, especially about how to prevent individuals from choosing the path of violence. But I believe we now have the right framework for our policies, and ultimately, I am confident, this will lead to the decisions and actions that will strengthen security for our nation and the global community.

(*) Daniel Benjamin, Coordinator, Office of the Coordinator for Counterterrorism – U.S. Government

We do not send pictures with these reports, because of the volume, but picture this emetic scene with your inner eye:

A dying Somali child in the macerated arms of her mother besides their bombed shelter with Islamic graffiti looks at a fat trader, who discusses with a local militia chief and a UN representative at a harbour while USAID provided GM food from subsidised production is off-loaded by WFP into the hands of local “distributors” and dealers – and in the background a western warship and a foreign fishing trawler ply the waters of a once sovereign, prosper and proud nation, which was a role model for honesty and development in the Horn of Africa. (If you feel that this is overdrawn – come with us into Somalia and see the even more cruel reality yourself!) – and if you need lively stills or video material on Somalia, please do contact us.

There is no limit to what a person can do or how far one can go to help
- if one doesn’t mind who gets the credit !

ECOTERRA Intl. maintains a register for persons missing or abducted in the Somali seas (Foreign seafarers as well as Somalis). Inquiries by family member can be sent by e-mail to office[at]ecoterra-international.org

For families of presently captive seafarers – in order to advise and console their worries – ECOTERRA Intl. can establish contacts with professional seafarers, who had been abducted in Somalia, and their wives as well as of a Captain of a sea-jacked and released ship, who agreed to be addressed “with questions, and we will answer truthfully”.

ECOTERRA – ALERTS and pending issues:

PIRATE ATTACK GULF OF ADEN: Advice on Who to Contact and What to Do http://www.noonsite.com/Members/sue/R2008-09-08-2

NATURAL RESOURCES & ARMED FISH POACHERS: Foreign navies entering the 200nm EEZ of Somalia and foreign helicopters and troops must respect the fact that especially all wildlife is protected by Somali national as well as by international laws and that the protection of the marine resources of Somalia from illegally fishing foreign vessels should be an integral part of the anti-piracy operations. Likewise the navies must adhere to international standards and not pollute the coastal waters with oil, ballast water or waste from their own ships but help Somalia to fight against any dumping of any waste (incl. diluted, toxic or nuclear waste). So far and though the AU as well as the UN has called since long on other nations to respect the 200 nm EEZ, only now the two countries (Spain and France) to which the most notorious vessels and fleets are linked have come up with a declaration that they will respect the 200 nm EEZ of Somalia but so far not any of the navies operating in the area pledged to stand against illegal fishing. So far not a single illegal fishing vessel has been detained by the naval forces, though they had been even informed about several actual cases, where an intervention would have been possible. Illegally operating Tuna fishing vessels (many from South Korea, some from Greece and China) carry now armed personnel and force their way into the Somali fishing grounds – uncontrolled or even protected by the naval forces mandated to guard the Somali waters against any criminal activity, which included arms carried by foreign fishing vessels in Somali waters.

LLWs / NLWs: According to recently leaked information the anti-piracy operations in the Gulf of Aden are also used as a cover-up for the live testing of recently developed arsenals of so called non-lethal as well as sub-lethal weapons systems. (Pls request details) Neither the Navies nor the UN has come up with any code of conduct in this respect, while the Joint Non-Lethal Weapons Program (JNLWP) is sponsoring several service-led acquisition programs, including the VLAD, Joint Integration Program, and Improved Flash Bang Grenade. Alredy in use in Somalia are so called Non-lethal optical distractors, which are visible laser devices that have reversible optical effects. These types of non-blinding laser devices use highly directional optical energy. Somalia is also a testing ground for the further developments of the Active Denial System (ADS) Advanced Concept Technology Demonstration (ACTD). If new developments using millimeter wave sources that will help minimize the size, weight, and system cost of an effective Active Denial System which provides “ADS-ACTD-like” repel effects, are used has not yet been revealed. Obviously not only the US is developing and using these kind of weapons as the case of MV MARATHON showed, where a Spanish naval vessel was using optical lasers – the stand-off was then broken by the killing of one of the hostage seafarers. Local observers also claim that HEMI devices, producing Human Electro-Muscular Incapacitation (HEMI) Bioeffects, have been used in the Gulf of Aden against Somalis. Exposure to HEMI devices, which can be understood as a stun-gun shot at an individual over a larger distance, causes muscle contractions that temporarily disable an individual. Research efforts are under way to develop a longer-duration of this effect than is currently available. The live tests are apparently done without that science understands yet the effects of HEMI electrical waveforms on a human body.

WARBOTS, UAVs etc.: Peter Singer says: “By cutting the already tenuous link between the public and its nation’s foreign policy, pain-free war would pervert the whole idea of the democratic process and citizenship as they relate to war. When a citizenry has no sense of sacrifice or even the prospect of sacrifice, the decision to go to war becomes just like any other policy decision, weighed by the same calculus used to determine whether to raise bridge tolls. Instead of widespread engagement and debate over the most important decision a government can make, you get popular indifference. When technology turns war into something merely to be watched, and not weighed with great seriousness, the checks and balances that undergird democracy go by the wayside. This could well mean the end of any idea of democratic peace that supposedly sets our foreign-policy decision making apart. Such wars without costs could even undermine the morality of “good” wars. When a nation decides to go to war, it is not just deciding to break stuff in some foreign land. As one philosopher put it, the very decision is “a reflection of the moral character of the community who decides.” Without public debate and support and without risking troops, the decision to go to war becomes the act of a nation that doesn’t give a damn.”

ECOTERRA Intl., whose work does focus on nature- and human-rights-protection and – as the last international environmental organization still working in Somalia – had alerted ship-owners since 1992, many of whom were fishing illegally in the since 1972 established 200 nm territorial waters of Somalia and today’s 200nm Exclusive Economic Zone (UNCLOS) of Somalia, to stay away from Somali waters. The non-governmental organization had requested the international community many times for help to protect the coastal waters of the war-torn state from all exploiters, but now lawlessness has seriously increased and gone out of hand – even with the navies.

ECOTERRA members with marine and maritime expertise, joined by it’s ECOP-marine group, are closely and continuously monitoring and advising on the Somali situation. (for previous information concerning the topics please google keywords ECOTERRA (and) SOMALIA)

The network of the SEAFARERS ASSISTANCE PROGRAMME and ECOTERRA Intl. helped significantly in most sea-jack cases. Basically the East African Seafarers Assistance Programme tackles all issues of seafarers welfare and ECOTERRA Intl. is working in Somalia since 1986 on human-rights and nature protection, while ECOP-marine concentrates on illegal fishing and the protection of the marine ecosystems. Your support counts too.

Please consider to contribute to the work of SAP, ECOP-marine and ECOTERRA Intl. Please donate to the defence fund.

Contact us for details concerning project-sponsorship or donations via e-mail: ecotrust[at]ecoterra.net

Kindly note that all the information above is distributed under and is subject to a license under the Creative Commons Attribution. ECOTERRA, however, reserves the right to editorial changes. To view a copy of this licence, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.0/uk/. The opinion of individual authors, whose writings are provided here for strictly educational and informational purposes, does not necessarily reflect the views held by ECOTERRA Intl. unless endorsed. With each issue of the SMCM ECOTERRA Intl. tries to paint a timely picture containing the actual facts and often differing opinions of people from all walks of live concerning issues, which do have an impact on the Somali people, Somalia as a nation, the region and in many cases even the world.

Send your genuine articles, networked or confidential information please to: mailhub[at]ecoterra.net (anti-spam-verifier equipped)

Pls cite ECOTERRA Intl. – www.ecoterra-international.org as source (not necessarily as author) for onward publications, where no other source is quoted.

Press Contacts:

ECOP-marine
East-Africa
+254-714-747090
marine[at]ecop.info
www.ecop.info

ECOTERRA Intl.
Nairobi Node
africanode[at]ecoterra.net
+254-733-633-733

EA Seafarers Assistance Programme
Mshenga Mwacharo (Information Officer)
+254-721-513 418 or +254-734-010 056
sap[at]ecoterra.net

SAP / ECOTERRA Intl.
Athman Seif (Media Officer)
+254-722-613858
office[at]ecoterra-international.org

N.B.: If you are missing certain editions of our updates, this can have two reasons: Either you have not white-listed our sender address office[at}ecoterra-international.org for your inbox and your server provides for censorship (beware of aol, yahoo or gmail as mailservice and barracudacentral as filter - it shows only that you want to remain dumb folded) or you do not belong [yet] to our trusted friends and supporters, who receive all updates including those with classified content. Join the network or become a funding supporter to get them all. Look up earlier public updates on the internet – e.g. at: http://www.australia.to/index.php?option=com_content&view=category&id=136&Itemid=229

Note: ECOTERRA is not responsible for the spam that sometimes appears to come from our domains. This is spoofed mail, is part of a systematic, ongoing harassment targeting many independent groups and websites. 90% of spam is sent not by people but systems, which are part of a scheme to restrict the internet. For more information see this article in The Nation or this article in Wired News.

To subscribe to or unsubscribe from this listserve – just send a mail with reference SMCM to office[at]ecoterra-international.org

We welcome the submission of articles for publication through the SMCM.
One tree makes approx. 16.67 reams of copy/printing paper or 8,333.3 A4 sheets.
Kindly print this email only if strictly necessary.

Tags: , , , , , , , ,

Friday, December 31st, 2010 Grants No Comments

Ecoterra Press Release 286 – The Somalia Chronicle June – December 2009, no 99b

Ecoterra Press Release 286 – The Somalia Chronicle June – December 2009, no 99b

Interview with Jan Knippers Black, the author of “The Politics of Human Rights Protection”
By Maria Lewytzkyj (SF Foreign Policy Examiner)

In a thought-provoking interview, Jan Black, the author of “The Politics of Human Rights Protection – Moving Intervention Upstream with Impact Assessment,” explores and makes interesting revelations about humanitarian intervention and human rights protection, the sentiments of our current era, the importance of impact assessments, differences in defining civilization with commentary about Iranian Nobel Laureate winner Shirin Ebadi’s thoughts on the topic, on the use of various ‘trump cards’ in political discourse, and most significantly, the use of denial as a shield.

My opportune discussion with the author provides readers with a comprehensive valuable addition to a very thorough book that fears little in its frank and bold exploration of the obstacles that human rights protectors face in being heard at the policy decision level and in forming a world where the motivation to protect human rights supersedes the motivation to walk away with a profit.

Envisioning a world that considers the idea of triage a good guiding practice when a conflict is being sorted out toward an improved situation, Jan Black offers great advice to human rights protectors on how to advocate that human rights become a top priority among other policy factors (trump cards as she calls them): economics, religion and security.

These trump cards have become the assumed priorities in assessing situations that lead to policy implementation around the globe, but they often overlook the consequences of policy choices. In her in-depth look at individual and collective rights, her candid inquiry questions what is found acceptable when it comes to living conditions and conflict conditions and makes a brilliant argument for pulling the whole business of preventing human rights abuses to the top of any action plan. She challenges people to re-engage actively in bringing to the foreground their observations and impact assessments of how policies and decisions affect the people before they ever become the established practice.

The book is a must-read and in the following interview, the author provides a sneak peek as well as applies her deep understanding to many current conflicts that are plaguing the globe. Few people have the type of determination Jan Black exerts, and few have taken the time to help us better understand the current situation we are all in. From the get-go, she challenges people to have the courage to understand and act to make the world a better place by no longer accepting failure or looking backwards to pick up the pieces, but by aiming to approach conflict resolution by taking the responsibility of becoming mindful well-informed concerned citizens who preserve the sanctity of human rights.

Tell me three top ways to move intervention upstream with impact assessment.

The three summed up would be: first is dream freely, second is think holistically, and the third is to act strategically. The first one I would say is about keeping your eyes on the prize, which is to say, don’t get bogged down in the details of trying to move incrementally beyond the most immediate crisis or problem. Remember that there is something much bigger than just getting past this little obstacle that you have in mind. Then also, to know where you are going, you have to know where you are coming from, so that means that you have to start by understanding:

where you are, where you’ve been, and why. Otherwise action without understanding is dangerous. So that understanding, I would say, comes from thinking holistically, which involves looking at the issue from a bottom-up perspective, which is very different from the way we look at most things. The framing for most issues comes down from those who command the floor, the people who have the power and the access to start with.

If you are promoting change, you’ve got to look at the perspective not of those who have the most to lose, but of those who have the most to fear. You also have to consider all the rights of all of the people. If you try to break them up and just choose one set of people and one set of the rights of theirs that are violated, you’re not going to understand what the big picture is about and then you can’t get very far.

The third is act strategically. I think that the most important aspect of acting strategically is to try to strip the cover of denial from people all the way up and down the system, not only the plausible deniability that presidents and other people at the top demand, but also the garden-variety denial that people use to protect themselves all the time. The main idea of mine is to lift the shield of denial from people at so many different levels in this process. I would say that is the ultimate objective. How you do that is something else. Coming up with the right kind of strategies of education and information and political advocacy.

I’ll back up a little to say that one of the reasons I think along these lines, like so many people who have been active in human rights for a long time, I just get tired of idea of counting bodies after the disaster has happened. Especially when it is so clear to us that it is going to happen. That to anyone who has been paying attention to the nature of the conflict in the region or to the consequences of this kind of policy, you can see for sure this disaster is going to happen. The problem is that the more important the decision, the less well-informed will be the decision-maker. If you look at the way that decisions about war and peace are made, the people who make those decisions for the most part really don’t know the region, the history that would need to be taken into consideration, even the history of the past wars of the country deciding to go to war. Such decisions are made by non-experts often for political reasons on intelligence that is pre-misinterpreted.

What I would like so much to be able to do, to inspire other people to do, is to try to get in ahead of those decisions and make sure that the people making the decisions from the top of the system understand that they will not be able to get away with plausible deniability any more. They will not be able to say, ‘but who could have predicted?’ We’re not going to let them say that. We did predict it – it’s on the record. But not just ‘we the activists’ or the experts could have predicted it. We want them to know that the public is going to know what we know about it. We are getting the word out, so forget your cover story. It’s not going to work. That’s the idea. One of the reasons that our leaders have been able to get away with plausible deniability for such a long time is that the public wants it too. That’s the most painful part and the most painful part to deal with too.

How do you break through that protective shield that allows people to avoid understanding what’s painful to understand? And it’s painful to understand, because you need to be able to believe in the reliability of your leaders or a power system, a social system. If you are able to understand what happens without your intervention there, then it imposes some kind of an obligation on members of the public at large. Understanding too much imposes obligations on anyone who does understand too much. Understanding is actually an act of courage in itself. It’s a step that is hard to get people to take.

It’s so easy to understand this when people have such huge obligations on their time. It’s a problem that keeps getting worse. If they don’t have three jobs just to get by, then they are doing a lot of volunteer work, or handling obligations for their own families that they didn’t have to handle before. That’s the evolution of the last several decades of our economic system; it has put a lot more pressure on every individual. So it’s easy to see how they feel like they can and must subconsciously avoid knowing these things. So it’s not enough that the information that it would take to know how to avoid disaster is not there, it’s just that you have to be able to force people to see it and understand it.

You have to make it hard for them not to know.

How you get there: there are a lot of different ways to get there. I became aware of this a long time ago when I worked on my dissertation, I wanted to look at how it happened that the U.S. became involved in the overthrow of a democratic government in Brazil in 1964, because I could see that a similar thing was about to happen in Uruguay and Chile. I wrote about it in the proposal to my dissertation. The evidence was that they were headed in the direction of a counter-revolutionary episode that Brazil had suffered and partly because of the way the U.S. was pushing it. I was amazed when I got to working on the dissertation that no one else had worked on this. At least in the U.S., you could not find even a suggestion that the U.S. had been involved in this kind of thing. In the first place, it was shocking to find out that something that was so obvious to me wasn’t out there. And I never believed for a minute that nobody else had an inkling of it, I just believed that nobody else was naïve enough to get into the kind of trouble it takes to tell the truth. The other thing that I learned in the process, in getting the information out there, is that the book that came out of it got some good publicity, but that was not enough. If people don’t want to learn what you have to tell them, then you need an organizational effort to get people informed.

It seems that one of the messages of your book is that human rights as an afterthought has become habitual in many cultures. It seems that the pain and suffering goes unnoticed and it isn’t until the system is fixed that wrongs are then righted. If there were a preventive approach to human rights in every sector, which ones would you suggest first? Also, there are already human rights commissioners in many governments with human rights abuses, why are they not meeting with success?

When you are starting from where we are now, from a fully developed kind of world empire – where there are a series of influences and hegemonies around and there are competitions for global hegemony – at least from our perspective in the U.S., we are in the belly of the beast of the empire that now assumes a right to control the ways of the world, and that’s to prevent so much of the kind of abuse that has become routine, you have to be willing to give up the idea of controlling the world. You can try influencing the world, you can try to lead by example, there are all kinds of ways we could try to have a positive influence on the world, but dropping bombs on them is not going to be one of those ways. And if we still think that whatever good we want to do for the world has to be done with the final idea that we have to control it, we’ve lost from the start.

We could approach human rights impact assessment in the same way that an environmental assessment has been approached, which is to try to get in ahead of the kinds of policies that affect the most people. Certainly you start with war, and there are basic approaches to foreign assistance, humanitarian assistance that if you study them carefully, and saw what had been done in the past and saw what has gone right and what has gone wrong, then you would have a much better idea than just starting with what is best practices from the perspective of how it works for the institution undertaking the practices. We don’t really look back after we’ve finished projects to try and figure out how the projects really worked for the people on the ground. It turns out to be how it worked for the World Bank, for the IMF, for the creditor institutions, for the aide agency.

It would be nice if you could have human rights impact assessment built into the system in the way that environmental impact assessment has been. I understand very well why that hasn’t really taken place and why it’s less likely to, because it’s a lot safer politically to hug a tree than a poor person.

People who think they have something to lose feel very threatened by the fact that there are a lot of people out there who have needs, and so security systems are really built to keep the have-nots from going after what the haves have. In fact, most of the systemic grand theft that happens is the rich stealing from the poor, not the other way around, because it is very easy for the rich to steal from the poor. It’s not easy for the poor to steal from the rich. But, there is so much that is systemic like that that you need to break through in some way. One of the reasons is that everyone wants to say that they are in favor of human rights. No one wants to be seen as being opposed to human rights. It’s gotten to be not only an accepted part of the discourse, but an obligatory part in a way. The way they get around actually being for human rights, is that they have trump cards that in the system are allowed to override it. One of them being security, of course. Once you play the security card, it overrides everything, including common sense. It means that decisions can be made very hurriedly without looking at any of the possible consequences. People are inclined to stop thinking themselves when somebody else plays that card, it’s a conversation stopper. It means that the argument stops here. To a lesser extent but also to devastating results, the economic card is played that way. You would think that in times of economic crisis, reasonable people would say, well, triage means you handle the greatest need first.

One of the worst things that happens with the myth of expertise about economics, the economists say that of course you have some starving people down there, but we can’t think about that right now, because the banking system is about to collapse. Wait a minute! The bankers are in trouble, so we are supposed to turn away from the starving people? I don’t think so.

If there are people who are in danger of starvation, if they are without shelter, if they are without the most basic health care needs, if they are disabled, if they need help for whatever reason, if they are old or young, in times of economic crisis, you direct whatever you have first of all to the greatest need. But actually, the opposite is the case. It’s never been seen more clearly than in the U.S. since September ‘08. What we have done is throw incredible amounts of money we don’t have to the financial institutions that got us into this mess in the first place. All over the country, budgets from local to state to federal budgets that were designed to help the people in the greatest need are the ones that are stripped. It’s not just us, that’s just not here and now, that’s the way the world has worked. That’s how the economy trump card is played. If the economy is in trouble that means that there has to be belt tightening. But guess whose belt gets tightened: the belts that are around the narrowest waists. That’s the way that works.

Also, when I talk about triage in the book, I counter-posed it against the broader issues. A lot of people will challenge pursuit of rights that are not well understood and abuses that are not necessarily understood as abuses, because, wait a minute, if you’re talking about human rights, you have to be dealing with genocides and execution and torture, and I say absolutely yes, we must maintain an idea of what has to be dealt with expeditiously and urgently, and of course we have to keep an eye on it! That doesn’t mean we can ignore the borderlines where the issues are not well understood or not agreed upon, because that is where most of conflict actually will be. Right there on the fuzzy border.

The rights of immigrants, legal or otherwise, right now that’s a huge issues. The U.S. has been imprisoning and abusing in all kinds of ways people rounded up of all ages. Immigrants, legal or otherwise – it takes them a long time to get things sorted out. In the meantime, they just abuse people right and left. It’s not just the U.S., we hear more about that all the time, but Europe is getting worse and worse on this all the time. It’s these borderline issues that call for policy and that cause conflict. We can’t ignore them, because there are even worst things going on.
If we are not expanding the boundaries of the rights that are understood as rights and must be protected, then we are losing ground. The more we lose, the more we stand to lose. This is a dynamic that is moving in one direction or another all the time. You can always say, well yes, there is an increasing number of homeless people on the streets, but we don’t have time to think about that, because we have bigger problem to deal with.

It’s easier to see the nature of ‘cause and effect’ if you look at things in the farming sector. We know that where you have farm labor involved and you are spraying pesticides, there is going to be tremendous damage to the people working there, but we keep doing it. When you are mining – mining gold and other such metals – there is going to be mercury released that will get into the water and it will be damaging to the health of children in the area. But we don’t do anything to prevent that sequence. We may check later, and find lots of kids in the Amazon who are suffering from mercury in the system. How could we have known? Of course we knew. There are many sectors like this. We know the downside. We don’t know how to stop the perpetrators from doing it.

The best example of them all is war, and the very idea that you send the bull in to set up the shelves in the china shop, never mind to clean up the mess that the bull made in the china shop. We talk as if we were so seriously concerned about the underprivileged, the disadvantaged, the discriminated against people in all these other parts of the world that we know so little about and, so what we are going to do about it is make war on them to straighten it out. How on earth can thinking people come to a conclusion like that? But imperial societies have always come to that conclusion. We have gotten to be an imperial society and we don’t face that.

That would be dealing with the problem of denial, if we could just get people to face the idea that our whole mindset is drawn from the business of having become an empire and that if we don’t deal with that, it’s not just that we’ll keep getting into wars, it’s that we are in a state of war. The system will require conflict all the time to keep itself going. That’s why you have to get out in front of it and recognize that this is empire, and if we don’t want the wars and we don’t want the cost of it, we have to start turning that around instead of going ahead down that path.

The more we build the military industry complex, the more there will be war. It’s a systemic thing. Once you have an empire, to keep the economy of the empire going, you also have to keep the wars going. The nature of demand is that you have to scare the people in order to keep the budgets coming out. We are building other aspects of this empire in the same way, like the prison industrial complex system. Our prisons are privatized and they are in it for profits. In order to continue to get the profits, you have to keep filling the prisons and having more demand for places to put the prisoners. So instead of thinking about whether it is really necessary to imprison people who have used a little bit of marijuana. Even if you’re sure you don’t want marijuana, there is surely a better way to deal with users of a substance than put them in jail. There is much about our prison system that is also quite insane. Not just immoral, but insane.

About human rights commissioners:

It’s one of those tools that is up for grabs always, it can be used to squelch criticism and curiosity about human rights if controlled by a government that doesn’t want to invite anybody into the discussion, but it can also be used to bring pressure on the government from the inside and the outside – like so many institutions and agencies it can be used for good or ill. The name of our game if we are promoting human rights, is that it works for the benefit of human rights instead of against it.

In the late 1970s and 1980s, I was working on some cases with Amnesty International, one of them being that of Annette Lew and other people who were fighting for organizing and trying to build a political base for respect for human rights and women’s rights and indigenous rights (or at least people’s rights). The Taiwanese felt like they were occupied more or less by mainland China and so they wanted their own government. And so I went over to see if I could get into the prison and be able to do a report for Amnesty on what was going on there. But also I knew that would not be easy, but perhaps making enough of a fuss, people would bring focus on the issue in the U.S. and around the world and bring pressure on what was then the government of the Republic of China. I was turned away from the prison of course by the human rights office of the government there.

Of course, if you anticipate that there are people who are going to come over looking into your human rights situation, then you set up a barricade, and the intelligent way to do that is to set up a human rights office to push these people back. That’s one thing. Human rights as a discourse, and the existence of human rights offices can be a tool and a tool can be used by anyone who picks it up. It can be used for good or ill. The language we use, is the same way.

When Jimmy Carter was in office in the U.S., we set up, for the first time, a human rights office in the State Department, to actually look into abuses in other parts of the world, including some that the U.S. had a great deal to do with (Latin America, but also along the fringes of what was then the Soviet sphere). And then when Carter was gone, and Reagan took over, the office came to be used for the opposite. I had an article that went to the New Republic on the situation of human rights in Chile – this would have been in the early 1980s. After they had published my article, the magazine got a really heated nasty message from Elliott Abrams, who was then head of the human rights office for the State Department. They were using that office the same way that the government of the Republic of China had been using it in Taiwan: to redefine human rights as they choose to and to push back those who were serious about it. That’s something we should understand about any kind of office, any kind of use of language, that it becomes a political football that can be used either way.

That said, I also have to say that a lot of good has been accomplished by many of those offices in parts of the world, particularly in Africa, because when the people who are trying to fight for human rights have so little clout behind them – when it’s so dangerous to do so – if you can get United Nations involvement in trying to set up and monitor such an office, even if the UN then is having to deal also with a repressive regime that is trying to control how that office is used, at least there is some push back FOR human rights. I’m not against countries having human rights offices, in fact I’m for it, but it’s something that people need to understand, like government or social institution itself: an operation that is called a human rights office can go either way.

Can you elaborate a little on your call to indiscipline?

I was thinking of it first in the sense of my advocacy of multidisciplinary studies, but in a way, I think I should go farther and say anti-disciplinary, because usually the whole idea of discipline is used to put up walls beyond which one set of people is not supposed to tread in search of an answer to a question, or a solution to a problem. I think that almost gives away the un-seriousness of the pursuit. If you look for example in the social science disciplines, political science all by itself, the study of politics by itself is entertainment, and economics by itself is religion. But, politics that is not based on an understanding on an intent to incorporate economics is just a popularity contest. Economics without politics has nothing to do with what is actually going to happen, so it’s a game. It’s chess that is less realistic than an actual chessboard. It goes beyond that. It’s a kind of discipline that is imposed by religions and the idea that you don’t dare question what I say god says. You get that also with any category of people that claims expertise and priority. That includes security systems and the economic systems at the top. The mess of expertise is one of the worst things that we have to contend with. The kind of expertise that says don’t question me, you’re not supposed to think about this, I have all the answers.

Can you tell me about a few world leaders who you think have moved away from that self-contradictory thinking that you mention in your book and are implementing indiscipline in their policymaking?

Yes, there is an awful discrepancy between the leaders who can accomplish that sort of thing and the once who are the decision makers. One of the biggest problems we have is that once people are in a position, elected or otherwise, to be seen as leaders, then they have something to lose, and then they are afraid to lead. Because leading means taking risks. Especially if you are trying to lead on behalf of the people, that is, as opposed to the elite. People like Martin Luther King, Aung San Suu Kyi, and Ghandi, all kinds of people around the world have been willing to step up to do what it took to make a difference on behalf of the people as a whole. Not many people who are acknowledged people in public office or private power are willing to do that. Some are. I would say Soros has. George Soros has used his economic power to do some good. But that is kind of rare. There are international leaders. Right now for example, Lula from Brazil. He started a program “Fome Zero” (“No Hunger”) and it changed names and “Bolsa Familia” (“Family Safety Net”). It has cut back on poverty and kept a lot of students in school. Things can be done, even when it looks very difficult.

“To every solution there is a problem: any remedy devised to protect the interests of the less powerful will soon be turned by the powerful to their own advantage.” I quote from your book. I see your point. Everyone can play victim, is what I’ve heard. How do you suggest staying ahead of that game?

Anticipating it, and understanding that it will happen. Don’t be blindsided by it every time it happens, and understand that it is systemic. As soon as you implement an increase in minimum wage the folks who don’t want to pay their workers more will say that they have to downsize, because we can’t afford that. They’ll say it’s all your fault and you’re going to lose half those jobs instead. There may be some companies that are handicapped and some kinds of small companies that need some tax credits when such pay raises are implemented, but for the most part that’s just greed and hegemony. We have to expect that they will say that we know that they will downsize. We have to make it harder for them to downsize in response to an increase in minimum wage.

Same thing with laws that have come in to protect women or protect children, the first thing you know is that they are used to discriminate against women. We have to stay awake all the time and anticipate what they are going to do, and counter it and get back on track.

How do you suggest that the root causes of human rights violations be explored more in the public’s eye? For example, when you see a show or read an article or a study that talks about refugees in Sudan, or pirates in Somalia or other injustices in the news, what do you think that the media is doing wrong in telling the story?

One understands the nature of the news business and some of it is hard to get around. Of course, the focus will be on what is happening right now. It’s hard to get people just to give us a back-story and to give it in a way that makes what is happening now comprehensible, but they should try. I think also there is a tendency to focus primarily on the victims, without asking how did this happen and why did it happen without looking in the first place to the perpetrators and not to just the immediate abusers, but to the ones who enabled that abuse, and the ones who promoted the abuse, and the system that promotes it.

For example, sex trafficking. It’s such a big issue now. Of course, it’s horrifying. So the immediate attention is to the particular people who we can identify as having being trafficked and the particular immediate traffickers, but there are all kinds of systemic things that make that turn of events more likely. Look at the kind of economic collapse, meltdown, that means that public jobs will be lost. Well most of those jobs, that have been lost every time there is that kind of meltdown that destroys the public sector first, are women’s jobs, and they are left desperate. They have to be reaching for whatever looks like an opportunity for them. No wonder they are easily fooled in that kind of thing. Also you find more trafficking where there are swarms of workers that are immigrant workers, so we should make it less necessary for people to have to travel so far to do their work. That’s a systemic problem, that so much of the work force is on the move now and can’t settle down and make a real home for a real family.

Also, the warzones – that’s another part of the demand side of the human trafficking business. Where you have a lot of troops gathered, of course, there will be demand for sex services, so you will have people trafficked to meet that demand. There are systemic features on the supply side and the demand side that we never seem to look at or try to do anything about. That would be true with almost any kind of issue that you look at. And when you get right down to the bottom of it, rights abuse is always about inequality, because the bullies don’t go after people who are just as big as they are, the ones who can fight back.

Where you have vulnerability on the one hand and impunity on the other, of course you’re going to have rights violations.

Do you think that there have been any impact assessments on failed states that included that countries with poor governance would rely more on international organizations such as the UN and international aide? Do you think that that impacts whether or not other countries choose to improve their own governance or know that they can rely on these organizations and aide groups when domestic politics and internal strife as a fall-back plan?

I don’t really think it’s the governments, or the would-be leaders trying to put together a government for what are borderline failed states, that are so much the problem, as the countries that destroy these states. Like the way the U.S. goes into Iraq and smashes it up like a bull in a China shop and then says, yeah sure, the UN ought to come in and clean it up. I worry a lot about the U.S. having more impunity precisely, and other hegemonic states, that can act recklessly vis-à-vis another people or another state, and then turn around and say that it’s the role of the United Nations to pick up the pieces. I think that’s a problem.

I also think that whether or not we are talking about human involvement, part of the problem is that we so readily accept failure. We don’t go back. In the first place, if it worked for us, the ones who are supposed to be fixing it, it doesn’t seem to matter nearly enough that it might have been a failure for that bunch of folks we left behind. As long as it works for us, our budget, our careers, our media image, that’s what seems to be what matters too much. Not only do we too readily accept failure, we don’t even define it in a realistic way. But under any circumstances we seem to more readily accept failure than we accept an ongoing challenge. Or we can accept failure like the way we accept responsibility, which is without doing anything about it. That’s a big problem. Especially when it comes to what might be called nation-building, or post-conflict reconstruction or whatever has inspired the West to get involved somewhere, that it didn’t know enough about or care enough about, our model still has been the colonial system. We don’t admit that, we talk an awful lot about how important local buy-in and participation are and we don’t pay any attention to that on the ground, we just run it the way we always have, which is a colonial model.

We can’t stand to think that a project that we think is ours is getting out of control. It has to be out of control, unless we are going to stay on as colonial masters, but that’s a hard one to accept for the hegemonic.

How do those who feel vulnerable and recognize that injustice and feel that powerless get their impact assessment reports read by the proper decision makers who are going to make responsible policies?

Sometimes, it happens because they are determined enough to organize broadly enough to bring their demands into the streets, but lord knows it’s a really, really uphill game. Any group of really vulnerable has to gain allies who are not as vulnerable and build layers of coalitions around them. They also need to organize anybody they see as being in the same category of vulnerability, like indigenous people need to pull together across all the lines they can.

Amazingly enough, a lot of that is happening! There really are international organizations of indigenous peoples. You’d think that would be the last category of people who would be able to find common ground with people on the other side of the world. But there has been a lot of help from lots of international organizations and non-governmental organizations and it does make a difference, but then if the problem being addressed is one within one particular state, then you also need alliances and coalitions within that state too.

And it’s just a really, really major undertaking, because otherwise a government once in office is accessible to the powerful, to the big businesses, people with money to protect and to offer as campaign contributions and it’s very hard for other kinds of people to get access.

If Israel met Hamas on their terms, how would an impact assessment that overrides trumps (i.e. religious concerns, economic concerns, security concerns) look? For example, let’s say Hamas actually played politics as it should since being elected, rather than tactics it used prior to election.

In assessing the problem, everybody seems to forget now that what distinguishes terrorists from other kinds of contenders is that they are put off from the table. They have no way within the system to be heard. That’s not to say that there are not awful people. That’s not to say that harming innocent people is justifiable under any circumstances, but it is to say that there is an approach that should make a difference, which is to bring them to the table.

Maybe some of them you can’t deal with at all, maybe you have to lock them up for the safety of all of us, but if it is a whole movement of people it must be that they have a need that should be dealt with. And in the case of a group like Hamas, for heaven’s sakes, we said, play the game within the system, run for office, have elections the way the rest of us do. They did, they won, and we refuse to acknowledge it and pushed them out again. So we’re not playing the game. The rest of the world is not playing that game fairly with Hamas. It’s hard to see from standing where we are, anything that absolutely promises success, but it’s very clear that the way we are going about it is doomed to failure.

An episode called the peace process that really means a 50-year war is the best example I can see of accepting failure. I can see some good reasons why we wanted to call it the peace process early on as a ploy hoping that it would become one, but at least we have to notice that it didn’t and that we better do something different if we want it to become a peace process.

It seems that all sides are stuck in a big stand-off. It seems that an impact assessment like you promote would have to do away with the kind of terminology we’re talking about right now.

Actually, there have been in-depth studies, you might say impact assessment, the Goldstone Report is one, and it’s amazing how quickly people back off from something that tells an uncomfortable truth, some things that they don’t want to know. That unwillingness to understand is also part of the problem. It goes along with the fact that, as I say, there is no such thing as a system that doesn’t work, every system works for somebody, and this 50-year war is working for a lot of people, and we have to understand that and find ways to make people face that and cut across it.

How do you suggest?

The U.S. and Israel have actually persuaded even the UN Human Rights Council to avoid considering the Goldstone Report that just came out about the consequences of the invasion of Gaza a while back, and the entrapment of a million and a half people in this tiny territory where they are not able to get even the things that they need most. That’s just terrible! It would be wonderful if we could have an international movement that would have to call upon the resources of the media as well to generate an international discourse about this thing, and make people focus on it and understand it. It’s not enough that it is possible for people to understand a situation of abuse, the point is that everybody is under so much pressure in so many ways now, you have to make it impossible for them not to understand in order to get any action.

It’s an occupation that has turned at least part of the area into an open-air concentration camp. People just find it a whole lot easier not to face that.

In your book, you bring up conventions that protect human rights and the importance of their being written, but do you see them being employed in current events?

I think the thing is that those conventions are very valuable. They give us a lever, a handle to pick this up by, but unless there is a category of people, a group, a coalition, a mobilization of activists who are willing to do what it takes to focus international public attention on something, there will be no enforcement. In other words, having the conventions there is essential, but it still doesn’t do the job unless you have people who are willing and able to make it work.

You talk about collective rights in your book, can you share with me your perspective on civil rights laws and the chance they have in countries that have the worst human rights abuses?

I guess, one of the problems, is that even if we are able to get people around the world to understand that there has been a terrible wrong perpetrated against a particular category of people at a time and at a place, we don’t somehow get across to enough people what the background of all that is, how ‘cause and effect’ work to make peoples vulnerable and gives peoples impunity, so that they recognize when there’s another category of people collectivity whose rights are being abused who need to see those rights protected. Most people now understand about the Holocaust and what an awful kind of thing that was and some of the reasons for it, most people understand something about the civil rights movement and how it overcame the terrible level of discrimination and abuse against blacks in the U.S..

A lot of people in the West understand the nature of abuse of women in the Middle East. It’s easier to understand abuses and protections when it’s somebody else, when it’s in some other country. If you talked in Europe about the idea whether people live or die in this country depends on how much money they have, that they can’t get adequate healthcare unless they have adequate money, and that people accept that, they would say it’s shocking, when you think about it. Americans are immune to it, because the kind of a violation that becomes routine ceases to be seen as a violation. So you can apply this to so many kinds of things, for example, the way land has been taken from the people who tilled it, country by country all around the world.

When I first started studying Latin American affairs, it was so easy to attribute the kind of poverty and inequality to the Spanish conquerors and the great landlords of the 15th and 16th centuries, without noticing that the business of pushing people off of their land has been accelerated – it wasn’t getting better, it was getting worse. It continued to get worse all over the world. There are still pressures like that on the indigenous everywhere. I’ve been working on the case of the Mapuche in Chile and taking students down to see first-hand how that works. It’s no longer the great plantations – the old fashion kind, it’s not the sugar or cotton plantations of an earlier day – it’s plantations of pine and eucalyptus, and other commercial logging operations depriving the indigenous people of their land. So, I think that’s the kind of thing you were talking about, and how collective rights, as well individual rights, continue to be violated all over the radar, because people aren’t able to take what they understand about such violations at one time and in one place and transfer it.

So, what about writing more civil rights laws in those areas to protect their rights?

They need tighter laws, but that’s not the main problem in itself. The security trump card is available to be played all over the world, since the U.S. has introduced the war on terror and that there should be laws that are applicable in a case when terror violations have been alleged. They override other kinds of laws that might protect people. There were anti-terror laws that came in under Pinochet, but that kind of thing – the insistence that countries should have anti-terrorist laws – was pushed by the Bush administration all over the world after 9/11, so laws like that are being used to override other laws that were there to protect vulnerable people.

How do we reverse that?

I think somehow it has to start with education, but that also means organization and coalition building and popular movements. How do you get them going? They also have to be in conjunction with communication media campaigns to bring political pressures. And then whatever you can get going on the ground, you have to be able to funnel it to decision makers. To get that kind of chain going is also very difficult. There is nothing easy about this.

Rights are not bestowed, they have to be won and they have to be protected then or else they will lose them again otherwise.

What are your thoughts on Lubna Hussein, the Sudanese woman who wore trousers in public and therefore was convicted of indecency under Islamic law, and the trousers trial in terms of addressing human rights and Islamic law? She had a huge number of supporters.

There was an awful lot of support. I think the trick is if you can genuinely educate people, if you can get them to understand, to allow themselves to understand what is going on, then they really do support human rights. Most people believe that they support human rights, even if they don’t know anything about the particulars. But then they don’t want to know more about it, because it’s painful to know, because it puts an obligation on you to do something about it, to think about it.

Our problem is not that most people don’t care, they do care in principle, we have to get them to care enough to say something, to stand up. There was a poll, I think it was earlier this year or late last year, of 16 countries representing 2/3 of the world population that said that they thought women should have equal rights and that governments and international organizations should contribute to protecting those rights. So, it’s not that public opinion runs the other way, it’s that public opinion does not lead people to take stands that are strong enough or open enough to override the power of those who have too much to lose by acknowledging equal rights.

Individual heroism like Lubna exercised really does make a difference. It doesn’t always, but it does sometimes make a huge difference. I think the government hedged a bit after they saw that reaction and that answers the question that it does make a difference when people get out there and express themselves.

Writing on the topic of individual versus collective rights, you wrote “Perhaps a recombination of supposed first and third world positions would better serve to protect the rights of the majority worldwide.” Can you elaborate?

The discourse and the use of the idea of collective rights for the discourse has so often been dominated by the male leadership of countries where gender rights are so unequal, and then the discourse becomes cover for abusing women. They say, ‘We don’t believe in individual rights, we believe in collective rights, and that includes our right to abuse women,’ but what about the women’s rights. That’s a sham!

What I meant too was that the use of the idea of individual right in the West has become absurd to the point of giving priority to profit. Corporate personhood means that they can steal like swine in the name of corporations, because the corporations get away with pretending that they are individuals. In the meantime, the same country that allows that to happen does not allow individuals necessarily to speak their own languages in the workplace, or to smoke their pot at home or whatever. It is not really a priority given in the West to give individual rights; it’s a priority to the rights of the people who have the most money. They have all kinds of ways written into the law to protect that.

Can you give a current example?

We have a pharmaceutical industry that is able to pour so much money into the Congress that they were able to get a law that says that even though they can sell the drugs more cheaply to other countries, we cannot buy them back from other countries. They can make a law that makes it impossible for a government agency to make a deal with Canadian pharmaceutical importers and exporters to sell them back to us cheap. It’s absurd, the kinds of supposed rights that corporations get under that myth that we call individual rights.

In your book, you say, that “the real victor in the cold war thus was neither West over East nor North over South so much as the private sector over the public sector. That by no means ordained that the state was to fade away or that public budgets were to shrink. Rather it meant that the boundary between public and private domains was to be set by the private sector rather than the public one and that the power base of governments would shift more decisively from popular constituencies to corporate ones.” Do you think this might change given the current economic hardships that we are seeing?

Certainly, it should. You would expect so. That’s what happened when we had the Great Depression of the 1930s. There was a big turn around, because we could get the kind of government that assumed responsibility for it. It isn’t happening now. It certainly has not begun to happen. In a way, ‘we the people’ are begging the supposed healthcare insurers to let in us in the gate, to give the people something to say about their healthcare system. The whole approach is as if it was theirs to give us. There is no reason to have insurance companies involved in healthcare. What do they have to do with healthcare? But they own it, and we are not seriously challenging that. You’re right it should be turning around now, but it has a long way to go. We’re still going in the wrong direction right now.

In your book, you talk about incarceration and that it should be countercyclical, in that rates of serious crime rise in periods of economic decline, but in fact it responds above all now to political climate, particularly the generation of fear. Can you be specific about this observation?

I forget the exact figures, but it seems to me that incarceration, and I’m not certain whether we’re talking about the country as a whole or just in California, but I believe it has quadrupled over the last two or three decades at a time when actual rates of violent crime were dropping. So what does that say? It’s bizarre.

It is an economy that operates on its own now. It manages to build its own demand by scaring people and then just locking up more people for reasons that in the past we wouldn’t have taken seriously as a reason for locking them up. Small amounts of consumption of some drug that happens to be illegal, or perhaps is made illegal for frivolous reasons, like marijuana.

Even economic reasons. We don’t have a debtors’ prison, but we sure drive people to doing the kinds of things that can somehow be defined as illegal and then locking them up. We’ve hugely expanded the prison industry to lock up people who may be in the country illegally, instead of just deporting them. It was bad enough the way they were deported without any of the court procedures that are supposed to be carried out, that they are entitled to, but now we are neither deporting them nor giving them their day in court, we are just holding them in prisons, then sooner or later deporting them. [They’re being thrown in] just for being in the wrong country, and for trying to get a job. The point is that we are feeding the prison industry, which is now a private industry, like the military industry complex. It’s gone the same way as the medical industry, which used to be largely public or at least non-profit, and is now private.

What countries currently have the worst human rights violations?

It depends. There are so many different kinds of violations. China’s record with respect to capital punishment is just awful. The U.S. is one of the worst – one of the top 4, I guess – in capital punishment per capita, but China is by far the worst. The U.S., on the other hand, is the worst by far in the number of people incarcerated. If you are looking at abuses in terms of categories of people, like women, well, maybe Saudi Arabia. It’s hard to say. There are a number of countries that abuse women systematically and straightforwardly as a matter of law, as in Saudi Arabia, others where that kind of abuse may not be sanctioned by law, but it happens anyway. Even in a very modern and sophisticated, and in many ways a democratic country, like Turkey, abuses occur like honor killings of young women, because they are in the company of men they are not related to. There are terrible abuses like that in so many different places.

Do you think the super global powers like China, like the U.S., and countries like Saudi Arabia could find a shared interest among all of them in improving their human rights records, or is this just an exercise in our collective ability to recognize these violations, but our hands are tied?

I don’t think an initiative to find a collective interest will ever come from governments, I think it has to come from people. We have to force our governments to see it. I think it would not be a problem of getting the people to see that they have a collective interest in having governments that respect their rights, but systems operate as they do, because they serve the interests of some people. So that’s what you have to cut across somehow. That means governments won’t act in the public interest unless ‘we the people’ force them to do so.

I liked your suggestion that in the long term, peace means many things and should include “re-visioning of what civilization can and must be about.” And that for the time being, most of all, investing in peace must mean investing in the UN, the ICC, and other multilateral organizations and institutions. The way that civilization is defined depends on what book you read, there’s the Eurocentric view of civilization, the Arab-centric view of civilization and those who want to merge those views and not promote a clash of these civilizations. Can you elaborate?

In a way, we have ceased to aspire to the kinds of things that most people were agreed upon in the 1960s and 1970s in terms of the kind of society that we want, much less we accept. We have accepted the idea that profit motives outrank human rights. How can we ever have accepted something like that?

It could be argued that civilization was built on slavery, but I would say that modernization was built on slavery. It’s not the same thing as civilization. You’re right it depends on what one means by civilization. I like what is attributed to Gandhi, the idea that he was asked about what he thinks about western civilization and he said, ‘I think it would be a good idea.’ Most of us in the so-called Western civilization assume that we have a corner on civilization, the right to define it for ourselves. I don’t think that you find a lot of clash in values among the non-hegemonic. I think that the Universal Declaration of Human Rights represents probably the needs and feelings of most people.

But we have to understand that the hegemonic will try to define it in ways that work particularly for them and in some areas people will claim a right to collective or cultural rights that are not recognized by the universal declaration, meaning that half the population has the right to abuse the other half of the population. Whether it’s men wanting to abuse women, or the rich wanting to abuse the poor, if you start with the assumption that human rights means all people and all rights and that everybody should have a say about what those rights are, then it’s democracy with a small ‘d’. I think there is a global view of what civilization is, but most people don’t have enough to say about the way they see it.

Speaking of civilization, you’ve probably heard about Iranian Nobel Laureate winner Shirin Ebadi who took issue with the “clash of civilization” posture that has characterized West-Middle East relations over the past 30 years. She was Iran’s first female judge, supported the Islamic Revolution in 1978, suffered and then became a human rights attorney. She has said that Middle Eastern leaders use Islam as a shield. “They use Islam to hide behind and violate human rights. Like [Samuel] Huntington, they claim Islam is not compatible with democracy. But this is their interpretation. They interpret Islam in a way that grants them power and supports their power. Any objection to them is then an objection to Islam.” Your thoughts?

I’m very sad about the appearance of that book. Whether Samuel Huntington really thought that something like that was inevitable, or whether he thought it was a timely popular topic, is an open question maybe, but I think it played into what was to come and helped a lot of people come to a conclusion that differences inevitably lead to clash and the thing to do about it is to prepare for clash, instead of prepare for mutual understanding among cultures that are different.

He basically said that Islam is not compatible with democracy. So what, we are supposed to take that at face value?

In the first place, whose democracy? Ours is not compatible with democracy. Ours is run by money. Is that what democracy is supposed to be about? It is just too helpful to too many people to have the idea that violence is inevitable so preparing for it is the way to go. If you prepare for violence of course you’ll get it. If you prepare for peace, maybe that’s what you’ll get.

When I was talking about the trump cards, I really talked about a triad of trump cards, and the other one is religion, because if you credit that kind of religious thinking, I don’t mean from just the Islamic side, but from the so-called Christian side, there is a kind of mindlessness there that is also a conversation stopper that tells people that whoever can claim to speak for God has the last word and that people with better intentions and better sense are not supposed to weigh in. It has the same effect then as the security card and the economics card that just assume a right to override everything else.

I think that she’s right that a great many readers over there use Islam as a shield just in the way that many leaders, including supposedly religious leaders in the U.S., use family values as a shield. I think that people who are serious about human rights just have to keep trying to protect even our words and our dialogue. The whole discourse gets pulled into another direction, if we are not careful.

Ebadi mocked the idea floated by the same leaders that, instead of abiding by the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, they would write their own “Islamic Declaration of Human Rights.” “How many declarations do we need?” said Ebadi. “If Muslims are allowed to draft their own, we will have a Christian Declaration and a Hindu Declaration… We will have as many declarations as there are faiths. It would be impossible.” How do you react to this?

That’s the problem – it’s not so universal. The pretence at least is that most of the world has had a say in these major documents like the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and if it is just a matter of one group’s dogma versus another group’s dogma, there is no end to that.

What age are we in now? Do you think that we are in a more selfish era than previously? For example, there was the age of enlightenment during the Industrial Revolution, the age of reason, the age of discovery or exploration, the great awakening…

I would say we are in the age of denial. It’s certainly not the age of reason, is it? In some ways, it’s an age of greed. I think most people go along with it, the idea that greed can override, but I don’t think most people are greedy. Most people accept empire, but I don’t think most people are hegemonic. But most people will settle for denial. Trying to survive however they can and to not notice, because they don’t feel empowered to challenge what they see.

That’s really what this book is all about, trying to get past that.

Do you think that it is a matter of time that those who implement the politics of human rights protection will not be vilified or seen as missing the importance of industry and economics, and seen as too sensitive?

I never seem to remember who said what, but I think it was Solomon who said a prophet is not without honour saving his own country. We don’t mind being reminded that somebody else way far away is being abused or abusing other people, we just don’t want to know that it is right here, because we don’t know what to do about it and we don’t want to feel responsible for it.

How do we stop the vilification?

There are ways. We need more ways of protecting and recognizing the kind of work that needs to be done when we see it. Instead of backing off and disassociating from people who have the nerve to tell the truth, we should protect them, we should do them honors. We don’t. We have laws that are supposed to protect whistle-blowers, but they don’t, because most people understand that it’s dangerous to be a whistle-blower and it can be dangerous to be associated with whistle-blowers. We just have that upside down and backwards. We bestow more honours on military leaders who bomb villages than we do the people who might have tried to point out ahead of time that if you drop that bomb you are going to destroy the village.

If you can get people to listen and think about it, maybe you can help them understand, that caring about what your country is doing is patriotic and taking responsibility is perhaps even more patriotic. We’re not led to think that way. We’re led that blindly following people right off a cliff is the way to go. The kind of twist that we need to our way of thinking is so huge.

(*) Jan Knippers Black is a Professor in the Graduate School of International Policy Studies of the Monterey Institute of International Studies. THE POLITICS OF HUMAN RIGHTS PROTECTION: Moving Intervention Upstream with Impact Assessment by Jan Knippers Black / Rowman & Littlefield

Blackwater Prepared Bribes After 2007 Nisoor Massacre (DemocracyNow)

Former executives at the private military firm Blackwater have revealed the company authorized around $1 million to bribe Iraqi officials in the aftermath of the September 2007 killings of seventeen Iraqi civilians in Baghdad’s Nisoor Square. The New York Times reports the payments were approved after the Iraqi government called for Blackwater’s expulsion from Iraq, threatening the company’s lucrative annual contract. It’s unclear if any Iraqi officials ultimately received the payments, which would violate the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act banning bribes to foreign governments. Despite the Iraqi government’s initial calls for ousting Blackwater, it only revoked the firm’s main operating license earlier this year. Speaking to MSNBC’s Rachel Maddow, Democracy Now! correspondent and independent journalist Jeremy Scahill said the revelations could lead to criminal charges against Blackwater.

Jeremy Scahill: “Let’s remember here that we are talking about the single worst massacre committed by a private force in Iraq of that war, committed by Blackwater, the Nisoor Square massacre. It was the biggest diplomatic crisis between Washington and Baghdad at the time. You had the Iraqi government saying that Blackwater was banned from the country and then suddenly doing an about face, and Blackwater remains in Iraq to this day. So on the issue of criminality here, when you have the FBI going over to conduct a criminal investigation, if you had Blackwater officials attempting to bribe Iraqis, that’s tantamount to tampering with a federal investigation. There is a grand jury sitting right now in North Carolina that has reportedly been informed of these allegations by Blackwater officials, very serious.”

Blackwater continues to work in Iraq under an aviation contract with the US State Department. As XE Services LLC it tries to get a foothold in Somalia, Kenya and surrounding seas.

Italy Convicts CIA Agents of Kidnapping (AP)

2003 case is first to challenge practice of extraordinary rendition

An Italian judge today convicted 23 Americans of the 2003 kidnapping of an Egyptian cleric on a Milan street, in a landmark case involving the CIA’s extraordinary rendition program in the war on terrorism. Judge Oscar Magi acquitted three other Americans, citing diplomatic immunity. Former Milan CIA station chief Robert Seldon Lady received the stiffest sentence, eight years in prison. The other 22 each received a five-year sentence. All were tried in absentia.

All but one of the Americans were identified by prosecutors as CIA agents. Their lawyers entered innocent pleas on their behalf, and they are considered fugitives from Italian justice. They were convicted of kidnapping Osama Moustafa Hassan Nasr and transferring him to US bases in Italy and Germany. He was then moved to Egypt, where he says he was tortured. Nasr was released after four years in prison without being charged.

U.S. (In-)Justice Dept. Subpoenaed Indymedia Site for Web Visitors

The U.S. American Justice Department is coming under criticism for demanding information on visitors to the independent progressive news website Indymedia. A US attorney in Indiana reportedly subpoenaed the records from Indymedia earlier this year and then ordered the site to keep silent about the request. The Electronic Frontier Foundation says the subpoena demanded the individual internet protocol addresses of every single Indymedia visitor. The group says the subpoena was ultimately dropped.

We do not send pictures with these reports, because of the volume, but picture this emetic scene with your inner eye:

A dying Somali child in the macerated arms of her mother besides their bombed shelter with Islamic graffiti looks at a fat trader, who discusses with a local militia chief and a UN representative at a harbour while USAID provided GM food from subsidised production is off-loaded by WFP into the hands of local “distributors” and dealers – and in the background a western warship and a foreign fishing trawler ply the waters of a once sovereign, prosper and proud nation, which was a role model for honesty and development in the Horn of Africa. (If you feel that this is overdrawn – come with us into Somalia and see the even more cruel reality yourself!) – and if you need lively stills or video material on Somalia, please do contact us.

There is no limit to what a person can do or how far one can go to help
- if one doesn’t mind who gets the credit !

ECOTERRA Intl. maintains a register for persons missing or abducted in the Somali seas (Foreign seafarers as well as Somalis). Inquiries by family member can be sent by e-mail to office[at]ecoterra-international.org

For families of presently captive seafarers – in order to advise and console their worries – ECOTERRA Intl. can establish contacts with professional seafarers, who had been abducted in Somalia, and their wives as well as of a Captain of a sea-jacked and released ship, who agreed to be addressed “with questions, and we will answer truthfully”.

ECOTERRA – ALERTS and pending issues:

PIRATE ATTACK GULF OF ADEN: Advice on Who to Contact and What to Do http://www.noonsite.com/Members/sue/R2008-09-08-2

NATURAL RESOURCES & ARMED FISH POACHERS: Foreign navies entering the 200nm EEZ of Somalia and foreign helicopters and troops must respect the fact that especially all wildlife is protected by Somali national as well as by international laws and that the protection of the marine resources of Somalia from illegally fishing foreign vessels should be an integral part of the anti-piracy operations. Likewise the navies must adhere to international standards and not pollute the coastal waters with oil, ballast water or waste from their own ships but help Somalia to fight against any dumping of any waste (incl. diluted, toxic or nuclear waste). So far and though the AU as well as the UN has called since long on other nations to respect the 200 nm EEZ, only now the two countries (Spain and France) to which the most notorious vessels and fleets are linked have come up with a declaration that they will respect the 200 nm EEZ of Somalia but so far not any of the navies operating in the area pledged to stand against illegal fishing. So far not a single illegal fishing vessel has been detained by the naval forces, though they had been even informed about several actual cases, where an intervention would have been possible. Illegally operating Tuna fishing vessels (many from South Korea, some from Greece and China) carry now armed personnel and force their way into the Somali fishing grounds – uncontrolled or even protected by the naval forces mandated to guard the Somali waters against any criminal activity, which included arms carried by foreign fishing vessels in Somali waters.

LLWs / NLWs: According to recently leaked information the anti-piracy operations in the Gulf of Aden are also used as a cover-up for the live testing of recently developed arsenals of so called non-lethal as well as sub-lethal weapons systems. (Pls request details) Neither the Navies nor the UN has come up with any code of conduct in this respect, while the Joint Non-Lethal Weapons Program (JNLWP) is sponsoring several service-led acquisition programs, including the VLAD, Joint Integration Program, and Improved Flash Bang Grenade. Alredy in use in Somalia are so called Non-lethal optical distractors, which are visible laser devices that have reversible optical effects. These types of non-blinding laser devices use highly directional optical energy. Somalia is also a testing ground for the further developments of the Active Denial System (ADS) Advanced Concept Technology Demonstration (ACTD). If new developments using millimeter wave sources that will help minimize the size, weight, and system cost of an effective Active Denial System which provides “ADS-ACTD-like” repel effects, are used has not yet been revealed. Obviously not only the US is developing and using these kind of weapons as the case of MV MARATHON showed, where a Spanish naval vessel was using optical lasers – the stand-off was then broken by the killing of one of the hostage seafarers. Local observers also claim that HEMI devices, producing Human Electro-Muscular Incapacitation (HEMI) Bioeffects, have been used in the Gulf of Aden against Somalis. Exposure to HEMI devices, which can be understood as a stun-gun shot at an individual over a larger distance, causes muscle contractions that temporarily disable an individual. Research efforts are under way to develop a longer-duration of this effect than is currently available. The live tests are apparently done without that science understands yet the effects of HEMI electrical waveforms on a human body.

WARBOTS, UAVs etc.: Peter Singer says: “By cutting the already tenuous link between the public and its nation’s foreign policy, pain-free war would pervert the whole idea of the democratic process and citizenship as they relate to war. When a citizenry has no sense of sacrifice or even the prospect of sacrifice, the decision to go to war becomes just like any other policy decision, weighed by the same calculus used to determine whether to raise bridge tolls. Instead of widespread engagement and debate over the most important decision a government can make, you get popular indifference. When technology turns war into something merely to be watched, and not weighed with great seriousness, the checks and balances that undergird democracy go by the wayside. This could well mean the end of any idea of democratic peace that supposedly sets our foreign-policy decision making apart. Such wars without costs could even undermine the morality of “good” wars. When a nation decides to go to war, it is not just deciding to break stuff in some foreign land. As one philosopher put it, the very decision is “a reflection of the moral character of the community who decides.” Without public debate and support and without risking troops, the decision to go to war becomes the act of a nation that doesn’t give a damn.”

ECOTERRA Intl., whose work does focus on nature- and human-rights-protection and – as the last international environmental organization still working in Somalia – had alerted ship-owners since 1992, many of whom were fishing illegally in the since 1972 established 200 nm territorial waters of Somalia and today’s 200nm Exclusive Economic Zone (UNCLOS) of Somalia, to stay away from Somali waters. The non-governmental organization had requested the international community many times for help to protect the coastal waters of the war-torn state from all exploiters, but now lawlessness has seriously increased and gone out of hand – even with the navies.

ECOTERRA members with marine and maritime expertise, joined by it’s ECOP-marine group, are closely and continuously monitoring and advising on the Somali situation. (for previous information concerning the topics please google keywords ECOTERRA (and) SOMALIA)

The network of the SEAFARERS ASSISTANCE PROGRAMME helped significantly in most sea-jack cases. ECOTERRA Intl. is working in Somalia since 1986 on human-rights and nature protection, while ECOP-marine concentrates on illegal fishing and the protection of the marine ecosystems. Your support counts too.

Please consider to contribute to the work of SAP, ECOP-marine and ECOTERRA Intl. Please donate to the defence fund.

Contact us for details concerning project-sponsorship or donations via e-mail: ecotrust[at]ecoterra.net

Kindly note that all the information above is distributed under and is subject to a license under the Creative Commons Attribution. ECOTERRA, however, reserves the right to editorial changes. To view a copy of this licence, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/2.0/uk/. The opinion of individual authors, whose writings are provided here for strictly educational and informational purposes, does not necessarily reflect the views held by ECOTERRA Intl. unless endorsed. With each issue of the SMCM ECOTERRA Intl. tries to paint a timely picture containing the actual facts and often differing opinions of people from all walks of live concerning issues, which do have an impact on the Somali people, Somalia as a nation, the region and in many cases even the world.

Send your genuine articles, networked or confidential information please to: mailhub[at]ecoterra.net (anti-spam-verifier equipped)

Pls cite ECOTERRA Intl. – www.ecoterra-international.org as source (not necessarily as author) for onward publications, where no other source is quoted.

Press Contacts:

ECOP-marine
East-Africa
+254-714-747090
marine[at]ecop.info
www.ecop.info

ECOTERRA Intl.
Nairobi Node
africanode[at]ecoterra.net
+254-733-633-733

EA Seafarers Assistance Programme
SAP Media Officers
+254-722-613858
+254-733-385868
sap[at]ecoterra.net

N.B.: If you are missing certain editions of our updates, this can have two reasons: Either you have not white-listed our sender address office[at}ecoterra-international.org for your inbox and your server provides for censorship (beware of yahoo and barracudacentral as filter - it shows only that you want to remain dumb folded) or you do not belong [yet] to our trusted friends and supporters, who receive all updates including those with classified content. Join the network or become a funding supporter to get them all. Look up earlier public updates on the internet – e.g. at: http://www.australia.to/index.php?option=com_content&view=category&id=136&Itemid=229

To subscribe to or unsubscribe from this listserve – just send a mail with reference SMCM to office[at]ecoterra-international.org

We welcome the submission of articles for publication through the SMCM.

Note: ECOTERRA is not responsible for the spam that sometimes appears to come from our domains. This is spoofed mail, is part of a systematic, ongoing harassment of many independent groups and websites, and is under FBI investigation.

For more information see this article in The Nation or this article in Wired News.

One tree makes approx. 16.67 reams of copy/printing paper or 8,333.3 A4 sheets.
Kindly print this email only if strictly necessary.

Tags: , , , , , , ,

Saturday, October 23rd, 2010 Grants No Comments

Somalia, Piracy, and Civil War – Ecoterra Intl. Somali Marine & Coastal Monitor No. 181

Somalia, Piracy, and Civil War - Ecoterra Intl. Somali Marine & Coastal Monitor No. 181

Key details about the latest developments around the Horn of Africa, along with related documents, comments and analyses, are made available in the Ecoterra Press Release Issue No. 181 that I herewith republish.

Ecoterra Intl. – SMCM (Somali Marine & Coastal Monitor) – 2009-05-25 / 23h57:28 UTC

Issue No. 181

Ecoterra International – Updates & Statements, Review & Clearing-house

A Voice from the Truth- & Justice-Seekers, who sit between all chairs, because they are not part of organized white-collar or no-collar-crime in Somalia or overseas, and who neither benefit from global naval militarization, from the illegal fishing and dumping in Somali waters or the piracy of merchant vessels, nor from the booming insurance business or the exorbitant ransom-, risk-management- or security industry, while neither the protection of the sea, the development of fishing communities nor the humanitarian assistance to abducted seafarers and their families is receiving the required adequate attention, care and funding.

“During times of universal deceit, telling the truth becomes a revolutionary act”. George Orwell

EA Illegal Fishing and Dumping Hotline: +254-714-747090 (confidentiality guaranteed) – email: somalia@ecoterra.net

EA Seafarers Assistance Programme Emergency Helpline: SMS to +254-738-497979 or call +254-733-633-733

“The pirates must not be allowed to destroy our dream!”

Capt. Florent Lemaçon – F/Y TANIT – killed by attack of French commandos – 10. April 2009

Non A La Guerre – Yes To Peace

(Inscription on the sail of F/Y TANIT shot down on day one of the French assault)

Clearing-house

Breaking:

A Canadian reporter and an Australian photographer held hostage in Somalia for nine months said they are in poor health and want more help from their governments to secure their release.

Freelance journalist Amanda Lindhout and photographer Nigel Brennan spoke to an AFP correspondent in Mogadishu by phone for five minutes on Sunday from an undisclosed location.

The call was obtained after weeks of efforts to establish contact with the hostages, who appeared to be reading or reciting a statement, possibly under duress. There was no independent confirmation of their identities.

“I have been sick for months. Unless my government, the people of Canada, all my family and friends can get one million dollars, I will die here, OK that is certain”, Lindhout said, sounding very distressed.

She urged the Canadian government to give more help to her family’s attempts to secure her release after 274 days in detention with Brennan. The pair were abducted while on a freelance assignment.

The call was made through an intermediary, who claimed to be speaking on behalf of the kidnappers.

A Somali journalist and two drivers who were captured with Lindhout and Brennan were released on January 16.

“The situation here is very dire and very serious. I’ve been a hostage for nine months, the conditions are very bad, I don’t drink clean water, I am fed at most once a day”, Lindhout said.

“I’m being kept… in a dark windowless room, completely alone”, she added. “I love my country and I want to return so I beg my government to come to my aid. Likewise, I ask all my fellow Canadian citizens and my family to contribute in any way possible in order to help me finally be released from Somalia and be able to return home”, said Lindhout.

No official comment from the authorities of Canada and Australia were immediately available.

The pair’s kidnapping has been one of the longest in recent cases of abductions in Somalia, which is one of the world’s most dangerous countries for journalists and aid workers.

All previous kidnappings of journalists have ended with the release of the hostages amid claims that ransoms were paid.

The kidnappers have made no political claims since the kidnapping but negotiations for their release have reportedly collapsed several times.
Australian photographer Nigel Brennan also said that the nine months of detention had taken a heavy toll.

“I’ve been shackled for the last four months… My health is extremely poor and deteriorating rapidly due to extreme fever”, he said.

“I implore that my government help me as a citizen of Australia (inaudible)… I ask for the help of my family in every way possible so that the ransom can be paid for my release”, Brennan said.

“I love my country very much, I love my family, my girlfriend”, he added. When the AFP reporter asked Lindhout further details on her health situation, she said she was not able to take further questions.

“I cannot answer any question that you have. What I just said, that’s all I can say”, she said.

News from sea-jackings, abductions or newly attacked ships

Humanitarian interventions and local efforts achieved that all crew members are back again on board of MV HANSA STAVANGER. The abducted vessel is still held near Harardheere, an area at the central coast of Somalia, where in the moment the majority of hostage-ships are moored.

Malaysian motor-tug MASINDRA 7 with attached Indonesian barge ADM1 was transferred again to Bandar-Bayla after a forth promised attempt by the Malaysian owner to solve the case – this time from Yemen – obviously had failed. The vessel and barge was now held around 8nm off Bandar-Bayla. While the captain reported via satellite phone during the last days that the crew was all right, given the circumstances and though they have very little food forcing them to eat only ever other day, the communication with the ship was not possible today after local monitors reported an attack on the vessel. Allegedly one of the pirate-leaders was seriously injured by an attack from a hired vessel, which operates sometimes as coastguard. It has not yet independently confirmed if the crew and the tug have been freed.

Also today a Tuna fishing vessel was attacked on the North-East coast. The vessel operated by a Somali businessman from the United Arab Emirates is in the moment under attack. The businessman of the Ali Salban clan had equipped the vessel with Somali armed guards and a serious crossfire ensued. The vessel then switched off all lights and tried to escape in the night, but is still pursued. The vessel is allegedly a Korean vessel but Somali sources often speak also of “Korean vessels” when the crew are Korean, like it first was the case with the recently arrested two Greek fishing vessels GRECO 1 and GRECO 2.

The two warships from the Netherlands and Spain covering MV MARATHON had driven the vessel further away from the Gulf of Aden shore and it was over the weekend reported to float around 80nm from the Somali coast. Today the vessel reportedly came again closer and is said to be now around 34nm from land. While the Dutch warship is around 40 miles away from the vessel, the second warship is still very close, marine observers reported. The situation on board is apparently extremely tense. A locally reported incident allegedly causing the death of the 2nd engineer of the vessel at the hands of the pirates several days ago was also reported now by other local sources, but is still not yet independently confirmed.

We’re not pirates says group holding the Egyptian fishing vessels MFV MOMTAZ 1 and MFV SAMARA AHMED and insist that the 34 crew shall be prosecuted for illegal fishing. see: http://en.rian.ru/video/20090416/121154924.html The owners of the rusty ships with little value meanwhile had to face the brunt and even public demonstrations by the families of the seafarers in Cairo. The Egyptian Government actually had instructed all vessel owners to stay out of Somali waters and warned especially fishing companies not to fish around Somalia. But the multi-million dollar industry of illegal fishing around the Horn of Africa attracts fish-poachers not only from nations like Egypt, France, Greece and Spain but specifically from rogue states like Korea, Taiwan which obviously even support IUU fishing.

Reference to the ownership of infamous Greek owned small tanker MT AGIA BARABARA whose 6 Indian and 6 Syrian crew is still wanted for murder in Mogadishu has been deleted from major shipping lists. The vessel was renamed AGIA BARBARA in February 2008 when it was sold by Delta International to Meadowlark Shipping & Trading Co., Piraeus and re-flagged from Greece to Panama.

No hint, however, is found in the ship registers for an alleged sale in September 2008 to so far unknown WORLD CHAMPION MARINE. Reference is now made only to the Hellenic Register of Shipping, but there neither AGIA BARBARA nor the company Meadowlark nor the company World Champion Marine appear – neither in the main register nor the declassified nor the newly classified list.

And even the future of the Hellenic Register of Shipping itself appears grim, after the EU’s official decision to implement a 17-month ban of the classification society. Under this decision, the Register won’t be able to class new ships, at least until it successfully remedies serious quality issues.

According to the EU’s decision, “Given its extreme complexity and the high number of ships potentially concerned, this process could only be completed over a significant length of time, spanning several months, during which the ships concerned might remain uninspected and eventually be forced to suspend their trade. This situation would entail the risk of a collapse of a vital public service and constitute an immediate and serious threat to both the safety and the economic viability of the fleet concerned”. The Hellenic Register is the leading class certificate provided towards the public domestic passenger transport industry, therefore raising serious problems of security standards applied.

Until those security holes are addressed, the EU will retain limited recognition of the Hellenic Register. It’s clear that the management of the Register must swiftly take action and conduct serious improvements on the training and monitoring of its surveyors and employment of non-exclusive surveyors, its adherence to requirements and the quality of the certificates it awards. HRS-classed ships under the Hellenic flag will face three-month snap inspections during the company’s probation period, and all HRS surveys will have to be conducted either by local surveyors, or jointly with local surveyors or surveyors from another recognized class society.

It has emerged that HRS managing director Costas Chiou has resigned, in a move believed to have stemmed from the society’s suspension. Dimitrios Gousis, who retired earlier this year as Chief of the Hellenic Navy, has been appointed to head the troubled society. It is understood that an appeal has been launched by HRS.

One point must be very well taken from all this: As long as there is such a mess in the shipping industry, as long there are so many possibilities to fly also unregistered aircraft and drive clandestine lorries across often unguarded and even disputed borders in African, any kind of boycott to stop the flow of illegal weapons, to hinder insurgents to reach hot-spots and hide-outs or to curb piracy related activities will be not only futile but to the opposite it will only strengthen the boycott-breaking criminal networks and corrupt government officials in the region. A land-, sea- and air-boycott of Somalia therefore will actually achieve the opposite to what it officially shall achieve. It will support the crooks and will hinder humanitarian access and thereby radicalize the situation even more.

A NATO warship in the Gulf of Aden has intercepted two boats carrying suspected pirates and has disarmed them, AP news agency reports. A Canadian frigate chased the two boats and eventually boarded them. NATO says it found a large amount of firearms and rocket-propelled grenades, as well as equipment such as hook ladders. The suspected pirates were released after the equipment was confiscated.

With the latest captures and releases now still at least 15 foreign vessels (16 with an unnamed sole Barge which drifted ashore) with a total of not less than 210 crew members accounted for (of which 44 are confirmed to be Filipinos) are held in Somali waters and are monitored on our actual case-list, while several other cases of ships, which were observed off the coast of Somalia and have been reported or had reportedly disappeared without trace or information, are still being followed. Over 134 incidences (including attempted attacks, averted attacks and successful sea-jackings) have been recorded for 2008 with 49 fully documented, factual sea-jacking cases (for Somalia, incl. presently held ones) and the mistaken sinking of one vessel by a naval force. For 2009 the account stands at 116 attacks (incl. averted or abandoned attacks) with 36 sea-jackings on the Somali/Yemeni pirate side as well as at least two wrongful attacks (incl. friendly fire) on the side of the naval forces.

Mystery pirate mother-vessels Athena/Arena and Burum Ocean as well as not fully documented cases of absconded vessels are not listed in the sea-jack count until clarification. Several other vessels with unclear fate (also not in the actual count), who were reported missing over the last ten years in this area, are still kept on our watch-list, though in some cases it is presumed that they sunk due to bad weather or being unfit to sail. In the last four years, 22 missing ships have been traced back with different names, flags and superstructures. Piracy incidents usually degrade during the monsoon season in winter and rise gradually by the end of the monsoon season starting from mid February and early April every year. Present multi-factorial risk assessment code: Yellow (Red = Very much likely, high season; Orange = Reduced risk, but likely, Yellow = significantly reduced risk, but still likely, Blue = possible, Green = unlikely). Allegedly four groups from Puntland alone are still out hunting on the Gulf of Aden and the Indian Ocean.
Directly piracy related reports

What many monitors and groups in Puntland and Mudug call a hoax, the BBC reported as: Somali gunmen ‘renounce piracy’

Around 200 Somali pirates are reported to have renounced piracy at a meeting in northern Somalia. Members of the group met local leaders and Somali expatriates in Eyl, in the autonomous region of Puntland, and promised to halt their activities. Pirate representative Abshir Abdullah told the BBC he urged other groups to free ships in return for amnesty. Pirates have been coming under pressure from local leaders, who have accused them of corrupting their communities. Somalia has been without a stable government since 1991, allowing piracy to flourish. The problem worsened in the first months of 2009 despite patrols by foreign navies.

Last week, Somalia’s interim government asked for international help to set up a national coastguard to help tackle piracy, and protect fishermen from illegal foreign fishing boats and to prevent dumping of toxic materials.

Mr. Abshir Abdullah, a well-known pirate chief in Puntland, says his group is not holding any ships at present and the authorities have agreed to give them amnesty for previous hijackings. “I see myself as someone who has been saved from bad deeds”, he told the BBC’s Somali Service. “I understand the wrong things that I was involved in and I’m aware now these acts are wrong in Islamic teachings. Mr. Abdullah says he has agreed to work with local leaders to get other pirates to give up what can be a lucrative life on the high seas. I will advice those who want to go to sea, they must not do it and I hope they will stop it as we have agreed. The ones who are holding ships now, I would call them to release them and they ought not to do it again”.

Correct is that many local people who suffer at the hands of pirates, because e.g. their boats are stolen, or because certain governmental quarters from the administration of Puntland indiscriminately harass the population for their alleged support to those pirate gangs, who do not pay a share to the authorities, are fed up

Marine ecosystem and IUU fishing

Stop illegal fishing In Somaliland by Amiin Dahir

The primarily detrimental issue in the failing development of the sea fisheries sector in Somaliland is the irresponsible fishing practices known internationally as illegal, unreported and unregulated (IUU) fishing. These have become a direct threat to the efforts to responsibly manage Somaliland’s fish resources and are an impediment to achieve sustainable fishing.

Illegal fishing in Somaliland is generally done by fishing boats that operate without a fishing operations permit (SFP) or fishing permit document. These boats are surely not going to report their catch, nor pay the taxes they owe to the government. There are also boats that hold the right permits but do not abide by the stated regulations, which include provisions for using permitted fishing equipment, for designated fishing trails and areas and for approved gross tonnage measurements and boats, while the use of illegal equipment and even dangerous substances is common.

Then there is unreported fishing, that is when fishermen do not report their catch or production appropriately, or not at all. The unreported selling of fish in mid-sea falls under this category too. In Somaliland the term unregulated fishing still does not have a legal definition. There should be a set of references and supporting tools that can quickly and properly help to determine whether there is any violation in certain suspicious fishing activities. Practitioners need references that can be understood in the same way the law enforcement units understand them.

A lot of fishing areas in Somaliland are considered “open access”, which means anybody can freely and easily exploit the resources without an obligation to follow or comply with certain regulations. The open exploitation of fish gives a chance to local and foreign fishermen to exploit resources without having to consider sustainability. Managing the utilization of fish resources at the international and national level, including provincial and district regulations, have not been elaborated by law makers and therefore are not appropriately implemented by law enforcement or business practitioners.

For this reason, a fish resource management policy that is appropriate for Somaliland needs to be established urgently and then enforced by the relevant institutions. Moreover, greater effort is needed to overcome irresponsible fishing. Any one who checks our sea activity can find several weaknesses in the handling of SFP fishing activities, including the following:

A very limited amount of government employees are investigating the fishing industry. The Berbera sea area, for example, has not even one fisheries investigators with the regional sea office. Given the size of the surrounding Somaliland Sea such allows for many problems and this is especially true in several Somaliland regions where there are no fisheries officers at all.

Larger boats for the officials are largely unavailable. There is a serious lack of larger boats for monitoring and they are urgently needed to support and improve the monitoring activities of fish resources. This is urgent because of the frequency of fishing related crimes that take place at our seas. Most fisheries and regional sea offices only have small skiffs to monitor the surrounding coastal waters and thus are unable to go to the high seas and control the EEZ.

Coordination systems are weak. Institutions that coordinate with one another include the fishery and sea regional offices, the Somaliland Navy, the immigration officials, customs and the Sea Police. Unfortunately joint meetings are not routinely held and only happen incidentally when problems arise, meaning a lot of crimes at sea go unnoticed.

Anti-piracy measures

Germany Doubtful of French Plan to Train Somali Troops, reports Der Spiegel
As pirates off Somalia continue to hijack ships, take hostages and collect massive ransoms, governments are scrambling to find a way to fight back. France has proposed training Somali troops, but Germany doubts that the soldiers’ loyalty can be guaranteed.

As Somali pirates continue to hamper seaborne trade off the Horn of Africa, France is calling on its EU partners to provide the funding, expertise and logistical assistance needed to train Somali forces to fight pirates based along the country’s coastline. But Germany has its doubts as to whether such soldiers can be kept from joining the pirates or the numerous warlords ruling over the fractured country.

France broached the idea at a meeting of EU foreign and defense ministers in Brussels last week. According to the French plan, French soldiers would train around 500 Somali security forces in Djibouti, where France has its largest foreign military base. These soldiers would then go on to train 5,500 of their compatriots.

The call comes not long after a donors’ conference organized by the European Union and UN in late April in Brussels, where international donors pledged more than $250 million (€178 million) to help strengthen Somali security forces in their fight against both pirates and militant Islamic forces.

Although German representatives backed the French plan in theory, they first want the EU to check on the plan’s feasibility. Somalia has had no stable government since 1991, when warlords overthrew the country’s long-time dictatorship, and the current government is threatened by Islamic militants and only has a firm grip over certain parts of Mogadishu, the capital city.

In particular, the German government is worried that the Somali government would be unable to pay its own security forces — or even keep them under control. Likewise, German military forces worry that Somali forces trained and armed with EU-supplied weapons might cross over and join the pirates — and further complicate the fight. They point to instances in Afghanistan where police officers trained by German forces have crossed over to enemy lines and to the fact that Somali soldiers already trained by EU forces have been accused of major crimes and human rights offenses.

Increasing Worries

As of Friday, pirates had attacked more than 80 ships in the Gulf of Aden in 2009 alone and hijacked 29 of them. In 2008, the International Maritime Bureau recorded 111 pirate attacks off the Horn of Africa, a dramatic increase over the previous year.

Pirates based mainly in the Puntland region of Somalia continue to hold more than a dozen vessels and several hundred crew members. Such hijackings are, as a rule, leveraged into sizable ransoms with pirates bringing in an estimated $30 million in 2008 alone.

Over a dozen countries have dispatched ships to the waters off the Horn of Africa to help combat the pirates. The EU mission is also considering whether it should expand its naval anti-piracy operations to cover the Seychelles Islands in the Indian Ocean, where pirate activities have increased recently.

French President Nicolas Sarkozy has been particularly vocal about fighting piracy. On Tuesday, he will be in United Arab Emirates to inaugurate a new French naval base in Abu Dhabi, which is expected to help international efforts to combat piracy and safeguard key shipping lanes in the Persian Gulf.

Is A Coast Guard Enough?

What is being done with the ransom money the pirates collect is also of much concern to foreign governments. At an international piracy conference held last week in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, Abdul Wahid Mohamad, the director of Puntland’s fisheries ministry, warned that the number of Somali pirates — which he put at more than 1,000 — was increasing in size and power. “There are growing indications that wealthier pirates … may become new warlords and create extremist organizations”, Mohamad said, according to the AP. He went on to urge the creation of a Somali coast guard “to prevent pirate boats before they go into deep sea”.

Others have suggested that another way to combat piracy is to revive the country’s fishing industry, which has been decimated by civil war and foreign trawlers illegally fishing Somali waters. “The answer is neither at sea or military but on land”, Capt. Christophe Pipolo, a security adviser for France’s Foreign Ministry, told conference attendees.

Yet another suggestion involves the ships targeted by the pirates themselves. Last Thursday, the head of Liberty Maritime Corp., a New York-based company whose ship was recently attacked by pirates while transporting humanitarian aid to Africa, urged the US Congress to either place armed personnel on US ships or loosen restrictions that prevent them from arming themselves. “In our view, small embarked security teams are a more effective deterrent than patrolling the entire million square miles of ocean that are affected”, Philip Shapiro told the House of Representative’s Transportation subcommittee, the AP reported.

Iran has dispatched six warships to the Gulf of Aden. The news was released by the Iranian press agency ISNA, reporting a declaration by Admiral Habibollah Sayyari. The ships’ presence, the Admiral said, is a signal to anyone who would want to militarily face the Ayatollah regime. On May 14, the Admiral had announced the dispatch of two further warships to the Gulf of Aden to protect Iranian oil tankers from pirate attacks.

Somali pirates hone their tactics reports Christopher Torchia for AP

The Somali pirates who hijacked the Danish tug Svitzer Korsakov telephoned Yemen, Djibouti and Dubai in a futile search for someone to collect a ransom and forward it to them for a fee. To the captive captain, they seemed like amateurs with no backup on shore.

That was in early 2008, before the explosive growth in piracy around the Horn of Africa. Late that year, the gang that seized the Karagol, a Turkish tanker, was more polished, used a negotiator who spoke good English and brought in other pirates to relieve them while awaiting the payoff.

The contrast between the two incidents seems to point to an increasing level of organization and more involvement of shadowy contacts in Europe and the Middle East.

The gang that seized the Karagol was run by a former Somali army general and the pirates were in constant contact with suspected accomplices in London, Dubai and Yemen, said Haldun Dincel, general manager of Ayder Tankers, which manages the Karagol.

“They were taking orders or receiving advice”, said Dincel, who was involved in ransom negotiations and spoke to crew members after they were released in January.

Since last year, a rash of ship seizures and ransom payments in the crowded waters of the Gulf of Aden has coincided with reports that well-funded syndicates, rather than small-time operators, control piracy from Somalia, a failed state with virtually no law enforcement.

A shipping expert who has negotiated ransom payments describes “a corporate-style” system in which the loot is split 50-50 between the pirates and the organizers on shore.

The negotiator, citing the sensitivity of his work and concerns about his security, spoke on condition neither he nor the country he works from be identified.

An Associated Press reporter listened to recordings of talks in which the negotiator and a pirates’ representative haggle over the ransom.

“Yesterday, I told you very clearly that you have to tell me a reasonable price. Now, $4 million is not a reasonable price”, says the negotiator, who initially offers $200,000. He says it’s difficult to raise money because of the global economic meltdown.
The discussions are halting, repetitive and mostly cordial, although in one conversation, the pirates’ negotiator indicates he is under pressure from the gang he represents and warns that a ransom must be agreed upon and delivered. Otherwise “It will be a problem, my friend”.

The AP was allowed to view cell phone photographs and video surreptitiously taken by captive crew members, on condition no identifying details of the ship be revealed. The images show a close-up of a sleeping pirate, an armed man guarding the crew in the ship’s control room, and a pirate in a sarong slicing meat in the galley.

Photographs taken from an airplane that delivered the ransom show the crew standing on deck with arms raised, indicating they are all present and unharmed, and a cash-packed tube, attached to a parachute, that floats toward a waiting pirate skiff.

The negotiator would not say how long the ship was held and how much ransom was paid, but the case he handled seems to have been markedly different from the experience of the Svitzer Korsakov’s British captain, Irish engineer and four Russian crew, who spent 47 days in captivity.

“The incompetent pirates just didn’t have a system”, Colin Darch, the captain, said in an e-mail to the AP. “When the younger elements suggested running the ship ashore, shooting the Russians and taking me and Fred (the engineer) into the desert, I took a more active role, and suggested the cash be delivered by sea, and thus it was eventually done”.

The ransom negotiator said money delivered by sea or air to Eyl, a Somali coastal town and pirate haven, used to move through the Kenyan port city of Mombassa. After Kenya curbed the deliveries late last year, Dubai became a major collection point for air drops, he said. Some air drops are also made from Congo.

Four main pirate groups operate in Somalia, one of which includes former Somali navy sailors who have used an old patrol boat as their mother ship, said the negotiator, whose sources include a counterpart who negotiated ransoms on behalf of pirates.

This month, the European Union’s naval task force said mother ships, which re-supply pirate speedboats in the Indian Ocean, were sharing information about potential targets.

The identity of pirate contacts in Europe and the Middle East is a mystery, but some suspect Somali émigrés play a role.

Also unclear is how the pirates pinpoint their targets. Some maritime authorities advise ships to turn off their Automatic Identification System while off the east coast of Somalia, but keep it activated in the more heavily policed Gulf of Aden. The system can transmit ship details, including speed and location, and pirates with the same technology, possibly aboard a seized vessel, could theoretically use it to their advantage.

Cmdr. Jane Campbell, of the U.S. 5th Fleet in Bahrain, said pirate tactics have clearly evolved, but they still remain basic, with pirates scouting slow-moving, vulnerable targets.

“They operate from small skiffs and mother ships, use cell phones, grappling hooks and a variety of small arms”, Campbell said.

“Most negotiations take place ashore, but the way the ransoms are paid is rudimentary. They don’t work with offshore banks or sophisticated wiring systems. What we see are aircraft being used to drop cash into the water or on the deck of the ships”.

Russia’s foreign minister has met with his Somali counterpart to discuss international efforts to protect shipping routes in the Gulf of Aden from Somali pirate attacks, the Russian ministry said. Lavrov met with Muhammad Abdullahi Omar on Saturday on the sidelines of the Organization of the Islamic Conference foreign ministers’ meeting in the Syrian capital, Damascus. “The sides agreed on the need to achieve a strong national reconciliation in this country, in the interests of strengthening security and stability in the region. Problems of tackling piracy off the Horn of Africa coastline were discussed in detail”, the Foreign Ministry said in a statement. Somalia has been without an effective government since the Revolutionary Socialist Party was overthrown in 1991. The internationally recognized federal government controls only the capital city of Mogadishu and part of central Somalia. Around 20 warships from the navies of at least a dozen countries, including Russia, are involved in anti-piracy operations off Somalia. According to the United Nations, Somali pirates carried out at least 120 attacks on ships in 2008, resulting in combined ransom payouts of around $150 million.

No real peace in sight yet

Aid work in Mogadishu grinding to a halt

Local NGOs in the Somali capital, Mogadishu, have set up a task force in a bid to mobilise urgent help for thousands of displaced civilians.

“The situation is so bad that if nothing is done many will die”, Asha Sha’ur, a civil society activist, told IRIN on 25 May. “We are appealing to the international aid agencies to help these desperate people before it is too late”.

Aid work in Mogadishu has virtually ground to a halt because of increasing violence. An estimated 57,000-60,000 people have fled their homes since the latest fighting flared on 8 May, according to the UN Refugee Agency, UNHCR.

According to Ali Sheikh Yassin, deputy chairman of the Mogadishu-based Elman Human Rights Organisation (EHRO), 207 people have been killed since the latest clashes began on 8 May. He said that on 22 May alone some 59 people were killed in the city but the figure reflected only the deaths the group could verify.

“Many people have been buried where they died”.

Yassin said the death toll included seven policemen killed by a suicide bomber on 24 May.

The violence has forced Médecins Sans Frontières to close its outpatient clinic in Yaaqshid district. The health facility would re-open once there was minimum security, it said.

“Even local NGOs are afraid to respond because of the uncertain security situation”, a local humanitarian worker said.

Last week, the UN Children’s Agency (UNICEF) reported the looting of its compound in Jowhar, 90km south of Mogadishu, when Al-Shabab militia captured the town.

More than 50,000 severely malnourished children and at least 85,000 moderately malnourished children in south-central Somalia have been affected by the interruption in nutritional and medical supplies.

The 17 May looting resulted in the destruction of humanitarian supplies, assets and equipment. “The cold chain [vaccine storage] equipment was affected, destroying thousands of doses of measles, polio and other vaccines meant for Somali children”, UNICEF said.

Sha’ur and other civil society leaders urged the international community and Somalis in the diaspora to help the thousands of desperate people displaced by the violence that has pitted government forces against insurgents.

“The reason we set up this task force is to make sure that we accompany [aid agencies] wherever they want to go”, Sha’ur said. “We were at some of these camps [on the outskirts of the city] and found the conditions heart-wrenching”.

The newly displaced were living in dire conditions. “Many of them have no shelter and so are sharing small spaces with others and have very little food, if any”, Sha’ur said. “They need help in all areas but shelter is most urgent”.

Nasteho Osman, a 29-year-old single mother of four, returned last week to the camps for the displaced which she left only a month ago.

“I was in Bakara market when the fighting began [on 8 May]; I had to rush back to my house to make sure my children were safe”, Osman said. “I got out six days ago with only what we could carry”.

The situation deteriorates whenever it rains. “We only have one small shack that we use for shelter and when it rains, no one can sleep”, Osman added.

Ogaden liberation front rebels (ONLF) accused Monday Ethiopia of being killing more than 50 Somali civilians in eastern Ethiopia. Hussein Nur, the information secretary of ONLF denounced the Ethiopian troops of killing more than 50 Somali people in Somali administration in the eastern Ethiopia in over the past days. The information secretary of ONLF who is Doha city said that the Ethiopian troops killed more people in the region and arrested many others adding that the troops had also raped at least 5 girls in the Somali region in Ethiopia. He said it was too complicated to get information from the region quickly due to lack of telecommunication. The Ethiopian troops are often accused of committing brutal actions against the Somali people who live in eastern regions in Ethiopian. ONLF rebels are fighting for the independence of the Somali inhabited regions in eastern Ethiopia.

Ethiopia never left Somalia – It was a deceptive charade
by Sophia Tesfamariam

The BBC and other media are reporting the “return of Ethiopian troops to Somalia”. How can they “return” when they never left? My sources, who served as advisors to Abdulahi Yusuf, leader of the Eldoret formed Transitional National Government of Somalia (TNG), tell me that Meles Zenawi’s forces never left Somalia. They may have left Mogadishu but they certainly did not leave Somalia. The Ethiopian regime has lied abut its presence in Somalia from day one. After denying its presence in Somalia in 2006, it was forced to admit that it had forces all over Somalia. Then it came up with a convenient lie and claimed that it was there at the invitation of Abdulahi Yusuf’s TNG. The media reported about the presence of 8000 Ethiopian troops. That too was a lie. There were over 25,000 Ethiopian troops in Somalia.

It was on Christmas Eve 24 December 2006 that the US-backed minority regime in Ethiopia invaded Somalia to oust the Union of Islamic Courts (UIC) which was expanding its influence throughout Somalia. Sheikh Sharif, who now heads the TNG, was “hunted down” by Meles Zenawi’s forces. Vicki Huddleston and Jendayi E. Frazier called the UIC a threat to Ethiopia’s security and accused them of harboring Al Qaeda operatives, including those who bombed the US Embassies in Kenya and Tanzania, and for “introducing strict Islamic laws” and “banning khat”. The invasion brought chaos and destruction to Somalia. Over a million people were displaced, tens of thousands massacred in cold blood and Somali’s infrastructures destroyed. The UN led international community created another TNG in Djibouti, forced the resignation of Abdulahi Yusuf, and Sheikh Sharif Ahmed was chosen as the new President of Somalia.

Just as the Bush Administration was leaving Washington, in January 2009, after two years of pillage and destruction, Meles Zenawi claiming “victory”, announced that his marauding forces would leave Somalia. Only the gullible believed that unlikely story. If the Ethiopian troops were to leave Somalia, who then was going to “prop up” the new TNG formed in Djibouti? After all, it was not chosen by the people of Somalia. The west may have labeled the new TNG “moderate”, but that is not going to bring it legitimacy in the eyes of the Somali people. The people of Somalia must be given the chance to choose their own leaders and set the criteria for themselves.

The people of Somalia had accepted Sheikh Sharif and the UIC in 2006 in spite of the labels placed on them by Jendayi Frazier and Meles Zenawi. They had accepted Sheikh Sharif Ahmed then because he was borne out of their struggle against the Alliance for the Restoration of Peace and Anti Terrorism-CIA sponsored warlords who had prevented the Eldoret formed TNG from establishing itself in Somalia, forcing it to remain in Kenya for over two years. Jendayi Frazer and Meles Zenawi planned and carried out the ouster of the UIC and Sheikh Sharif Ahmed from Somalia in order to establish the puppet regime of Abdulahi Yusuf and Ali Mohammed Ghedi, a regime that would be amenable to Meles Zenawi and the West.

Sheikh Sharif was forced into exile and so were his comrades. He took refuge in Eritrea where the Alliance for the Re-liberation and Reconstitution of Somalia (ARS) was formed by about 450 Somalis representing a cross section of the Somali people. They called for the unconditional removal of Ethiopian and other foreign forces from Somalia. Jendayi Frazer and Meles Zenawi blacklisted Eritrea for not supporting the puppet TNG led by Abdulahi Yusuf and Ali Mohammed Ghedi. The UN Security Council decided that the TNG led by Abdulahi Yusuf was the only legitimate government of Somalia.

Today, the UN is once again telling us that the only legitimate government of Somalia is the one led by Sheikh Sharif Ahmed, the same person that was “hunted down” by Meles Zenawi’s forces in 2006 and 2007. The US led international community is once again insisting that all nations accept the newly formed TNG. Sheikh Sharif Ahmed was brought to Mogadishu, but the violence and destructions continue. Today, we hear that Ethiopia is once again in Somalia. I contend that they never left. How many forces did the Djibouti TNG have when it came to Mogadishu? Who took over when the Ethiopians supposedly left in January? Did the African Union forces have the capacity to take over?

How many troops were trained by Ethiopia and UNDP? Did they remain to support the new TNG or did they leave with Abdulahi Yusuf?

I doubt that even the UN has answers to these questions. With all the lies being reported and repeated, it can be very hard to discern the facts about Somalia, but you do not need to be a rocket scientist to figure out this hoax.

Let us take a look at the UN Monitoring Group’s Report of December 2008 to get a better understanding of the forces in Somalia. This is what the Report says about the TNG forces trained by Ethiopia:

- “…The Transitional Federal Government possesses a security establishment of fewer than 20,000 personnel, including military, police and intelligence services. Many of these, however, are believed to be “phantoms”, whose pay — when disbursed — is diverted by senior commanders. Payment is irregular. Over the course of the past six months, effective force levels have been further depleted by attrition and defection…”

- “…The Government of Ethiopia informed the Monitoring Group in October 2008 that it had trained 17,000 Somali security personnel, but did not specify how many were police and how many military. Of that total, Ethiopia believes less than 3,000 may still be effective, suggesting an attrition rate of over 80 per cent. Since most soldiers who desert or defect take their weapons and uniforms with them, this represents some 14,000 new weapons entering Somali territory…”

- “…In 2008, Ethiopia began to withdraw its forces from Somalia and gradually transfer authority to the Transitional Federal Government. During the course of this process, as many as 14,000 Ethiopian-trained troops are believed to have deserted or defected, usually with their uniforms and weapons…”

- “…On a smaller scale, UNDP reported in January 2008 that 225 police officers whom it had trained could not be traced, and estimated that 40 per cent of trainees had deserted by November 2008. According to media reports and a senior Transitional Federal Government source, at least several hundred such trainees have joined armed opposition groups, often taking their arms, uniforms and vehicles with them…”

Here are some news reports about the defection of TNG forces:

- “…A group of soldiers formerly loyal to the allied governments of Somalia and Ethiopia have reportedly switched sides and “surrendered” over to militants leading the insurgency…Abdirahim Isse Addow, a spokesman for the Islamic Courts movement, said seven Somali soldiers and one Ethiopian military officer said the Islamists would welcome the defecting soldiers…A soldier who spoke for the defecting Somali troops said they were all trained in Ethiopia and deployed at the ex-pasta factory, in north Mogadishu…” (Garowe online 7 September 2008)

- “…During this week’s fighting, some government troops have defected to the insurgents, although the government denies it. The local television station HornAfrik has run video of Islamist fighters displaying 17 military vehicles with government plates they said were brought over by defecting soldiers…” (Associated Press 15 May 2009)

According to my sources, the minority regime in Ethiopia, master of gimmicks and deceptions, is at it again. In an elaborate scheme designed to hoodwink the international community and fleece donors of more funds, it seems the shameless regime in Ethiopia is passing off “Ethiopian Somalis” as Somalis. It is the same gimmick it has used to present Tigrayans as Eritreans. Farfetched you say? Well, considering the deceptive nature of the regime and its past activities…

In December 2008, the UN Monitoring Group on Somalia reported the following:

“…At the end of February 2008, the Ethiopian Ministry of Foreign Affairs sent a project document and funding request to the British Government. The project envisaged a six-month training course for 10,000 Somali police, but did not address their subsequent integration into the Somali police force. The description of the training curriculum is vague…Subsequent requests by donors and UNDP to inspect the training course on location were rejected by the Ethiopian Government. They were, however, invited to attend the graduation ceremony that took place on 5 July 2008…The Ethiopian Government provided all trainees with uniforms and individual weapons in preparation for their deployment to Somalia. The military and police contingents traveled in joint convoys from the Ethiopian border to Baidoa. The Ethiopian-trained military contingent remained under Ethiopian Command…”

Why was the TPLF regime being so secretive about its training program if it was on the up and up? According to my sources, all the remaining TNG forces and the “Somali Ethiopians” are under the command of a certain Ethiopia General “Gere”. If they are Somalis, why are they not under TNG control? If that is not bad enough, turns out, the African Union Mission to Somalia (AMISOM) is also under Ethiopian command. It should be recalled that Meles Zenawi heads the African Union’s Peace and Security Council (AU-PSC) which created AMISOM in 2007. Leave it to the bigoted regime to come up with such a deceptive charade.

There is also news about the Sheikh Sharif TNG “downplaying” Ethiopia’s presence in Somalia. That comes as no surprise. When the minority regime’s forces were hunting him down in 2006 and when he took refuge in Eritrea, he was singing a different tune. The UIC was calling for the unconditional removal of Ethiopian forces. Today, he imagines that with the blessing of the UN and AU, he is now part of the “bloc”. In a shameful and reckless display of political immaturity, pandering to Meles Zenawi, he has also taken to denouncing Ginbot 7 (Ethiopian opposition), he knows nothing about. He ought to worry about the people of Somalia’s opposition to his illegitimate TNG, then worry about Ginbot 7.

Instead of engaging in senseless propaganda on behalf of Meles Zenawi and the “bloc”, Sheikh Sharif Ahmed ought to be calling for the unconditional removal of all Ethiopia, Burundi and Ugandan troops from Somalia, for that is what the Somali people want. He should also be calling on the international community to stop exploiting the instability in Somalia and stop the illegal fishing off the coast of Somalia; stop the dumping of nuclear and other waste etc. The UN special envoy to Somalia ought to be defending the rights of the Somali people. Johann Hari in an Independent article posted on the 5 January 2009 wrote:

“…Ahmedou Ould-Abdallah, the UN envoy to Somalia, tells me: “Somebody is dumping nuclear material here. There is also lead, and heavy metals such as cadmium and mercury – you name it”. Much of it can be traced back to European hospitals and factories, who seem to be passing it on to the Italian mafia to “dispose” of cheaply. When I asked Mr Ould-Abdallah what European governments were doing about it, he said with a sigh: “Nothing. There has been no clean-up, no compensation, and no prevention”. …At the same time, other European ships have been looting Somalia’s seas of their greatest resource: seafood. We have destroyed our own fish stocks by overexploitation – and now we have moved on to theirs. More than $300m-worth of tuna, shrimp, and lobster are being stolen every year by illegal trawlers. The local fishermen are now starving…”

The sad thing about this whole sordid criminal, almost mafia-like state of affairs in Somalia is the silence and the acquiescence of the US led international community and the duplicity of the UN Envoy as Somalia disintegrates further. Instead of pointing their blood soaked fingers at Eritrea, they ought to take a good look at the destruction and mayhem they have caused in Somalia as they advance their own interests at the expense (lives) of the Somali people.

It was on 24 May 2007 that I saw Sheikh Sharif Ahmed and his delegation at the Asmara stadium, sitting in a place reserved for guests who come to participate in the Independence Day celebrations. The Government and people of Eritrea treated him with dignity and respect and as one of Eritrea’s friends. Today, as Eritrea celebrates the 18th Independence Anniversary, he finds himself neither a friend of Eritrea, nor wanted or accepted by the Somali people he purports to lead. Forgetting the magnanimity of the Government and people of Eritrea, and has joined in the anti-Eritrea chorus led by the very regimes that hunted him down in 2006. Today, while other invited guests and dignitaries experience the hospitality and friendship of the Eritrean people, Sheikh Sharif Ahmed and the “bloc” led by Meles Zenawi will watch from a distance as Eritrea and her people celebrate their hard earned independence.

Somalia
Question Asked By Lord Avebury

To ask Her Majesty’s Government what assessment they have made of the political and humanitarian consequences of the conflict in Somalia.

The Minister of State, Foreign and Commonwealth Office (Lord Malloch-Brown): My Lords, the Djibouti process led to the expansion of the Somali Parliament and its selection of a new President. The formation of a more broadly based Government provides the best opportunity to create a lasting peace and reconciliation necessary for tackling the ongoing humanitarian crisis. Although that Government are battling an assault by the armed insurgency, they must continue to strive for further reconciliation with those outside the political process.

Lord Avebury: My Lords, if we are really determined to prevent the terrorists affiliated to Al-Shabaab taking over the whole country, is it not necessary to provide greater support in terms of logistics and training, both for the Government’s armed forces and for the AMISOM troops? With regard to the humanitarian crisis, is the noble Lord aware of any steps being taken through the Security Council or otherwise to meet the gap of two-thirds in the funding to meet the needs of the 400,000 people displaced internally, and a similar number in refugee camps in neighbouring countries, particularly Kenya?

Lord Malloch-Brown: My Lords, the noble Lord has repeatedly brought the question of Somalia to this House’s attention, and correctly so, because it is often one of those forgotten crises.

About 40 per cent of the country’s population are displaced, completely dependent on international aid, and it has been very difficult to get it there. Despite the current upsurge of fighting, the distribution continues in key places such as Mogadishu, and the World Food Programme delivered something like 35,000 metric tonnes of food last month. On the noble Lord’s other point, we are also seeking to make sure that AMISOM, to which we have contributed generously, is properly supported during this crisis; and there was a move in the Security Council last week to make sure that the transitional Government’s armed forces be supported with the resources they need and to deal with this critical issue of salaries to solders and police.

Lord Howell of Guildford: My Lords, is it true that the Eritrean army is yet again invading Somalia and helping the Al-Shabaab rebels? I do not know whether the Minister has any news on that. One area where we in this country have a direct interest is the offshore piracy. Is it correct that the Iranians now want to contribute through their naval resources to the anti-piracy movement? Might this not be at least one area where, despite all our disagreements with Iran on everything else, we could co-operate with it?

Lord Malloch-Brown: My Lords, on the noble Lord’s first point, there is pretty strong evidence of Eritrean collusion in the upsurge of violence against the Government and of possible arms re-supply to the rebels by the Eritreans. They were condemned in a Security Council presidential statement at the end of last week and have furiously denied the charges, but frankly that does not give me much confidence—it does not mean that the charges are not true. There is also a real risk of this situation escalating; there have been reports, again denied, of Ethiopian troops returning into Somalia. This is an enormously serious challenge to the Government and we all have reason to be very concerned to support and reinforce them over the coming weeks. I will have to get back to the noble Lord on his second point about Iran and piracy.

Lord Steel of Aikwood: My Lords, given the mayhem that has characterized Somalia for so long, is there not a case for reconsidering the whole question of recognizing the Government in Somaliland, the former British protectorate, which at least is stable and orderly?

Lord Malloch-Brown: My Lords, this is one of those perennial issues which, quite rightly, come up every time that Somalia lurches back into crisis. The noble Lord knows our position, which is that we try to give Somaliland support but we think that its status and potential independence must be dealt with through African forums: first, through talks between the two sides in Somalia and, subsequently, through the AU. We do not think that British recognition of Somaliland would help its goal of independence.
The Lord Bishop of Liverpool: My Lords, we have a large Somali community in Liverpool. Has there been any contact between the Government and local authorities where there are large Somali communities, to address possible tensions that might arise within those communities?

Lord Malloch-Brown: My Lords, the right reverend Prelate raises an important point. I will look into it and ensure that information is being shared. Broadly, I do not think—although he knows better than I do—that this is a situation where our Somali British community is divided, as is the case with some other conflicts with which we have been dealing. I think that among Somalis resident here there is quite broad support for the transitional Government; indeed, one very distinguished British citizen is now the Foreign Minister.

Lord Judd: My Lords, does my noble friend agree that, in the immensely difficult situation as he described it, a priority is to regain access for the free-standing non-governmental humanitarian agencies, which are perceived to have no political agenda of their own and are therefore in a particularly strong position to make a contribution in a fraught situation? Does he also accept that humanitarian assistance and the political dimensions are seldom in watertight compartments and that, in approaching lasting solutions, it is terribly important to listen very carefully to non-governmental organizations about what they are learning in the context of their work?

Lord Malloch-Brown: My Lords, my noble friend is absolutely correct about the critical role of humanitarian non-governmental organizations. DfID is in daily contact not just with the UN agencies and the International Committee of the Red Cross but also with the NGOs involved, to try to work out how we can programme an additional £3.5 million of support. The NGOs are obviously suffering from the same difficulties as the UN agencies, including the huge difficulty of deploying staff there due to the dramatic security situation.

Impacting reports from the global village

Fifteen Russian sailors arrested last year in Spain on drug trafficking charges pleaded guilty on Monday in exchange for a reduced three-year prison term, a defense lawyer said. The lawyer said the sailors will have to pay a fine, and that if they fail to do so their terms will be increased by 30 days. The court’s final verdict is expected in a month’s time, and lawyers intend to push for the sailors’ extradition to Russia. The sailors were detained on May 14, 2008 near the city of Huelva on southwest Spain’s Atlantic coast in a large-scale police operation, after around four metric tons of marijuana was seized from their two vessels, both of which belonged to a Russian company. A total of 34 people are implicated in the case, including Ukrainians, Romanians, Moroccans, Spaniards and Poles.

How MI5 blackmails British Muslims

‘Work for us or we will say you are a terrorist’

By Robert Verkaik, Law Editor – exclusive for The Independent

Five Muslim community workers have accused MI5 of waging a campaign of blackmail and harassment in an attempt to recruit them as informants.

The men claim they were given a choice of working for the Security Service or face detention and harassment in the UK and overseas.

They have made official complaints to the police, to the body which oversees the work of the Security Service and to their local MP Frank Dobson. Now they have decided to speak publicly about their experiences in the hope that publicity will stop similar tactics being used in the future.

Related articles

Home Secretary was warned of MI5′s ‘blackmailing of Muslims’

Pauline Neville-Jones: MI5 must use persuasion – not coercion

Intelligence gathered by informers is crucial to stopping further terror outrages, but the men’s allegations raise concerns about the coercion of young Muslim men by the Security Service and the damage this does to the gathering of information in the future.

Three of the men say they were detained at foreign airports on the orders of MI5 after leaving Britain on family holidays last year.

After they were sent back to the UK, they were interviewed by MI5 officers who, they say, falsely accused them of links to Islamic extremism. On each occasion the agents said they would lift the travel restrictions and threat of detention in return for their co-operation. When the men refused some of them received what they say were intimidating phone calls and threats.

Two other Muslim men say they were approached by MI5 at their homes after police officers posed as postmen. Each of the five men, aged between 19 and 25, was warned that if he did not help the security services he would be considered a terror suspect. A sixth man was held by MI5 for three hours after returning from his honeymoon in Saudi Arabia. He too claims he was threatened with travel restrictions if he tried to leave the UK.

An agent who gave her name as Katherine is alleged to have made direct threats to Adydarus Elmi, a 25-year-old cinema worker from north London. In one telephone call she rang him at 7am to congratulate him on the birth of his baby girl. His wife was still seven months’ pregnant and the couple had expressly told the hospital that they did not want to know the sex of their child.

Mr. Elmi further alleges: “Katherine tried to threaten me by saying, and it still runs through my mind now: ‘Remember, this won’t be the last time we ever meet.’ And then during our last conversation she explained: ‘If you do not want anything to happen to your family you will co-operate’”.

Madhi Hashi, a 19-year-old care worker from Camden, claims he was held for 16 hours in a cell in Djibouti airport on the orders of MI5. He alleges that when he was returned to the UK on 9 April this year he was met by an MI5 agent who told him his terror suspect status would remain until he agreed to work for the Security Service. He alleges that he was to be given the job of informing on his friends by encouraging them to talk about jihad.

Mohamed Nur, 25, a community youth worker from north London, claims he was threatened by the Security Service after an agent gained access to his home accompanied by a police officer posing as a postman.

“The MI5 agent said, ‘Mohamed if you do not work for us we will tell any foreign country you try to travel to that you are a suspected terrorist’”.

Mohamed Aden, 25, a community youth worker from Camden, was also approached by someone disguised as a postman in August last year. He alleges an agent told him: “We’re going to make your traveling harder for you if you don’t co-operate”.

None of the six men, who work with disadvantaged youths at the Kentish Town Community Organisation (KTCO), has ever been arrested for terrorism or a terrorism-related offence.

They have repeatedly complained about their treatment to the police and to the Investigatory Powers Tribunal, which oversees the work of the Security Services.

In a letter to Lord Justice Mummery, who heads the tribunal, Sharhabeel Lone, the chairman of the KTCO, said: “The only thing these young people have in common is that they studied Arabic abroad and are of Somali origin. They are not involved in any terrorist activity whatsoever, nor have they ever been, and the security services are well aware of this”.

Mr Sharhabeel added: “These incidents smack of racism, Islamophobia and all that undermines social cohesion. Threatening British citizens, harassing them in their own country, alienating young people who have committed no crime other than practicing a particular faith and being a different colour is a recipe for disaster.

These disgraceful incidents have undermined 10 years of hard work and severely impacted social cohesion in Camden. Targeting young people that are role models for all young people in our country in such a disparaging way demonstrates a total lack of understanding of on-the-ground reality and can only be counter-productive.

When people are terrorized by the very same body that is meant to protect them, sowing fear, suspicion and division, we are on a slippery slope to an Orwellian society”.

Frank Dobson said: “To identify real suspects from the Muslim communities MI5 must use informers. But it seems that from what I have seen some of their methods may be counter-productive”.

Last night MI5 and the police refused to discuss the men’s complaints with The Independent. But on its website, MI5 says it is untrue that the Security Service harasses Muslims.

The organisation says: “We do not investigate any individuals on the grounds of ethnicity or religious beliefs. Countering the threat from international terrorists, including those who claim to be acting for Islam, is the Security Service’s highest priority.

We know that attacks are being considered and planned for the UK by al-Qai’da and associated networks. International terrorists in this country threaten us directly through violence and indirectly through supporting violence overseas”.

It adds: “Muslims are often themselves the victims of this violence – the series of terrorist attacks in Casablanca in May 2003 and Riyadh in May and November 2003 illustrate this.

The service also employs staff of all religions, including Muslims. We are committed to recruiting a diverse range of staff from all backgrounds so that we can benefit from their different perspectives and experience”.

MI5 and me: Three statements

Mahdi Hashi: ‘I told him: this is blackmail’

Last month, 19-year-old Mahdi Hashi arrived at Gatwick airport to take a plane to visit his sick grandmother in Djibouti, but as he was checking in he was stopped by two plainclothes officers. One of the officers identified himself as Richard and said he was working for MI5.

Mr. Hashi said: “He warned me not to get on the flight. He said ‘Whatever happens to you outside the UK is not our responsibility’. I was absolutely shocked.” The agent handed Mr. Hashi a piece of paper with his name and telephone contact details and asked him to call him.

“The whole time he tried to make it seem like he was looking after me. And just before I left them at my boarding gate I remember ‘Richard’ telling me ‘It’s your choice, mate, to get on that flight but I advise you not to,’ and then he winked at me”.

When Mr. Hashi arrived at Djibouti airport he was stopped at passport control. He was then held in a room for 16 hours before being deported back to the UK. He claims the Somali security officers told him that their orders came from London. More than 24 hours after he first left the UK he arrived back at Heathrow and was detained again.

“I was taken to pick up my luggage and then into a very discreet room. ‘Richard’ walked in with a Costa bag with food which he said was for me, my breakfast. He said it was them who sent me back because I was a terror suspect”. Mr. Hashi, a volunteer youth leader at Kentish Town Community Organisation in north London, alleges that the officer made it clear that his “suspect” status and travel restrictions would only be lifted if he agreed to co-operate with MI5. “I told him ‘This is blatant blackmail’; he said ‘No, it’s just proving your innocence. By co-operating with us we know you’re not guilty.’

“He said I could go and that he’d like to meet me another time, preferably after [May] Monday Bank Holiday. I looked at him and said ‘I don’t ever want to see you or hear from you again. You’ve ruined my holiday, upset my family, and you nearly gave my sick grandmother in Somalia a heart attack’”.

Adydarus Elmi: ‘MI5 agent threatened my family’

When the 23-year-old cinema worker from north London arrived at Chicago’s O’Hare airport with his pregnant wife, they were separated, questioned and deported back to Britain.

Three days later Mr. Elmi was contacted on his mobile phone and asked to attend Charing Cross police station to discuss problems he was having with his travel documents. “I met a man and a woman”, he said. “She said her name was Katherine and that she worked for MI5. I didn’t know what MI5 was”.

For two-and-a-half hours Mr. Elmi faced questions. “I felt I was being lured into working for MI5″. The contact did not stop there. Over the following weeks he claims “Katherine” harassed him with dozens of phone calls.

“She would regularly call my mother’s home asking to speak to me”, he said. “And she would constantly call my mobile”.

In one disturbing call the agent telephoned his home at 7am to congratulate him on the birth of his baby girl. His wife was still seven months pregnant and the couple had expressly told the hospital that they did not want to know the sex of their child.

“Katherine tried to threaten me by saying – and it still runs through my mind now – “Remember, this won’t be the last time we ever meet”, and then during our last conversation explained: ‘If you do not want anything to happen to your family you will co-operate’”.

Mohamed Nur

Mohamed Nur, 25, first came into contact with MI5 early one morning in August 2008 when his doorbell rang. Looking through his spyhole in Camden, north London, he saw a man with a red bag who said he was a postman.

When Mr. Nur opened the door the man told him that he was in fact a policeman and that he and his colleague wanted to talk to him. When they sat down the second man produced ID and said that he worked for MI5.

The agent told Mr. Nur that they suspected him of being an Islamic extremist.

“I immediately said ‘And where did you get such an idea?’ He replied, ‘I am not permitted to discuss our sources’. I said that I have never done anything extreme”.

Mr. Nur claims he was then threatened by the officer. “The MI5 agent said, ‘Mohamed, if you do not work for us we will tell any foreign country you try to travel to that you are a suspected terrorist’”.

They asked him what travel plans he had. Mr. Nur said he might visit Sweden next year for a football tournament. The agent told him he would contact him within the next three days.

“I am not interested in meeting you ever”. Mr. Nur replied. As they left, the agent said to at least consider the approach, as it was in his best interests.

Press Contacts:

ECOP-marine
East-Africa
+254-714-747090
marine[at]ecop.info
www.ecop.info

ECOTERRA Intl.
Nairobi Node
africanode[at]ecoterra.net
+254-733-633-733

EA Seafarers Assistance Programme
SAP Media Officers
+254-722-613858
+254-733-385868
sap[at]ecoterra.net

Note
Picture: Indicative map of the Horn of Africa piracy
From: http://lanasays.blogspot.com/

Tags: , , , , , , , ,

Friday, July 30th, 2010 Grants No Comments

Ecoterra Somali Marine Coastal Monitor. Part IX – Penalize Spain for Promoting Piracy, Terrorism

Ecoterra Somali Marine Coastal Monitor. Part IX - Penalize Spain for Promoting Piracy, Terrorism

Following earlier developments that gave the impression of a possibly peaceful exit, a clear deterioration of the Horn of Africa overall situation has taken place over the past few weeks.

While the European Union deliberately contributes to prolongation of the secessionist tyranny in Hargeisa by means of a shameful bribery, fratricide battles are raging the Somali South, and the unrepentant colonial state of Spain reconfirms all the arguments advanced by Somali pirates who defend their acts as consequence of the illegal fisheries extensively carried out off the Somali coast. At the same time, top CIA agents, viciously presented as Islamist extremists, are being safely forwarded to the Somali South (like Lenin from Switzerland to Finalnd during WW I) in order to confuse the local Shebaab movement, and thus become the reason of a large scale military intervention.

The details about the latest developments are overviewed in the 9th Ecoterra – Somali Marine & Coastal Monitor Report, which was issued earlier today. I herewith republish it integrally.

Ecoterra Intl. – SMCM (Somali Marine & Coastal Monitor) Part IX

Ecoterra International – Updates, Statements & Clearinghouse Citations

A Voice for the Voiceless, who sit between all chairs, because they are not part of organized white-collar or no-collar-crime in Somalia or overseas and neither benefit from global naval militarization, from the illegal fishing and dumping in Somali waters or the piracy of merchant vessels, nor from the booming insurance business or the exorbitant ransom-, risk-management- or security industry, while neither the protection of the sea, the development of fishing communities or the humanitarian assistance to abducted seafarers and their families is receiving the required adequate funding.

2009-04-01 23h49:42 UTC

EA Illegal Fishing and Dumping Hotline: +254-714-747090 (confidentiality guaranteed) – email: somalia[at]ecoterra.net

EA Seafarers Assistance Programme Emergency Helpline: +254-738-497979

Clearing-house

News from sea-jackings, abductions or newly attacked ships

Pirates have captured another luxury boat operating in the Indian Ocean Seychelles archipelago after it dropped off tourists on one of its islands, officials said today. It was not clear who the pirates were or when the Indian Ocean Explorer was seized with its seven Seychellois crew members. The boat is believed to be sailing towards the Somali coast, they said. Foreign Affairs Minister Patrick Pillay told reporters his government had contacted naval forces in the region who “guaranteed to track down the boat”. The S/Y INDIAN OCEAN EXPLORER, a high-end cruiser designed for oceanographic research with a state-of-the-art technical suite for underwater photography and diving equipment, is kitted out to hold 12 passengers.

MT STOLT STRENGTH is moving northwards again, local reports confirmed, and is expected at Garcad in the next days. The families of the seafarers as well as Philippine government officials are reportedly no longer willing to tolerate that the managing company as well as their negotiators are obviously unsuccessful to get the vessel released. The vessel and her 23 crew are now held for almost five month, but if the license of the manning agent for the Filipino seafarers has been revoked – as it was announced by the governmental officials – could not yet be confirmed.

The owners of SEA PRINCESS II, based in Yemen, still do not yet take their duty serious to care for the release of the vessel and her 15 crew, while the 3 Somali businessmen who own the cargo of diesel-fuel destined for Socotra are obviously not capable to handle the negotiations. Meanwhile the pirates had to enter into contracts with local supply-merchants near Harardheere, which complicates the situation. While a political motivation behind the case so far could be ruled out, Socotra – today part of Yemen but still claimed as belonging to the territory of Somalia – is eyed by the Russian Federation as possible base for their naval forces and has been constantly harbouring illegal fishing vessels from numerous foreign countries.

The Pirates of the German-owned gas-tanker MT LONGCHAMP with one Indonesian and 12 Filipinos on board, actually did at first not leave the ship after the ransom had been delivered by air, it has transpired. Local marine observers reported that a shoot-out among the pirates, who differed over the splitting of the ransom, delayed the release. While the ransom was delivered by an aircraft at around 14h00 on 28th of March, the vessel only could sail free the following day because obviously no proper arrangement was in place to safeguard that the pirates went off after they received the bounty. They therefore had reportedly the opportunity to start a quarrel on board and even to engage in a fire-fight. Nobody from the crew was hurt, but the differences delayed the release for a full day.

The sea-jacked Norwegian-owned but Bahamas-registered chemicals tanker MT BOW-ASIR, with 27 crew (Norwegian captain, one Russian, one Lithuanian and 19 Filipinos) on board as well as her potentially dangerous cargo of caustic soda allegedly failed to get protection. The owners of the Norwegian tanker “Bow Asir” which has been captured by pirates, had failed to inform the international naval force patrolling the waters off Somalia about the ship’s presence in the area. For this reason the EU-operated naval force patrolling the pirate-infested waters did not know that the Norwegian ship was on its way alone through the dangerous area, and was unable to give assistance. The owners are registered with us, but in this particular case we were not informed about this ship’s movements, and were therefore unable to react, says Major Michael Jarl of the EU naval force to NRK. While being commandeered towards the Somali coast, the master informed the owners that the crew were all accounted for and were “all ok”. The tanker was captured by pirates last Thursday, and is now anchored near the Greek Tanker around 50 km south of Hobyo, where the Sirius Star was kept before. Its cargo, caustic soda (sodium hydroxide), is a versatile alkali and a strong base, which reacts violently with acid. Accidental contact of caustic soda with many organic and inorganic chemicals may cause fire or explosion.

Together with the abducted yacht S/Y SERENITY from the Seychelles three hostages are held: Gilbert Victor and Andre Conrad were already listed and now John Hoareau alias Samson has been confirmed as the third hostage. “The government of Seychelles strongly condemns any act against the property and the people of Seychelles”, Transport Minister Joel Morgan said. Last week, the islands’ police chief confirmed that the three Seychellois sailors are been held hostage by Somali pirates since their catamaran was hijacked in late February. They had left the archipelago on February 28 for Madagascar.

A potentially dangerous crisis has evolved again on Malaysian-owned T/B MASINDRA 7 with its Indonesian-owned barge ADM1. While the owner has – after several failed attempts to fool the pirates and only causing the 11 Indonesian crew to suffer for it – apparently became more reasonable, now the pirates created havoc among themselves, moved the vessel from Eyl to the north, causing their financiers to step in to avert a deadly scenario, where some of the pirates had threatened to kill the crew one by one if the payment is not delivered. The situation has calmed down a little, but is still very serious, due to interference by Somali brokers from Djibouti. Three of the masterminds behind the sea-jacking case are now also on board in order to bring the pirate-group together. The vessel is reportedly at present off Garcad.

Seven Somali pirates are in the custody of Germans after their naval vessel, part of a multinational effort to patrol the Gulf of Aden, was mistaken for a merchant ship and fired upon by the attackers. No one was injured in the incident. Spanish, Dutch, and Greek forces gave chase on the water and by air. “Poor judgment by the pirates turned out to be a real opportunity for seven nations representing three task forces to work together and strike a momentous blow for maritime safety and security”, said a NATO spokesman. Greek sailors eventually captured the pirates after a pursuit lasting five hours. Greek and Spanish forces from a European anti-pirate unit off Somalia arrested seven Somalis who allegedly tried to capture a German oil tanker off southern Yemen, the Greek merchant navy ministry first said Monday. The Greek frigate PSARA, which has been patrolling pirate-infested waters off Somalia for months, responded to a radio call for help issued by the naval supply vessel FGS SPESSART on Sunday afternoon. The German vessel issued the call after spotting a speedboat with the Somalis approaching. One helicopter from the Spanish frigate VICTORIA then made the pirates stop their skiff after firing several warning shots. According to ministry sources in Athens, Commodore Antonis Papaioannou, the commander of the European Union’s Operation Atlanta, immediately ordered the frigate to intercept the speedboat and dispatched a helicopter to monitor the operation from the air. The captured pirates were handed over to a German frigate serving in the EU force. They will remain on the RHEINLAND-PFALZ until a decision on their prosecution and if they will be handed over to Kenya is made. That this decision has not been made is obvious, since the German vessel, scheduled to arrive yesterday at Mombassa is still pondering on the high seas awaiting orders for the way forward. However, the German Defense Ministry said in a statement Tuesday that the German government will file charges against the suspected pirates through the state prosecutor in the German city of Kiel.

With the latest captures and releases now still at least 12 (13 with an unnamed sole Barge which drifted ashore) foreign vessels with a total of not less than 219 crew members accounted for (of which 96 are Filipinos) are held in Somali waters and are monitored on our actual case-list, while several other cases of ships, which were observed off the coast of Somalia and have been reported or had reportedly disappeared without trace or information, are still being followed. Over 134 incidences (including attempted attacks, averted attacks and successful sea-jackings) have been recorded for 2008 with 49 fully documented, factual sea-jacking cases (for Somalia, incl. presently held ones) and the mistaken sinking of one vessel by a naval force. For 2009 the account stands at 42 averted or abandoned attacks and 11 sea-jackings on the Somali/Yemeni pirate side as well as one wrongful attack by friendly fire on the side of the naval forces. Mystery pirate mother-vessels Athena/Arena and Burum Ocean as well as not fully documented cases of absconded vessels are not listed in the sea-jack count until clarification. Several other vessels with unclear fate (also not in the actual count), who were reported missing over the last ten years in this area, are still kept on our watch-list, though in some cases it is presumed that they sunk due to bad weather or being unfit to sail. In the last four years, 22 missing ships have been traced back with different names, flags and superstructures.

Directly piracy related news

While two African-based search and rescue sub-centres have been opened in Dar es-Salaam, Tanzania and Victoria, Seychelles, the Somali Government still has not received any direct help top combat piracy. The new foreign-financed centres will operate in conjunction with the existing regional Maritime Rescue Coordination Centre (MRCC) in Mombassa, Kenya and are key links in a plan to provide effective search and rescue (SAR) coverage off the coast of Africa. The two sub-centres, were commissioned last week by the IMO secretary-general Efthimios Mitropoulos, and the transport ministers of the respective countries.

In the wake of the incidents, Greece, which is home to the biggest commercial fleet in the world, called on the EU “to play a more active role” in cracking down on piracy, The Australian reported. Merchant Marine Minister Anastasis Papaligouras was quoted in The Australian as saying that the EU should “expand the rules of engagement and the area patrolled by the European naval force”.

The real agenda of EU NAVFOR becomes clear also in Lloyd’s lists article by Keith Wallis:

“Oh! The cheek of it!”, was the initial reaction to a report for the European Union that Britain should hand over its naval bases to the EU to better protect shipping lanes. No doubt Britain’s red top daily newspapers would have a more robust opinion. On first reading, the plan sounds crazy. Why should Britain, and France for that matter, hand over its strategic facilities in places such as Gibraltar and the Falkland Islands to mandarins in Brussels? These bases represent British and French interests, not those of a wider EU Grand Strategy, and should be protected as such. It also seems doubtful that naval bases in the Mediterranean would prove to be much deterrent to Asian countries such as China and India who might harbour blue water expansionist ambitions. Cyprus would be little use to “Europeanised” naval forces if China carries out its intention to build aircraft carriers patrolling the Pacific and Indian oceans. But the report does highlight the success of the EU’s first joint naval mission – the anti-piracy patrols off the coast of Somalia which appeared to have curbed pirates’ enthusiasm to hijack commercial shipping. Consequently, these joint missions could pave the way for further naval collaboration between European Union member states that could see joint navy new building programmes. Not only would they help shore up Europe’s battered shipbuilding industry, but provide vessels for sizeable European carrier groups that would patrol the world’s oceans. These would be more effective than the single-ship goodwill visits that currently take place.

What can 2 MSDF ships do off Somalia?, ask Toshimitsu Ishima and Tsuyoshi Takasawa, staff Writers for Yomiuri Shimbun.

The Maritime Self-Defense Force is expected to face great difficulties in protecting Japan-related ships off Somalia as it must fulfill its mission with just two destroyers. The MSDF will therefore have to forge cooperative ties with warships from other nations on anti-piracy missions including exchanging pertinent information and flexibly coordinating operations. The MSDF started its mission Monday off the African nation. More than 2,000 Japan-related ships–vessels to be guarded by the MSDF destroyers–sail in the waters in question. In Monday’s escort operation, three vessels carrying cars and two tankers, which were sailing from near Oman into the Gulf of Aden, were chosen as the first to be granted protection by the two MSDF destroyers–the Sazanami and the Samidare. A senior MSDF officer expressed a sense of relief after hearing of the first mission. “With five ships, the line of the convoy is not too long and the two destroyers will be sufficient to guard them”, the officer said. It is extremely rare for MSDF ships to form a convoy with private-sector commercial vessels. As such convoys will comprise ships with different speeds and sizes, it will be a cause for constant concern among the crew of the destroyers to ensure safe passage through the zone of about 900 kilometers. If many ships form a convoy with a long-line, it brings with it higher risks of attack from pirates. But if the MSDF limits itself to guarding five or so ships at a time, numerous Japanese or Japanese-related ships will end up having to sail through the area unguarded. According to the Defense Ministry, it takes about five days for the MSDF to make a return trip guarding ships in the patrol zone. If the MSDF continues escorting five or so ships in each operation, it will be able to guard 10 ships in five days or about 730 ships a year. But according to the Japanese Ship owners’ Association, a total of 2,103 Japanese-related ships sailed through the zone last year. Under the current situation, the MSDF is capable of guarding only one-third of these ships.

The MSDF aims to gradually broaden the kinds of ships it selects for protection and to increase collaboration with other countries operating naval vessels in the zone. But it is still far from certain whether the MSDF will take part in convoys comprising dozens of ships. There were 111 pirate attacks in the zone last year. On March 22, the Jasmine Ace, a vehicle-carrying ship belonging to Mitsui O.S.K. Lines Ltd., was fired on by pirates about 1,500 kilometers south of the zone in which the MSDF destroyers are operating. The range in which pirates have been active is expanding quickly, presenting an increasingly serious problem for anti-piracy operations. The area in which the Jasmine Ace was attacked is a very important route for maritime traffic traveling via South Africa’s Cape Town. It is as important as a route connecting the Suez Canal, the Gulf of Aden and the Indian Ocean. To cope with the new development, the government plans to send an MSDF P-3C patrol aircraft to cover this wider stretch of sea.

The government envisages that the aircraft will monitor the movement of pirates from the air and provide the information to navies participating in the anti-piracy missions off Somalia, after signing a status of forces agreement with Djibouti, which neighbours Somalia. To this end, the government will need to facilitate mutual cooperation with the navies of the United States, countries in the European Union and others among the 20 nations and regional blocs participating in the anti-piracy operations. It may be especially hard to collaborate with the navies of Kenya and Turkey, since the MSDF has never held joint drills with the navies of these countries. Hideaki Kaneda, formerly commander of the MSDF’s fleet escort force, said: “Though it’s a matter of course that the framework of maritime policing actions should be complied with, it’s important for the MSDF to show a cooperative stance. For example, if other countries’ ships seek help, the destroyers should fly its helicopters to the relevant area to collect information”.

“The accumulated effect of these minor actions will lead to the building of trustful relations”, he said.

Limits on MSDF destroyers

The MSDF destroyers are only allowed to protect Japan-linked vessels. However, many ships with no link to Japan sail through the Gulf of Aden. What can the MSDF destroyers do if they are asked to help these unrelated ships? In October 2007, a U.S. Navy destroyer received a distress call from a Panama-registered chemical tanker owned by a Japanese company. The Golden Nori was hijacked by pirates, and it took about 1-1/2 months for the tanker and its crew to be freed. However, at one point, the U.S. destroyer was able to sink pirate boats in the vicinity of the tanker. In the case of the MSDF destroyers, they can protect vessels fulfilling any one of the following three conditions: ships that are Japan-registered; ships operated by Japanese companies; or ships that have Japanese crew. The Golden Nori is a Japan-linked ship. According to a senior official of the Defense Ministry, in a case like that of the Golden Nori in which an MSDF destroyer receives a distress call from a Japan-linked ship not sailing in a convoy of ships protected by an armed escort, the MSDF destroyers would first send a helicopter out on a reconnaissance mission. MSDF destroyers are only allowed to use weapons for issuing a warning, in self-defense or to make an emergency evacuation. Therefore, if a ship sending a distress signal has already been boarded by pirates by the time the helicopter arrives, it will be difficult for the destroyer to tackle the situation.

Even if an MSDF destroyer came across pirate ships near the threatened ship, the only thing it would be able to do would be to contact navy vessels of the United States or other countries. In February, the U.S. Navy received a call for help from a commercial ship registered in the Marshall Islands, and sent a cruiser to the site. Servicemen from the cruiser boarded a nearby pirate ship and took seven pirates into custody. If an MSDF destroyer received a similar call from a ship under attack from pirates, it would be able to send a helicopter even if the ship was not Japan-related. However, as the possibility such a pirate attack could actually be a feint with the objective of attacking the Japanese fleet after the helicopter left the destroyer, it is likely that the MSDF destroyer would end up asking naval ships of other countries for help in such scenarios. The senior Defense Ministry official said: “We can’t operate like other countries as long as our use of weapons is limited. We need to get started and have a look at what we can actually do, and that’s the difficult mission that lies ahead”.

A task force from Russia’s Pacific Fleet has set sail from Vladivostok for the Gulf of Aden to take part in ongoing anti-piracy operations. The Admiral Panteleyev destroyer, a salvage tugboat, and a tanker will replace a previous task force led by the Admiral Vinogradov destroyer, which has been involved in an anti-piracy operation off the coast of Somalia since the beginning of January, RIA Novosti reported earlier today. “Russia has again entrusted sailors of the Pacific Fleet with the task of participating in a difficult, but honorable international operation to thwart piracy off the Horn of Africa [north eastern peninsula]. This is a complex task because pirates are acting aggressively and understand only the language of weapons”, Vice Admiral Konstantin Sidenko, commander of the Pacific Fleet, said at the departing ceremony. The Admiral Panteleyev is an Udaloy class missile destroyer. The ship is armed with anti-ship missiles, 30-mm and 100-mm guns, and Ka-27 Helix helicopters. The Admiral Vinogradov and the Boris Butoma tanker have completed their anti-piracy mission around the Horn of Africa, and are expected to return to their home base in Vladivostok at the beginning of April.

Illegal fisheries and related issues

The coastguard of Puntland has arrested two illegal fishing vessels. Reports speak of one Korean and one Japanese tuna vessels.

The Spanish associations of fishing vessels that target tuna in the Indian Ocean are demanding that the European bloc extend its anti-piracy operations and control zone to the south-east of Somalia for added fleet protection.

- Problem is only that Spain does not respect the Somali EEZ, Spanish owned vessels have been poaching in Somali waters for years and that many Spanish owned vessel (around 200) operate under a flag of convenience, which Spain feels not responsible to discipline.

According to the Spanish Fishing Confederation (CEPESCA), the 50 European tuna fishing vessels are taking refuge in the Mozambique channel under threat of pirate attacks, which have shifted south to areas that include Seychelles’ exclusive economic zone (EEZ).

In light of the new situation, CEPESCA Secretary General Javier Garat has asked the Secretary of State for the European Union (EU), Diego Lopez Garrido, to shift the operational range of the Atalanta Operation to the south and east of Somalia, in order to protect the tuna fishing fleet besieged by pirates, who have rerouted to the south-east.

Leaders from the National Association of Freezer Tuna Vessel Owners (ANABAC) and the Big Frozen Tuna Vessels Producers Association (OPAGAC) have also sent written requests to the Ministries of Defense and Foreign Affairs for the establishment of a secondary Atalanta Operation command centre in Mahe, Seychelles, or Mombassa, Kenya, that would bolster protection of tuna fishing vessels from Spain and the EU that operate off southern Somalia.

OPAGAC managing director Julio Moron backed Spain’s request for the modification of protection coverage offered by the Atalanta Operation, which was launched by the EU to keep up defense maneuvers of merchant ships that cross the Gulf of Aden against pirate attacks.

“[The EU fishing fleet] is now neglected, after the displacement of the pirates to the very zone where they operate”, affirmed CEPESCA in a press release.

Meanwhile, ANABAC managing director Jose Angel Angulo emphasized that the situation for vessels has worsened in the last few weeks. Pirates followed them to the south of the equator, in the EEZ of the Seychelles, next to the Comoros Islands and in front of the coast of Kenya and Tanzania, to more than 500 nautical miles (1,000 kilometers) off the Somali coast, he explained.

The Community tuna fishing fleet – now totaling about 50 vessels – has been cut by 20 per cent over the last two years due to the threat of piracy.

“CEPESCA recognizes the efforts of the Spanish Government and its role in the defense of the fishing fleet against pirate attacks and hopes that the Community authorities will grasp the problem the fleet is facing, and trusts the situation can improve so that safety can be guaranteed to the crew and serious mishaps, which nobody wants to see happen, can be avoided”, the industry association stated.

35 crew members of the FV Tawariq 1 are expected to be brought back again to the Dar-es-Salaam law courts soon. It is said that on or about March 8, 2009 within the Exclusive Economic Zone of the United Republic of Tanzania the accused were caught fishing without valid license contrary to section 18 (1) of the Tanzania Deep Sea Fishing Authority. Further it is alleged that on the same date the first accused – Capt. Chin Tai Hsu, who is the ship’s master – did erase fishing tracks from the Global Position System (GPS) Plotter with the intention to conceal the information on the fishing vessel’s movement and activities. Further, it is said that FV Tawariq 1 was impounded 180 nautical miles from Dar es-Salaam for illegally fishing. The multi-national crew of the ill-fated vessel are composed of 15 Chinese, 5 Vietnamese, 8 Philippines, 3 Kenyans and 5 Indonesians. Unsustainable exploitation of marine resources in Africa’s oceans is occurring on a massive scale, causing the collapse of fisheries, the loss of critical ecosystems and the extinction of marine wildlife. A large part of the problem is unreported and illegal fishing by foreign fishing companies. It has been estimated that the market value of fish caught illegally in Africa by commercial fishing companies could be as much as $1 billion every year. Due to this gross over fishing, small scale fishing is under sever strain. The economic and social consequences for coastal communities is a major concern throughout the continent.

No real peace in sight yet

Somalia’s new interim government, led by Islamist moderate Sheikh Sharif Ahmed, has received an $18 million donation from the Arab summit that concluded Tuesday in Qatar, the capital of Qatar. President Sheikh Sharif had requested aid at the summit in Doha, because Somalia’s new government needs funding support to establish governance organs in a country torn apart of 18 years of conflict. Arab leaders discussed the situations in several countries, including Sudan, Iraq and Somalia. The $18m donation, channeled through the Arab League, will be handed over to the Somali government in the course of six months, giving the new government in Mogadishu a monthly funding boost of $3 million to undertake security and reconstruction efforts. Returning to the Somali capital President Sheik Sharif was welcomed today at Aden Ade International Airport in Mogadishu by the speaker of the parliament Sheik Aden Madobe and Prime Minister Omar Abdirashid Sharmake.

At around 10:10am local time the Somali member of parliament Camir Mohamed Shaketi was wounded at Shibis district in Mogadishu. Witnesses said unidentified men sprayed the lawmaker’s car with gunfire, leaving him with several wounds, including one in the chest. “The Somali MP and his driver were simultaneously sprayed with bullets by three masked men”. While his driver died on the spot, the lawmaker himself was seriously wounded and was rushed to Keysaney hospital in the north of the Somali capital.

US American is Member of Somalia’s Terrorist Al – Shabaab. Somalia’s Mujajideen Youth Movement, an apparent offshoot of the al-Shabab group, has released a video (http://mypetjawa.mu.nu/archives/197048.php) featuring a figure who appears to be an American member. The man in the video speaks American English and goes by the nom de guerre Abu Mansoor al-Amriki. The video is entitled “Ambush at Bardal”, but it’s unclear what the context of the video is so far. The video itself is 31 minutes and 37 seconds long and is the second one featuring an American English speaker from the group — considered by Jamestown Foundation as one of the more potent militant groups in Somalia. Its origins date back to at least April 2007, when a number of foreign fighters began infiltrating into Somalia using tactics similar to the insurgency of Iraq. Somalia seems to be an increasing focus of al Qaeda as it struggles to win back the propaganda initiative in the face of a unity government in Mogadishu.

Lat year this American Mujaahid and trainer for the Mujaahideen, Abu Mansoor al-Amriki came out with a statement in English and an Islamist website claims that this was done in regards to the reality of the ICU (Islamic Courts Union) and the Shabaab al-Mujaahideen, of whom many held the belief that the ICU were the real deal.

Statement:

In the Name of Allaah the Most Beneficent the Most Merciful

From Abu Mansoor al-Amriki

To the beloved Mujaahideen (in specific) and the Muslims (in general)

All praise is due to Allaah who separated truth from falsehood and that which is despicable from that which is pure. All praise is due to Allaah who caused the filth to become removed and caused that which benefits mankind to remain in the earth. All praise is due to Allah, alone, without partners, the One who sent the messengers with the Shari’ah and the methodology; the One who made the path leading to Him as a shining lamp; and the One who sent Muhammad to be a crown for the messengers and creation; to clarify to them in order for them to know the destroyed from the saved. May Allaah send His salaah upon him and his family and his companions.

As for what follows:

I saw it very important in these recent days to clarify some facts that might be unknown to many. In specific I am referring to that which relates to the Islamic Courts and the Shabaab.

It is well-know amongst the practicing Muslims of Somalia that these two groups have a long history and they are not from the new groups that have come on the scene. Rather, the founding officers of the Shabaab go back to the fall of Siad Barre and the first battles with the Americans. However, more important than establishing their presence from a long time is establishing the large and essential difference between the two groups from the very beginning.

While the Courts used to judge over each individual tribe, the Shabab were made up of many different tribes and they used to cooperate with the Muhaajireen from the outside. Also, while the Courts had a goal limited to the boundaries placed by the Taaghoot, the Shabab had a global goal including the establishment of the Islamic Khilaafah in all parts of the world. This difference did not go away in the days of victory nor has it gone away even up until today. But rather it has grown larger and clearer to everyone; including the stupid Kuffaar.

As for the days of victory, then it is known that the picture presented to the world was the “moderate” picture of the Courts (as they describe them) and they strived in that period to control the financial sources, the direction of the Jihaad, and the foreign affairs. Despite these facts even the Kuffaar could see something else behind the scenes. They publicized that there is an “extremist” group (according to their description) lurking within the government of the Courts. They were right on about most of this except for mistakenly believing that the leader of this extremist group was Hasan Thaahir Uways.

Therefore, more deservingly, the Shabaab also knew about this reality and they used to encounter many difficulties because of the policies of the Courts. Similar to them were the Muhaahijreen who were welcomed at the airport by the Islamic Courts with terrible statements like: “We don’t need the Muhaajireen”, and they tried to send them back; if it were not for a few of the Shabaab (like Shaykh Fu’aad and Abu Talhah as-Sudaani) who saved many of these Muhaajireen at the airport and tended to their affairs.

The situation remained like this until the defeat befell and some of the best of the Shabaab became shuhadaa’. So due to that, many of these realities became hidden to the new fighters who had witnessed the unity in the early days (which was for the purpose of combining the strength of each group, to avoid fitnah in accordance with ((Cooperate upon righteousness and piety and do not cooperate upon sin and transgression)), and in order to judge by what Allaah revealed, as all groups claimed to want) but they did not witness the hidden reality that was lived by those who preceded them on this path.

Therefore, this matter was in need of clarification, without a doubt, but we did not realize the seriousness of this need until after the conferences in Asmara.

These conferences invoked doubt within us for several reasons:

The first : is that Eritrea has not ceased opposing the Mujaahideen in their land. So how could they want to help the Mujaahideen in the neighboring lands? There is no doubt that they are not looking out for what is in our best interest or what is in the best interests of the Jihaad.

The second : is that Eritrea rooted out the Mujaahideen in their land due to a very despicable trick on behalf of the Sudanese government. Namely, they opened the door of politics in order for them to forget armed resistance which is the true solution to the problems of the Ummah today. So here we have the members of the Courts in the lands of the Kuffaar, underneath their control, sitting in the road of politics which leads to the loss and defeat they were running from.

The third : is that they chose a nationalistic look for these conferences. The very name of their party indicates that this issue is strictly Somali, leaving no room for interference from foreigners (as they call the Muhaajireen) unless the interference comes from John, or Tom, or George! In that case such interference is allowed! So, while they deny the presence of Muhaajireen in Somalia (despite the fact that I was seen on al-Jazeerah in a Somali training camp under the name of the Courts before realizing that the Manhaj had become extremely distorted) and while they say that they are not in any need of foreigners, their actions indicate that they ARE in need of the apostates from ‘Abdullaah Yusuf’s parliament and the original Kuffaar of Eritrea. Subhaan Allaah! How have the scales of allegiance and enmity been flipped!

The fourth: is that they tried to steal the efforts of the Shabaab by claiming that they are in control of the direction of the Jihaad and the events taking place on the ground from their hotels.

All of these affairs would have lead- if not for the proclamation of innocence from these conferences on behalf of the Shabaab- to many problems:

The first is a lack of clarity of the issue for the Muslims on the outside (even for those on the inside as we have seen from some of the fighters) who might aid us with self, wealth, or supplication.

The second is a lack of a clear example to guide the Mujaahideen in the future. We see that despite the fact that the Ikhwaan had a good example in Sayyid Qutub and al-Mawdoodi –who both refused to accept entering into the kaafir governments as a solution- it seems that there is no other solution for the problems of the Ummah, according to those who ascribe themselves to the Ikhwaan today, except for the ballot box! So how would it have been if their beginning was characterized by their exemplary figure compromising his principles and having an unclear manhaj?

The third is that this matter will be unclear to the populace after coming to power. If the Shabaab differ with the Courts after obtaining victory, the people will see the Shabaab like the Khawaarij, or Jamaa’ah at-Takfeer, or benefit seekers (similar to how they said that the Courts are just one tribe and they didn’t really want to establish Shari’ah in the days of victory). This will lead to many tribulations and a loss of previous gains.

The fourth is a lack of ability to control the direction of the Jihaad because the wealth and media is in their hands.

Therefore, due to this huge danger the Shabaab- may Allaah reward them- announced that they are free of these conferences. At the same time the Muhaajireen (who came to Somalia after the capture of Mogadishu in stages) also felt the need to do this. In due course the Muhaajireen wrote a word of advice to some of those in charge of the Courts regarding these matters. Then, after learning that they will continue upon this dangerous path, the Muhaajireen declared their innocence from the Courts alongside their brothers from the Shabaab. Here now is their announcement that they are free of the deviant leadership of the Courts before all of the Muslims. And to Allaah belongs the praise.

This is in regards to what we have seen of the Courts. As for the Manhaj of the Shabaab then we see that they are focused upon the pure manhaj which is adopted by the Mujaahideen in the rest of the blessed lands of Jihaad. It is the same manhaj repeatedly heard from the mouth of the mujaahid shaykh Usaamah bin Laden (may Allaah preserve him). It is the same manhaj heard in the addresses of the lion, the genius, the doctor Ayman ath-Thawaahiri (may Allaah preserve him) and the one heard in the advices of the shaheed (in shaa’ Allaah), the hero, Abu Mus’ab az-Zarqaawi (may Allaah have mercy on him). The list of the heroes of this time goes on.

We stress here that we are striving to establish the Islamic Khilaafah from East to West after removing the occupier and killing the apostates. We will do this while holding on to the Book and the Sunnah, upon the manhaj of the salaf, with the mus-haf in one hand and the sword in the other, beneath the black banners, by the will of Allaah. We do not care about the blame of the blamers or the threats of scarce provision and we do not need doubtful finances. Rather, Allaah is our Provider and our Protector. How great a Protector and how great a Disposer of Affairs and He is the best of Providers!

Here is an important point that must be made. Indeed this point is that it is befitting to cooperate with any group from the Muslims (as long as they are truly Muslims) whether the group is the Courts or otherwise. This must, of course, be in accordance with the guidelines of the correct manhaj.

Finally, before closing this address of mine I would like to mention that there has not ceased to be sincere people amongst the Islamic Courts. I see them to be sincere, but Allaah is the One who will truly bring them to account. Therefore, these words do not mean that all of them want to destroy the religion and betray the Somali Jihaad. However, sometimes unmindful people require a harsh reminder to wake them from their deep sleep.

I ask Allaah for sincerity in these words. Whatever they contain of truth then it is from Allaah and whatever they contain of mistake is from me and the Shaytaan.
May Allaah send peace and salaah upon the most noble of the prophets and the messengers. The last of our calls is all praise is due to Allaah the Lord of the Worlds.

Abu Mansoor al-Amriki

Somalia

The month of Muharram, day 1, year 1429 after the Prophetic Hijrah

Coinciding with (1/8/2008)

End of statement

According to a US intelligence source, the man in the video, Abu Mansoor al-Amriki, is an ex-US soldier who fought in Bosnia in the early 1990s. No US soldiers officially fought in the Bosnia war, but about a dozen Muslim ex-US Special Forces soldiers fought in Bosnia and trained al-Qaeda and other mujaheddin forces there around 1993. At the time, the US military and Saudi government apparently had an interest in sending Muslim ex-Special Forces there. Mansoor is said to be a high-ranking member of al-Qaeda’s East Africa leadership, and is a lead trainer for Somali insurgent forces. Islamist opposition factions control large swathes of the country, including the key southern towns of Kismayo, Baidoa and Marka.

18 members of the US-financed and masterminded Puntland Intelligence Service (PIS), established as a rather independent security outfit during the reign of former Puntland President Adde Musse, who holds a Canadian passport, were seriously injured by attacking al-Shabab fighters at Lanta Hawada in the separated north-eastern Somali region. Local witnesses reported that a US-helicopter made two flights to evacuate the wounded officers and also took one wounded al-Shabab fighter. The PIS had recently arrested over 15 foreign insurgents from Syria, Irak and other Muslim countries operating with al-Shabab. Allegedly, the captured foreigners had been handed over to US forces and their whereabouts are unknown. Earlier a Sheikh, who had returned from Kismayu in southern Somalia was also arrested by the PIS, but then let off again when al-Shabab had threatened to attack. According to local reports the vast majority of Puntlanders opposes the ungoverned activities of the PIS men in the region, who are said to get paid and supplied by a special flight from Djibouti every Tuesday in return for intelligence and counter-terrorism activities.

Impacting news from the global village

Over the next seven days, most of the world’s leaders will attend a string of summits in Europe and make a series of decisions that will shape the world. The discussions at these meetings will focus on the global economy, the overall tone and strength of U.S.-European relations, and the United States’ course for the future. French President Nicolas Sarkozy has threatened to walk out of the G20 summit in London if leaders of the world’s biggest economies fail to commit to introducing tougher financial regulations. One G20-protestor has already died in London. Police said the man collapsed inside a police cordon on St Michael’s Alley, not far from the Bank of England where thousands of anti-capitalist protesters had earlier converged for a demonstration ahead of Thursday’s G20 summit.

Red Alert: Redefining the Global System (Open Access)

April 1, 2009 1858 GMT

A redefinition of global systems is taking place via the ongoing flurry of global summits, and STRATFOR will provide the historical and analytical record. [more]

01. April 2009 ———————

Somali Pirates Take Ransom in Wine

04.01.2009 (N.B.: This is a April first – fools-day – joke)

Apparently the stepped-up patrols of U.S. warships off the coast of Somalia and increased vigilance on the part of ships’ captains in the area have not been enough to prevent yet another freighter hijacking. According to CNN, early yesterday Somali pirates in several small boats were able to pull alongside and board the Matriarch, a Delaware-based freighter.

Despite the known danger of operating in the coastal waters off of Africa’s eastern coast south of the Suez Canal, the crew of the Matriarch were unarmed, and unable to offer any resistance to the pirates, who quickly brought the vessel to a halt and began their ransom demands.

So why am I bothering to mention this random bit of international news on Vinography? Because it turns out that the ship’s refrigerated cargo hold was full of, among other things, hundreds of cases of cult California wines that were destined for the port of Dubai!

As I’ve written about in the past months, the economy has taken a serious toll on wines in the upper end of the pricing spectrum. Mailing lists that were once exclusive are now increasingly accessible to motivated wine lovers, provided they have the means to purchase.

But opening up mailing lists isn’t doing the trick, especially when restaurants in Vegas, which could always be counted on to take a few cases of cult Cabernet, have stopped their ordering cold. As a result, high-end producers are having to look farther a field for buyers, to major financial centers like Hong Kong and Dubai.

Which is why 250 cases of upper-echelon Cabernet from the likes of Harlan, Screaming Eagle, Colgin, and Husic ended up on a boat from Europe to the Middle East.

And amazingly, the story doesn’t end there. When the pirates learned that part of their cargo included bottles of wine that sold for hundreds, even thousands of dollars per bottle, they dropped their ransom demands, and made off with the bottles. The AP news photo shows some of the pirates celebrating with their spoils.

The willingness to settle for expensive wine instead of ransom cash has more than a few experts mystified. Some are suggesting, however, that the wine might be seen as a status symbol in many Pirate communities. I find this highly unlikely however, given that virtually the entire country is Muslim. But who knows? These Somalis may have adopted more traditional pirate values along with their basic tactics.

Yet another Somali hijacking barely registered as an international news story, but here at home in California, the news has spread quickly throughout wine country. I called up some of the folks I know to get their take on the story.

“This financial loss adds insult to injury in these times”, said Terry Hall, Communications Director at the Napa Valley Vintners Association. “These wines represent so much hard work not to mention capital investment, it’s going to devastate some of these folks when they find out”. Apparently some of the vintners involved don’t know yet as they often take Spring Break week for vacation.

Dalia Banerjee, Executive Director of the Oakville Winegrowers (an appellation that was disproportionably represented in the hijacked cargo) offered hope that the wine might be recovered. “I can’t provide details at the moment, but at least one of the vintners has retained a private security firm with the hopes of recovering their wines”, she said.

Several people I talked to though that the whole thing was a publicity stunt cooked up by a group of cult producers who regularly meet for poker nights in St. Helena. That sounds pretty far fetched to me, but if it were true, it might be the coolest underground PR stunt I’ve ever heard of — the wine equivalent of faking your own death to become famous.

The Matriarch, a bit lighter in cargo, is on its way to Dubai, with a crew that feels lucky to be alive.

For families of presently captive seafarers and in order to console their worries, Ecoterra Intl. can make contacts with professional seafarers, who had been abducted in Somalia, as well as of a Captain of a sea-jacked and released ship, who agreed to be addressed “with questions, and we will try and answer truthfully”.

Press Contacts:

ECOP-marine
East-Africa
+254-714-747090
www.ecop.info

ECOTERRA Intl.
Nairobi Node
+254-733-633-733

EA Seafarers Assistance Programme
SAP Media Officer
+254-733-385868

Note
Picture: Where Jendayi Frazer failed, high ranking US officer Abu Mansoor al-Amriki is expected to mark a success. From: http://counterterrorismblog.org/2008/02/

Tags: , , , , , , , , , ,

Saturday, July 24th, 2010 Grants No Comments

Ecoterra Press Release 300 – The Somalia Chronicle June – December 2009, no 113b

Ecoterra Press Release 300 – The Somalia Chronicle June – December 2009, no 113bEnlarge Image

What Fate of Uganda’s Troops in Somalia Reveals About Our Politics
By Charles Onyango Obbo (Monitor)

A week ago a terrorist bomb exacted a heavy toll on the struggling Somalia government, when an explosion blasted a Mogadishu graduation ceremony, killing 19 civilians, including three ministers.

A few weeks earlier, there had been another deadly attack, this time on the African Union peacekeepers, where several members of the Ugandan contingent of the AMISOM force in Somalia were killed.

That attack forced AMISOM to reveal, for the first time, that it had lost 80 of its soldiers in explosions and clashes with Somali militants since the force deployed there in March 2007.

The 5,000 AU troops are mostly from Uganda and Burundi. Of the 80 soldiers killed, 37 of them are Ugandan.

The anniversary of the Somalia mission usually passes without comment, and Ugandan casualties there get one or two days in the media, and are then quickly forgotten.

One reason for this is that the public has grown cynical of UPDF missions abroad, and the interests the army serves at home. The defining experience was the nearly 10 years that the UPDF spent in the Democratic Republic of Congo, during which time it came to be viewed as nothing less than a bandit force used by rogue officers and NRM big wigs and their cronies in Kampala to plunder minerals, timber, coffee, and even wild game.

In Somalia, many reasoned that the UPDF role in the mission was part of a scheme by President Museveni to buy favour from the West, and shield him the pressure over his push to amend the Constitution in 2005, which opened the door for him to be president for life.

Even if that were true, on close scrutiny, the UPDF peacekeeping in Somalia is different from the disastrous one to the DRC in major ways. Unlike the DRC, the group of militants who eventually take power in Somalia can have far-reaching implications for East African security. Right now, the radical Islamist group Al-Shabaab that controls most of Somalia has governments in the region and the West running scared. They believe that an Al-Shabaab take over will be the equivalent of having Osama bin Laden’s al Qaeda ruling Somalia.

My own view is that Somalis are among Africa’s most pragmatic people (which is why they succeed where they have been scattered by the crisis back home) and that the risk of an Al-Shabaab takeover is overstated, but it is understandable why others might be alarmed.

So unlike DRC, the UPDF in Somalia have nothing to loot. In fact, don’t expect them to return with local women in tow and chicken dangling from their backs, as happened with the troops in Congo.

That said, even if Museveni has his own private agenda, for once the UPDF mission in Somalia – its most dangerous and thankless such task — is part of something big.

If you look closely at the kind of officers in Somalia, you begin to see something else. Quite a few of them belong to the old National Resistance Army idealistic tradition, which believed that they would take over power and bring about a fair, law-abiding, corruption free political order in Uganda.

This school lost out years ago, and the power-hungry and blood-sucking wolves have taken over and are calling the shots. Indeed, they are growing stronger.

The UPDF in Somalia, therefore, is what the national army would have looked like if it hadn’t been turned into a fiefdom of a largely tribal officer corps, serving dishonourable interests of the NRM political elite – like stealing elections, tormenting the opposition, and serving as a palace guard. The contrast of the UPDF in Mogadishu with that at home, where it is has been deployed to guard land which influential people have bought out of the speculative calculation that they will make a killing from the oil in it, could not be more stark.

Compare again, the kind of officers who were deployed to hunt down the Lords Resistance Army and its leader Joseph Kony at their Sudan-DRC border bases earlier in the year. With the help of the US, the hopes were high that Kony would be killed, or at least captured. Therefore politically favoured, but inexperienced, officers who are part of the Museveni grand succession project were given the command, in the hope that their success against Kony would catapult them to national stardom. It didn’t happen.

By contrast, there will be national stardom for the Ugandan officers in Somalia, however successful they are, in part because they are part of a multinational effort. Secondly, success in Somalia will not come dramatically from a battlefield victory. In that sense, the UPDF mission is driven by old school but honourable values of service, not personal glory.

If you are a student of Ugandan, or more specifically NRM politics, pay attention to the mission in Mogadishu. Pay attention because it represents ideals that are dying in the army back home, and this might be the last time you will see them. The only thing the boys in Somalia have with those back home, is that they both have not been paid their salaries for some months now.

Shifta war refugees cry for justice
By Ali Abdi

Fearing for his life as the shifta war raged in the 1960s, Halake Maamo fled from his home in Isiolo to Somalia.

The shiftas, or guerrillas of Somali origin, waged a secessionist war against the Government in the harsh and dry plains of northern Kenya.

However, after Somalia’s dictator Siad Barre was overthrown and life became intolerable, Maamo returned to his homeland and settled in Garbatulla, Isiolo District.

But life has never been the same again for Maamo and thousands of other returnees. Most of them do not have Kenyan identity cards and lead poor lives, as they are yet to recover from the turmoil that disrupted their lives.

Although they are at peace unlike when they were in Somalia, their major concern is lack of national identity cards and government support to rebuild their lives.

While a few wealthy ones with political connections have obtained the crucial documents, many, especially those who stay in remote parts, are yet to be issued with IDs.

Maamo says he applied for the document on arrival in 1995 after a thorough vetting process. He is still waiting. Another vetting was done last year and he is now waiting for a response from the Government.

“The only thing new in my life is the peace otherwise I feel like a prisoner as my movement is restricted because I do not have a national identity card. I cannot travel to Isiolo town to see my relatives for fear of arrest by police who refer to me as that refugee from Somalia,’’ said Maamo in a recent interview.

Secession

Maamo, 78, left Merti in Isiolo North, one of the five epicentres of the war triggered by secessionists who wanted to cede Northern Frontier District (NFD) to Somalia, when his family was killed in 1967.

The previous year Maamo and his eldest son Dida, then only aged seven, had watched his father and relatives frog-matched from their huts and shot dead at a ‘concentration’ camp in Merti.

Today, he recalls that scores of other villagers labelled sympathisers of the rebel movement were killed.The secession campaign was spearheaded by the Northern Peoples’ Progressive Party (NPPP).

“The elders were brought from Sericho, Modogashe, Iresaboru, and here (Merti) and taken to Garbatulla. They were loaded onto two trucks to Isiolo. About five kilometres away, they were told to alight and run. But they shot them from the back,” says Maamo, a father of five.

Others who share Maamo’s story include Isiolo County Council chairman Adan Ali (Kinna ward) and his counterparts Mr Godana Tache (Garbatulla), Ali Adhi (Modogashe) and Mr Hassan Balla (Garfasa). They all lost their fathers in the incident.

Died Poor

‘‘My father Ali Wako was brought from Modogashe and was among those massacred in Garbatulla during the same incident. The elders viewed as anti-Kenyatta government were rounded up from villages across Isiolo South Constituency,” says Ali.

Ali is a grandson of the late Wako Happi, one of NPPP’s presidents who spearheaded the secessionist campaign in northern Kenya, then known as the Northern Frontier District.

Ali said his grandfather was detained in 1963 and released in 1969 after the movement was crushed.

“He fled to Somalia in 1972 and came back in October 1984. He died a poor man in Isiolo in 1996,” Ali said.

The co-ordinator of Friends of Nomads International, Mr Yusuf Dogo, says about 3,000 returnees are impoverished because they have no documents to show they are Kenyan.

They cannot get jobs or crucial government services, and many young people dare not step into the town for fear of arrest.

Most of those displaced by the Shifta war started the journey back home from Somalia refugee camps from 1984 following retired President Moi’s plea to leaders of Northern Frontier District (NFD) to come back home with their followers.

For more than 20 years now, they are still refugees in their own country.

Ali says unlike other pastoralists in the country, the returnees have experience in farming and should be helped by the Government to start and run irrigation projects.

Compensation

“The Government promised to help the returnees re-build their lives. They should be given IDs and helped start income generating projects,’’ said Ali.

The councillors want the Kenya National Commission on Human Rights and other rights bodies to help them sue the Government for compensation.

“If the internally displaced people of the post-election violence have been compensated why not us whose families were killed and property destroyed?’’ posed Tache, the Garbatulla councilor.

Isiolo District Registrar of Persons M Auma confirms that the returnees lack identity cards, with some waiting for more than a decade. He said his office in collaboration with local elders, the provincial administration and the National Security Intelligence Service have vetted hundreds of applications since 2004.

“When we took up the matter with the head office in Nairobi, we were informed that the case of the returnees would be dealt with by the Ministry of Immigration. We are still waiting,’’ says Auma.

Dogo says the returnees should be helped rebuild their lives through income generating projects. And Dogo suggests irrigation projects in areas such as Gafarsa, Muchuru, Malkadaka and Rapsu for those from Isiolo.

He also advises the Government to unconditionally issue them with identity cards, saying it is their constitutional right.

Dogo says the military employed the infamous scotch-earth tactics to round up and kill the livestock as one way to defeat the rebels.

Dogo attributes the widespread poverty in the region to the indiscriminate killing of livestock during the war.

Livestock rounded up indiscriminately from the residents were detained and slaughtered in a camp where Daawa Primary School and Orphanage stands today.

Africa’s Problems Success story of the West
By Regis Maburutse (BBD)

African Politics and economics is directly linked to its cultural diversity, from the north tip down to the south, Cape of Good Hope in South Africa, which for years cultural differences has traditionally been used as a measure of defining tribal superiority in the dispensation of national wealth and political leadership.

Political superiority in this continent is generally not defined by democratic principles rather by tribal lines. The value imposed by western Aid has vastly added to a further compounding and cementation of these old and outdated beliefs of who should be a leader of any African nation based on tribal grounds.

African problems are further compounded by the AIDS scourge as one could pick out any country in the world and talk about its problems and maybe as Africa has been so tragically ravaged by AIDS in the last 30 years or so it stands out on a world scale.

Africa is a large continent with many countries making up its bulk. They are many and varied from the Bushmen of the Kalahari Desert to the Zulus of Kwazi Natal to the wandering nomads of the Sahara.

Geographically, the continent runs from this large expanse of desert of Botswana through to equatorial jungle in the Congo and down the rift valley of Ethiopia past the mountains of the moon the source of the mightiest river, the Nile, running through Sudan and Egypt perhaps Africa’s greatest tourist draw card apart from the safaris.

So although varied and vibrant a native of Mombasa is going to experience totally different problems to one of the Kalahari Desert. Piracy has been round for many years off the coast of Somalia and many of the eastern African countries are Muslim.

Now one of the real problems in Sudan is religion for it is fueling a war between Muslims and the rest of the country. Even one of Africa’s greatest tragedies the genocide in Rwanda was ignited by old religious conversions. So yes missionary work has added in part of Africa’s problems just as it has elsewhere around the world by imposing a state of western beliefs over traditional ones and in Africa these would be many and varied, Witchdoctors still hold power today. Also bad medicine like childhood Muti practices are problem from within.

But the problems from without began to arrive with the onset of colonialism and the fay the likes of Van Rens Burg set up the Cape Colony and David Livingstone trekked through what was then Rhodesia and a steady flow of foreigners came to the continent to seek their fortune.

De Beers is known all over the world for diamonds taken out of African soil. Of course this sort of exploitation is going to cause problems especially if the assumption is the black man is inferior and can work for peanuts. The advent of slavery where people were taken from the west coast to America did not help this prejudice.

For years in the recorded history of Africa there had been tribal invasions running the entire length of the continent. In the history of Botswana it is recorded that the vultures flew constantly over the kalahari as the peaceful Bushmen were no match for the tribes from the north. So like any tribal nation as Australia was there were going to be tribal conflicts over land motivated by power and greed so these problems were her before colonization.

In Mozambique it is recorded that when the Belgians left they just up and went leaving reasonably sophisticated infra structure in the hands of the locals and the government crumbled.

South Africa is experiencing the same problems now since the hand over from President De Klek. The resignation recently of Thabo Mbeki and the controversy over the criminal background of the incumbent President Zuma show that in the wake of a colonial or foreign influence the locals are struggling.

It was reported in the early days of the handover from Mbeki to Kgalemani Motlanthe that the indigenous vineyard workers whom had now takeover the vineyards in such places as Stellenbosh in Cape province were actually wiring out workers pay cheques when there was no money in the bank.

The most publicized and tragic problem Africa has had to face is without doubt the AIDS virus and its democratic values. Speculation still exists as to how it came to be but if you believe the documentary showing how it came from the Belgian Congo then it is a direct result of western nations meddling.

It was reported that back in the 1950’s the medical researchers European were trying to find a polio vaccine that could be taken orally. Their research led them to Africa and of all places to the kidneys of a chimpanzee. They built a large compound in the Congo far up a river and housed many chimps and began experimenting.

They dissected the innards of the monkeys and used them in the manufacture of the new drugs. But one small oversight as in the kidneys lay dormant and unnoticed another virus AIDS. When they tried experimenting on the locals and it started to show deathly results the European researchers vanished. They know it to be valid as locals had been eating monkey and coming down with the same illness. So this huge problem was caused by outside interference.

Population growth without proper birth control education will be an internal problem for Africa for many years. It is very common to practice polygamy and if you are producing many children from many wives as the king of Swaziland then there will be more children to fed and treat medically.

All in all Africa’s problems were set in motion by foreign intervention and like any economic venture much of the continent was raped and not much put back for the African people. Look at the Shell Company’s involvement in Nigeria and the mess it has left with oil fires burning near villages.

As many counties are independent of foreign rule now the rest of the problems in Africa will fall on local shoulders and it is the hope of the whole world that for once in her history Africa can reach a stage of enlightenment in many countries and many areas but the war in Sudan must stop now to set the example for the rest of the country and problems of Zimbabwe must go too.

A Toilet in Somalia
By Charles G. Cogan

Intelligence professionals get it. But the general public does not. The image is out there of terrorists in djellabas negotiating fences in terrorist training camps in Afghanistan. This was in the good old days, before 9/11. Such, the pensée unique goes, is what would happen if the Taliban took over in Afghanistan again and brought al-Qaeda back.

Rolf Mowatt-Larssen was quoted in the New York Times on December 2 as saying, “There is no direct impact on stopping terrorists around the world because we are or are not in Afghanistan.” Rolf knows whereof he speaks: a graduate of West Point, a former CIA Chief in Moscow and lately chief of intelligence at the Department of Energy, he is now the reigning guru on nuclear terrorism. The article goes on to state that, “Mr. Mowatt-Larssen, now at Harvard, argued [...] that a safe haven can be moved to many different states, and the bigger threat exists in cells, including in Europe and the United States.” In other words, al-Qaeda and like-minded terrorists don’t need Afghanistan to carry out terrorist operations. These can be mounted from anywhere or anyplace, from Yemen to Somalia, to Hamburg or to … Detroit.

In carefully chosen but tortuous formulations, President Obama, almost subliminally, got across the notion that the Taliban are different from al-Qaeda, in his speech at West Point:

I am convinced that our security is at stake in Afghanistan and Pakistan. This is the epicenter of the violent extremism practiced by al Qaeda…We must keep up the pressure on al Qaeda…Our overarching goal remains the same: to disrupt, dismantle, and defeat al Qaeda in Afghanistan, and to its capacity to threaten America and our allies in the future.

We will support efforts by the Afghan government to open the door to those Taliban who abandon violence and respect the human rights of their fellow citizens.

In other words, al-Qaeda are the real bad guys, whereas there may be some good guys among the Taliban. Then, one may ask, since al-Qaeda’s terrorists, numbering in the hundreds, are now in a safe haven in Pakistan’s tribal areas, why are we sending thousands more combat troops into … Afghanistan!

In his speech at West Point, President Obama recognized the protean nature of the al Qaeda threat: “Where al Qaeda and its allies attempt to establish a foothold – whether in Somalia or Yemen or elsewhere – they must be confronted by growing pressure and strong partnerships.”

Yet the President, in ordering 30,000 more troops into Afghanistan, in addition to the 21,000 he sent last spring, aligned himself not only with his pre-campaign rhetoric about a “necessary war,” but also with the sway that the military has established within American society. At least he did allow himself an out, which is quite unaligned with military doctrine: “After 18 months, our troops will begin to come home.”

It was, indeed, a tortuous exercise for a tortured President.

(*) Dr. Charles Cogan Associate at the Belfer Center for Science and International Affairs and was the chief of the Near East South Asia Division in the Directorate of Operations of the CIA from August 1979 to August 1984. It was from this Division that the covert action operation against the Soviets in Afghanistan were run. He is currently an Associate at the Belfer Center for Science and International Affairs at Harvard’s Kennedy School.

Modern Slave Trade

Pinoy sailors send home record $2.5 billion in 9 months

The cash sent home by overseas Filipino sailors rose by $108 million or 4.51 percent to a new record of $2.501 billion in the nine months to September this year, from $2.393 billion over the same period in 2008, the Trade Union Congress of the Philippines reported Tuesday.

TUCP secretary-general and former Senator Ernesto Herrera attributed the nonstop rise in remittances from sea-based migrant Filipino workers to increased enlistment by shipowners in Europe and Asia.

“A growing number of European and Asian shipping firms are disbanding their multinational crews, and replacing them wholesale with all-Filipino personnel that are younger and more able,” said Herrera, former chairman of the Senate committee on labor, employment and human resources development.

“Foreign employers find Filipino sailors quick learners, and easier to train compared to other nationals. This may be due to their superior instruction here, apart from their ability to understand English,” Herrera said in a statement.

Herrera, meanwhile, renewed TUCP’s plea for the International Maritime Organization and shipowners to aggressively repel piracy and protect sailors. At least 71 Filipino sailors are still being held by pirates off Somalia.

According to the Department of Labor and Employment, some 229,000 Filipino sailors are on board merchant shipping vessels around the world at any given time.

>From January to September this year, remittances from Filipino sailors based in Norway soared by 110 percent to $229.551 million from $109.079 million over the same nine-month period in 2008.

Remittances from Filipino sailors based in Japan were also up 57 percent to $222.505 million from $141.886 million.

The other fast-growing sources of remittances from Filipino sailors were the United Kingdom, up 122 percent to $192.373; Germany, up 47 percent to $175.067 million; Singapore, up 60 percent to $107.945 million; Greece, up 67 percent to $93.446 million; Cyprus, up 23 percent to $46.390 million;

The Netherlands, up 114 percent to $41.281 million; Denmark, up 182 percent to $28.864 million; Oman, up 24 percent to $24.948 million; Hong Kong, up 33 percent to $24.870 million; and Sweden, up 126 percent to $24.223 million.

The double to triple-digit increases more than offset the 24 percent drop in remittances from Filipino sailors based in the U.S., to $1.216 billion from $1.595 billion.

The cash sent home by sailors accounted for 20 percent of the aggregate remittances from all migrant Filipino workers in the nine-month period.

Migrant Filipino workers wired home a total of $12.789 billion in the nine months to September this year, up $516.62 million or 4.21 percent from the $12.273 billion they remitted in the same period in 2008, according to the Bangko Sentral ng Pilipinas.

[N.B.: All the foreign hard currency sent as remittance home by worker from the Philippines is channelled through the system of the Philippine government first before given to the families in local currency. Therefore the labour abroad - if maid or mercenary - from the governmental perspective needs to be pushed as hard possible, which safeguards unscrupulous manning agencies from being prosecuted for their abusive practices and abused workers hardly find any assistance or help at their foreign missions. In Syria it is specifically bad, where Filipinas after running away from their employers, because they can not stand the working conditions "under their masters" any longer then are sued and even arrested until they pay a "disengagement fee" - often several thousand dollars. The benefit of foreign currency generation for the Philippine government is also the reason why the governmental orders to not let Filipinos sail into piracy-prone areas are neglected and were never enforced.]

WE SAY: Corruption is all about perception (IslandsBusiness)
‘So do people in the islands need to take note of these rankings? Is there anything they must do about it? We think not. From the foregoing discussion, it is clear that it is all about perceptions and it is hard to change those. The Cook Islands tried to grab the world’s attention by declaring itself a recession free zone earlier this year. While it was a brilliant marketing ploy, it didn’t change people’s perception. Indices like these, like many other “perception indices” are of little value and contribute nothing to the profiles of nations and only serve as a distraction’

Transparency International’s Corruption Perceptions Index for 2009 was published last month. The index measures the perceived level of corruption in a nation’s public sector, which obviously includes government, its various departments and public enterprises. This year, New Zealand has bagged the numero uno spot. It has always been hovering at the top but this time it beat the reputedly squeaky clean Scandinavian countries like Denmark, Sweden and Finland (2nd, 3rd and 6th places respectively) and the exceptionally entrepreneurial Singapore.

New Zealand must feel lucky to have bagged the top spot this year. In fact, some people were even surprised that it did.

For, in the past couple of years, the country’s governments have been embarrassed by more than a smattering of corruption cases, not to mention the questionable financial dealings of several ministers while in office.

The most high profile one was of former Labour Party—and later independent—Member of Parliament Taito Phillip Field, who became the first New Zealand MP to be convicted on charges of corruption and awarded a six year jail sentence. Field, a long time citizen of New Zealand but of Samoan origin, was found guilty of 11 charges of bribery and corruption and 15 charges of attempting to obstruct or pervert the course of justice.

Also last year, an enquiry into the academic qualifications claim of the head of Immigration New Zealand and Deputy Secretary of Labour, Mary Anne Thompson, revealed that she did not hold a degree from the prestigious London School of Economics. She had used that claim, it was believed, to apply for a number of government positions. It was also brought to light that under her watch the performance of the Pacific Division had deteriorated and it was alleged that she helped relatives or friends from Kiribati gain residency in New Zealand.

Some commentators at the time sought to give these two high profile cases an “us and them” type of spin saying such incidents were inevitable as New Zealand’s population becomes culturally diverse and that as some immigrants rise to positions of power, whether administrative or political, they are bound to bring the social and cultural mores of their original countries along with them. Both the individuals in question having had Pacific roots, the invisible finger was pointed at Pacific islands culture.

But like love, sex, crime and politics, corruption too is a starkly human trait and cannot be blamed exclusively on culture or race by any stretch of logic. Just as these New Zealand commentators found out in the months after the Field and Thompson sagas.

Several ministers have been found to have used ingenious subterfuge to claim allowances and pecuniary gain for travel (in some cases palming off the costs of travel of partners to taxpayers), housing and other benefits, especially in an environment that was charged with public anger on the continuing fall out of not just the global financial meltdown but also of New Zealand’s own subprime crisis—the domino-like fall of dozens of finance companies gobbling up the life savings of thousands of mums and dads’ investors.

And most recently, an investigation has found that New Zealand lawyers have been fraudulently skimming off more than a hundred million dollars from tax payers annually through the legal aid system—yet another damning evidence of corruption going unchecked for years. All this in a country that the world perceives to be the most clean and green in the world.

Incidentally, the green image also has received a bit of a bruising recently with the country’s agriculture and farm sector contributing excessively to greenhouse gases when compared to its geographic size and that of its population and the more recent revelation that one in six New Zealanders may be drinking unsafe water.

In the case of the lawyers, it was not about an individual or two. It was a whole bunch of them that were rorting the system almost giving it the colour of the “institutionalised” corruption that is most commonly associated with governments in developing countries.

Clearly, therefore, as the Transparency International report calls itself, corruption is all about perception, notwithstanding the fact that there are dozens of statistical tools that are employed to compute the final rankings using the expertise of a number of professionals and researchers.

And people’s perceptions of nations are no different from their perception of brands. Some nations, like some brands, are always favoured in the public mind (no matter how many chain emails you receive about the amazing corrosive tooth dissolving and toilet cleaning powers of bottled fizzy drinks, no one really stops drinking them. In fact their sales grow every year).

The Pacific Islands score far worse than New Zealand and Australia (ranked eighth). While Fiji has not been ranked this year, Samoa leads the islands pack at 56, followed by Tonga at 99, the Solomon Islands and Kiribati sharing the number 111 spot and Papua New Guinea coming in last at 154 (the last in the list is Somalia at 180).

So do people in the islands need to take note of these rankings? Is there anything they must do about it? We think not. From the foregoing discussion, it is clear that it is all about perceptions and it is hard to change those. The Cook Islands tried to grab the world’s attention by declaring itself a recession free zone earlier this year. While that it was a brilliant marketing ploy, it didn’t change people’s perception. Indices like these, like many other “perception indices” are of little value and contribute nothing to the profiles of nations and only serve as a distraction and of course fodder for the news media.

On the other hand, indices that are based on hard research and verifiable data and not mere “perception”, which help the people of a nation to hold their governments accountable—such as those that measure human development and those that evaluate the ease of doing business in countries—are far more useful.

It will be interesting to see if, following the string of incidents of corruption that have come to light in New Zealand this past year, whether it still retains the top spot next year.

Haven’t They Always?
Nobel Committee Celebrates War As Peace
By Rick Rozoff

On Thursday December 10 U.S. President Barack Obama will receive the Nobel Peace Prize in Oslo, Norway.

The Norwegian Nobel Committee announced its selection for the prize on October 9 of this year, less than nine months after Obama assumed the mantle of the American presidency and less than a month after that announced the doubling of his nation’s troops for the world’s longest-running war in Afghanistan. The first contingent of new forces, consisting of 1,500 Marines, is to arrive next week, right before Christmas.

Ten days before the bestowal of the Nobel Peace Prize, the American president delivered a speech at the West Point Military Academy in which he pledged an additional 30,000 troops for a war now in its ninth year. His (and his predecessor George W. Bush’s) Defense Secretary Robert Gates hastened to add that 3,000 more support troops would be deployed, bringing the total to over 100,000, only 20,000 short of American soldiers in Iraq, and with as many as 50,000 more non-U.S. forces serving under the NATO-led International Security Assistance Force. In his West Point address Obama reminded his listeners that “When I took office, we had just over 32,000 Americans serving in Afghanistan….” He has ordered that number to be more than tripled.

A brief report on Obama’s peace prize appeared on the CBS News website on December 7 with the seemingly paradoxical title “A Peace Prize for a War President” by the news agency’s White House correspondent, Mark Knoller.

Neither the title nor the article it introduced was ironic. They reflected the straightforward truth.

The feature stated “There’ll be no effort by Barack Obama to disguise or obscure the fact that he’s a war president when he accepts the Nobel Peace Prize in Oslo on Thursday.

“The ceremony takes place ten days after he announced plans to escalate the U.S. military engagement in Afghanistan by deploying another 30,000 American troops there.”

The selection of Obama evoked a prompt and aptly indignant response from Michel Chossudovsky at the Centre for Research on Globalization, who on October 11 published a piece called “Obama and the Nobel Prize: When War Becomes Peace, When the Lie becomes the Truth” [1] which stated inter alia that “When the Commander in Chief of the largest military force on planet earth is presented as a global peace-maker,” then “the Lie becomes the Truth.”

Although there are no firm, codified guidelines for nominating and agreeing upon a Peace Prize recipient, Alfred Nobel’s will states that it should be conferred upon a “person who shall have done the most or the best work for fraternity between nations, for the abolition or reduction of standing armies and for the holding and promotion of peace congresses.”

Those criteria have arguably never been honored or strictly abided by since the annual prize was first awarded in 1901. Several winners have been cited for helping to end wars – often by simply prevailing in them. One of the two American presidents previously awarded the prize, Woodrow Wilson, is such a one.

The other was Theodore Roosevelt, who as Assistant Secretary of the Navy in 1897 said “I should welcome almost any war, for I think this country needs one.”

Both Roosevelt in 1906 and Wilson in 1919 were standing presidents when they received the prize. The first had fought in Cuba during the Spanish-American War (the war he demanded a year before it began) and Wilson brought the United States into the First World War.

The Spanish-American War inaugurated the expansion of the U.S. from a hemispheric to an Asia Pacific power. And an empire. World War I placed the American army on the European continent for the first time and signaled its emergence as a international military power. Theodore Roosevelt became president in 1901 when William McKinley, who launched the conflict with Spain and acquired Cuba, Guam, the Philippines and Puerto Rico as spoils of war, was assassinated; Wilson not only sent over one million soldiers to France but also deployed 13,000 troops to fight the new Russian government of Vladimir Lenin in 1918.

But neither Roosevelt nor Wilson were commanders-in-chief of a war when they were given the Nobel Prize. And they received it for, at least in theory, contributing to ending wars; the Russo-Japanese War and World War I, respectively. Granting the Nobel Peace Prize to a head of state escalating a war already in its ninth year half a world away from his own nation is a precedent that was reserved for this year.

Reuters quoted White House spokesman Robert Gibbs on December 7 stating “We’ll address directly the notion that many have wondered, which is the juxtaposition of the timing for the Nobel Peace Prize and – and his [Obama's] commitment to add more troops around – into Afghanistan.”

Juxtaposition, paradox, irony, contradiction and so forth are terms too weak and inaccurate to describe the timing of the announcement of this year’s Nobel Peace Prize recipient, coming as it did between two pledges of military reinforcements for the world’s largest-scale and longest-running war. Travesty is a better word.

Speculation was rife after October 9 regarding the Norwegian Nobel Committee’s rationale and motives for awarding Obama the prize, and press pundits were not amiss in offering explanations. But actions are more revealing than assumed or imaginary intentions and what the Nobel Committee has accomplished is to yet further tarnish its reputation and that of the prize it grants.

It is hard to think of any recipient, and surely any recent one, who personifies the qualities indicated by Alfred Nobel himself. Advocating and working for peace seem to have little if anything to do with being awarded the nominal Peace Prize. But twice in the last three years it has been conferred upon individuals far more deserving of indictment for violating the Principles of the Nuremberg Tribunal, especially that section of Principle VI, Crimes against peace, which is defined as “Planning, preparation, initiation or waging of a war of aggression or a war in violation of international treaties, agreements or assurances.”

Two years ago the prize was shared by Al Gore, who as the vice president of the U.S.’s first post-Cold War administration helped preside over deadly street battles in Somalia and bombing – incessant bombing – attacks in Iraq, Bosnia, Afghanistan, Sudan and Yugoslavia. And the launching of Plan Colombia in 1999, the latest fruit of which is the Pentagon’s acquisition of seven new military bases in the country and the resulting threat of armed conflict with its neighbors. Arranged by this year’s Peace Prize recipient. But, again, Gore received the prize years after leaving office and for work in an area unrelated to his former government posts.

Obama’s December 1 speech was larded with lines evocative of the worst rhetorical excesses of his predecessor combined with allusions to broadening the war reminiscent of Richard Nixon’s and Henry Kissinger’s expansion of what had previously been America’s longest war from Vietnam into Cambodia in 1970. “[S]hortly after taking office, I approved a long-standing request for more troops. After consultations with our allies, I then announced a strategy recognizing the fundamental connection between our war effort in Afghanistan, and the extremist safe-havens in Pakistan. I set a goal that was narrowly defined as disrupting, dismantling, and defeating al Qaeda and its extremist allies….”

The current administration has, in addition to plans to boost combined U.S. and NATO (“our allies”) military forces to 150,000 in Afghanistan, dramatically escalated drone missile attacks inside neighboring Pakistan and, as the above quote demonstrates, declared western and southern Pakistan part of the expanding war theater.

The president mentioned or alluded to the North Atlantic Treaty Organization several times in his address, in one instance with a degree of hyperbole that is as frightening as it is extravagant. “For what’s at stake is not simply a test of NATO’s credibility – what’s at stake is the security of our Allies, and the common security of the world.

“We are in Afghanistan to prevent a cancer from once again spreading through that country. But this same cancer has also taken root in the border region of Pakistan. That is why we need a strategy that works on both sides of the border.”

The entire world is threatened by a spreading cancer. This alarmist and crude phraseology was employed by a 21st century leader of the world’s superpower, a Harvard graduate, but could as well have been lifted from the lowest yellow journalism screed of the Cold War.

In attempting to deny the obvious – the inevitable – Obama continued by stating that “there are those who suggest that Afghanistan is another Vietnam. They argue that it cannot be stabilized, and we are better off cutting our losses and rapidly withdrawing. Yet this argument depends upon a false reading of history. Unlike Vietnam, we are joined by a broad coalition of 43 nations….”

Troops from America’s NATO and NATO partner vassals and tributaries in the war against barbarians – the terms are those of Zbigniew Brzezinski from his 1997 The Grand Chessboard: American Primacy and Its Geostrategic Imperatives – will not be limited to the war in Afghanistan, which in fact is a laboratory for a far broader global strategy, as “The struggle against violent extremism will not be finished quickly, and it extends well beyond Afghanistan and Pakistan….Where al Qaeda and its allies attempt to establish a foothold – whether in Somalia or Yemen or elsewhere –

they must be confronted by growing pressure and strong partnerships.”

U.S. National Security Adviser James Jones said in October that “according to the maximum estimate, al Qaeda has fewer than 100 fighters operating in Afghanistan without any bases or ability to launch attacks on the West.” Government estimates for Taliban fighters in Afghanistan are in the neighborhood of 20,000.

This is the global cancer that requires 150,000 U.S. and NATO troops and an Afghan army of a quarter million or more troops. And a war that will continue well beyond the 2011 deadline mentioned in the West Point speech and be fought with intensified vigor and as far from Afghanistan as the Horn of Africa, the Arabian Peninsula and the Southeast Asian archipelago.

With the deployment of “senior members of Mr. Obama’s war council,” as the New York Times characterized them, on the Sunday morning television news program circuit on December 7, the scope and the length of the already biggest and longest war in the world became undeniable.

The National Security Adviser, former Marine general and NATO top military commander James Jones, told CNN’s State of the Union: “We have strategic interests in South Asia that should not be measured in terms of finite times. We’re going to be in the region for a long time.”

He added that the influx of more American and NATO troops “will allow us to move our forces back towards the border regions, where really the most important struggle that we’re going to have is to make sure that on the Pakistani side of the border, that we eliminate the safe havens.”

Pentagon chief Robert Gates said on NBC’s Meet the Press that although there would still be over 100,000 American troops in Afghanistan in 2011, only “some handful, or some small number, or whatever the conditions permit, will begin to withdraw at that time.”

The Pentagon’s Central Command chief, General David Petraeus, appeared on Fox News Sunday and acknowledged that there were no plans for a “rush to the exits” and that there “could be tens of thousands of American troops in Afghanistan for several years.” [2]

Little noted with the expansion of the war is that its range is widening as its intensity is deepening.

The top U.S. Air Force commander in Europe and Eurasia, General Roger A. Brady, was in Georgia on December 7 and in the neighboring South Caucasus nation of Azerbaijan on the 8th to discuss both nations’ increased troop deployments to Afghanistan and solidifying strategic military relations.

The president of Azerbaijan, Ilham Aliyev, has recently and once again threatened war against Nagorno Karabakh and by unavoidable implication Armenia, which is a member of the Collective Security Treaty Organization with Russia. The latter is obligated to provide Armenia military assistance under terms of the treaty in the event of it becoming the victim of aggression. With the American commander listening attentively, defense minister of Azerbaijan Colonel-General Safar Abiyev said that ongoing negotiations over Nagorno Karabakh “were not fruitful and such a situation forced Azerbaijan to use other ways to liberate its lands from the occupation.” [3]

On December 4 the president of Georgia, Mikheil Saakashvili, who fought a five-day war with Russia in August of last year, spoke of his offering the U.S. and NATO 1,000 more troops for the Afghan war and ominously added: “This is a unique chance for our soldiers to receive a real combat baptism.

“We do not need the army only for showing it in military parades….While our allies – in this case the United States and Europe – are concentrating on other issues [Afghanistan and Iraq], our enemy is getting active. The sooner the Afghan situation is resolved and sooner the war is over in Iraq, [the sooner] Georgia will be more protected.” [4]

The enemy is Russia and the quid pro quo is U.S.-trained Georgian troops receiving a war zone “baptism” for a future conflict with their “numerous, dangerous and perfidious” adversary. The adjectives are also Saakashvili’s, as are these words: “We need an army that knows how to fight. And participation in the operation in Afghanistan is a unique chance to study this and receive experience….Our final aim is to free the occupied territories [Abkhazia and South Ossetia] and unite and integrate Georgia.” [5]

Other nations are obtaining combat experience in Afghanistan under NATO auspices for use in and on the borders of their homelands, including, like Azerbaijan and Georgia, nations bordering Russia – Estonia, Finland, Latvia, Lithuania, Mongolia, Norway, Poland and Ukraine – as well as future belligerents in conflicts elsewhere like Colombia, South Korea and the United Arab Emirates.

If the world’s sole superpower and its NATO entourage can employ the military necessity at will to advance their interests abroad, their “vassals” will be emboldened to do so nearer home and will receive the arms and training to execute their designs.

Far from promoting peace, even an enforced peace, a Pax Americana, the war in Afghanistan and U.S. foreign policy in general are igniting power kegs around the world.

If it can be argued that Obama inherited the war in South Asia from George W. Bush and is intent on “finishing the job,” his signing of the $106 billion Iraq and Afghanistan War Supplemental Appropriations in July and the $680 billion 2010 National Defense Authorization Act in late October belies any claim of objection to the enhanced use of the military in general and war in particular.

Next year’s Pentagon budget is the largest, in both current and real U.S. dollars, since 1945, the last year of World War II. Although it contains $130 billion for the war in Afghanistan and the occupation of Iraq that previously would have been appropriated as separate supplemental funds, immediately after the signing of the Defense Department budget the chairman of the U.S. Joint Chiefs of Staff, Admiral Michael Mullen, stated “he expected the Pentagon to ask Congress in the next few months for emergency financing to support the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan,” [6] with the first request to be approximately $50 billion.

With the announcement on December 1 of another Afghan troop surge, the Pentagon’s requests for “emergency financing” can be expected to grow in both size and frequency. As with the claim of a troop withdrawal (or “drawdown”) by 2011, the alleged ending of war supplements is a public relations ploy and sleight of hand trick employed to beguile a gullible public.

Even in a world that over the last decade has been afflicted with such logical and moral affronts as humanitarian war and preemptive retaliation, awarding a peace prize to a war president represents a new nadir of cynical realpolitik and a flagrant endorsement of militarism, however well-disposed many may have been toward its most recent recipient.

Notes:

1) http://www.globalresearch.ca/index.php?aid=15622&context=va

2) New York Times, December 7, 2009

3) Azeri Press Agency, December 8, 2009

4) Civil Georgia, December 5, 2009

5) Rustavi2, December 4, 2009

6) Associated Press, November 1, 2009

International Counterterrorism Policy in the Obama Administration
By Daniel Benjamin (*)

If memory serves, when I spoke to you two years ago, my view was that the United States had developed great skills at what I called tactical counterterrorism–taking individual terrorists off the street, and disrupting cells and operations. On the strategic side, I thought we were losing ground. Now, I believe the administration is redressing that gap. In my roughly six months in office, my view of our tactical capabilities in the areas of intelligence, the military, and law enforcement have more than amply been confirmed. One of the great rewards of government service is the chance to work with colleagues in all of these areas, and I must say that their level of competence and professionalism is really extraordinary. When I consider how far we have come since my days at the NSC in the late 90s, I think it is quite remarkable.

And we are now working to match their proficiency by formulating the kind of policies that seek to shape the environment that terrorists operate in so that they find their efforts more constrained. We are rebuilding and reinvigorating old partnerships to combat terror and establishing new ones with others who have been on the sidelines. As we look at the problem of transnational terror, we are putting at the core of our actions a recognition of the phenomenon of radicalization—that is, we are asking ourselves time and again: Are our actions going to result in the removal of one terrorist and the creation of ten more? What can we do to attack the drivers of radicalization, so that al- Qaida and its affiliates have a shrinking pool of recruits? And finally– and vitally–are we hewing to our values in this struggle? Because as President Obama has said from the outset, there should be no tradeoff between our security and our values. Indeed, in light of what we know about radicalization, it is clear that navigating by our values is an essential part of a successful counterterrorism effort. Thus, we have moved to rectify the excesses of the past few years by working to close the prison at Guantanamo Bay, forbidding enhanced interrogation techniques, and developing a more systematic method of dealing with detainees. We are also demonstrating our commitment to the rule of law by trying Khalid Sheikh Muhammad and other al-Qaida operatives in our court system.

Finally, we have a strategy for success in Afghanistan and Pakistan. The President has put forward a clear plan to constrain the Taliban and destroy the al-Qaida core, and the administration is putting up the resources necessary to achieve that goal. Moreover, we are working with Pakistan to establish the kind of relationship, based on trust and mutual interests, that will lead to the defeat of radicalism in that country, which has in recent months seen so much violence. We understand the trust deficit, built up over decades that created the current situation. We know that challenges in the region will not be overcome overnight. But we believe we are now firmly on the right track.

Before going any further, we need to consider the threat today: On any given day, al-Qaida remains the foremost security threat the nation faces. Yet having said that, it is clear that for al-Qaida, it has been a difficult period. The group is under severe pressure in Pakistan and Afghanistan, where the U.S. and its allies have succeeded in severely degrading its operational leadership. The coming troop increase in Afghanistan will further reduce al-Qaida’s capabilities and those of other extremist organizations. The Pakistani military has been working to eliminate militant strongholds in its territory. As a result, al-Qaida is finding it tougher to raise money, train recruits, and plan attacks outside of the region.

In addition to these operational setbacks in Afghanistan and Pakistan, al-Qaida has not been successful in carrying out the attacks that would shake governments in the Arab world, which continues to be a primary long-term focus. It has failed to mobilize the masses–and this is a key point–which they have repeatedly said is their means of establishing Islamic emirates in the region.

Finally, there has been a decline of support for al-Qaida’s political program and there are several reasons for this: indiscriminate targeting of Muslim civilians in Iraq and Pakistan alienated many who were previously sympathetic to al-Qaida’s larger aspirations. The result has been both popular disaffection and a backlash from clerics in Muslim countries who have issued fatwas against the killing of other Muslims, notably in Iraq, although I note that this has yet to happen on a large scale in Afghanistan.

Second, al-Qaida’s ideological hard line has alienated more pragmatic organizations and individuals in the wider militant community. It has also created confusion over who carries the true banner of Islamic resistance to Western imperialism.

Third, denunciations of al-Qaida by extremist clerics have damaged the religious legitimacy of the group and raised questions about the proper use of violence in countries where there is no overt military action.

Fourth, al-Qaida and similar groups are becoming increasingly vague about who the primary enemy is, creating confusion in the militant community about the fundamentals of its strategic direction.

Yet despite these setbacks, al-Qaida has proven to be adaptable and resilient in two arenas. The first is in ungoverned or under-governed areas, often where there are tribal conflicts in which it can attach itself to the different parties. Thus in Yemen, al-Qaida operatives are marrying into the local tribes, and taking up their grievances against the government. In the sparsely populated Sahel, al-Qaida operatives, sometimes operating with individual local tribesmen and nomads, kidnap foreigners. In the FATA, operatives are marrying into local Pashtun tribes and are serving the larger interests of the Taliban insurgency by providing technical know-how and disseminating propaganda. And in Somalia, al-Qaida’s allies in al-Shabaab now control significant tracts of territory. These weakly-governed or entirely ungoverned areas are a major safe haven for al-Qaida and its allies and to dismiss their significance is to misunderstand their historical importance for training, recruitment, and operational planning. Quite frankly, the problem of un- and under-governed spaces is one of the toughest ones this and future administrations will face.

The second arena where Sunni radicals continue to succeed is in persuading religious extremists to adopt their cause, even in the United States. A bus driver, Najibullah Zazi, was trained in Pakistan and now faces charges in federal court for planning to set off a series of bombs in the United States. An indictment that was unsealed Monday in Chicago portrays an American citizen–David Headley–playing a pivotal role in last year’s attack in Mumbai, which killed more than 170 people and dramatically raised tensions in South Asia. So even if this radical movement is not mobilizing the masses, it is still galvanizing enough people to take to violence and poses a continuing, powerful threat. The importance of these two cases should not be glossed over–the conspiracies these men were engaged in had roots in the FATA, and eight years after 9/11, should give us all pause. The threat to the U.S. remains substantial and enduring despite the operational constraints on al-Qaida central.

It is also multifaceted as we have seen in the movement of young men, many of them motivated by a sense of ethnic duty, who have left their communities in Minnesota, been radicalized in Somalia, and fought and died for al-Shabaab.

As the example of David Headley indicates, al-Qaida is not the only group with global ambitions that we have to worry about. Lashkar e-Taiba has made it clear that it is willing to undertake bold, mass-casualty operations with a target set that would please al-Qaida planners. The group’s more recent thwarted conspiracy to attack the US embassy in Bangladesh should only deepen concern that it could evolve into a genuinely global terrorist threat. And let me say as an aside, very few things worry me as much as the strength and ambition of LeT, a truly malign presence in South Asia. We are working closely with allies in the region and elsewhere to reduce the threat from this very dangerous group.

As you know, I worked on terrorism in the White House when al-Qaida first surfaced in the late 1990s and I can tell you now, after having access to the intelligence again, that the threat has become far more complicated due to the proliferation of groups and the cross-pollination of networks. The global radical milieu has become thicker. There is so much more that we have to keep tabs on than there was in 1999.

So what are we doing to meet this challenge? Faced with this continuing and evolving threat, President Obama has articulated a clear policy – to disrupt, dismantle, and defeat al-Qaida and its allies. That is our overriding objective, and to achieve it we are using all the tools at our disposal. In weakly-governed areas we are collaborating with the relevant local authorities to bolster their security forces to prevent al-Qaida safe havens. Moreover, our intelligence and law enforcement agencies and those of our allies continue to disrupt terrorist plots at home and abroad–as we have here in Denver and New York, in London, and in other countries around the world. We are working with the international financial community to deny resources to al-Qaida and its supporters. Now, as al-Qaida affiliates turn to kidnapping for ransom to raise funds, we are urging our partners around the world to adopt a no-concessions policy toward hostage-takers so we can diminish this alternative funding stream in regions like the Sahel, the FATA, and Yemen.

But this is not enough, as the continuing flow of recruits–and the lengthening roll call of conspiracies testifies. As President Obama succinctly put it, “A campaign against extremism will not succeed with bullets or bombs alone.” We need to look to look to what my colleague Deputy National Security John Brennan has called the upstream factors. We need to confront the political, social, and economic conditions that our enemies exploit to win over the new recruits…the funders…and those whose tacit support enables the militants to carry forward their plans.
The threat is global and our enemies latch on to grievances on behalf of the entire Muslim world, so we must work to resolve the long-standing problems that fuel those grievances. At the top of the list is the Arab-Israeli conflict, and, as you know, President Obama, Secretary Clinton, and Special Envoy George Mitchell are working very hard to resolve it.

Even with their efforts, peace in the Middle East will take time, and as we know, it will not eliminate all of the threats. But while the big policy challenges matter in radicalization, local drivers are critical as well. We are developing tailored-approaches to alter them. How do these different elements of our global counterterrorism strategy fit together?

To be sure, terrorism is a common challenge shared by nations across the globe—one that requires diplomacy—and one that the United States cannot solve alone. As Secretary Clinton has said, “Today’s security threats cannot be addressed in isolation. Smart power requires reaching out to both friends and adversaries, to bolster old alliances and to forge new ones.” The Obama administration has worked hard to reach out and, on the basis of mutual interests and mutual respect, to forge international coalitions. The administration has been working at reinvigorating alliances across the board and reengaging in the multilateral fora concerned with counterterrorism—fora that, in all honesty, were neglected for some time at the many UN entities, the G8, and the vast range of regional organizations that are eager to engage on counterterrorism issues.

Building the counterterrorism capacity of our partners at the national level is also a top priority. Consistent diplomatic engagement with counterparts and senior leaders helps build political will for common counterterrorism objectives. When the political will is there, we can address the nuts and bolts aspect of capacity building. We are working to make the counterterrorism training of police, prosecutors, border officials, and members of the judiciary more systematic, more innovative, and far-reaching, and we are doing this through such efforts as the Antiterrorism Assistance Program. In its more than 25-year old history, the ATA program has trained more than 66,000 professionals from 151 countries, providing programs tailored to the needs of each partner nation and to local conditions.

ATA is just one of many programs–on the civilian and the military sides of the house—that is increasing the ability of others to ensure their own security. With this kind of work, we are making real the President’s vision of shared security partnerships as an essential part of US foreign policy. This is both good counterterrorism and good statecraft. We are addressing the state insufficiencies that terrorism lives on, and we are helping invest our partners more effectively in confronting the threat–-rather than looking thousands of miles away for help or simply looking away altogether.

We are also addressing the local drivers of radicalization that still lead large numbers of people to adopt al-Qaida’s ideology, and as I said earlier, we understand the dangers of radicalization, and we are working both to undermine the al-Qaida narrative and to ameliorate the conditions that make it attractive. We know that violent extremism flourishes where there is marginalization, alienation, and perceived–-or real–-r